The Grassroots Manifesto | Full Text

Establishing Public Policy & Governance for a New Democracy, the post-Great Reset and putting the Grassroots, our Communities and people first

Introduction

You may not realise it. You may not accept it. But a Revolution of everything that we know and understand is already underway.

Begin to look closely at the news, at politics and how everything that each of us interacts with is now affecting and shaping our daily lives, and you will soon begin to understand and appreciate that there are forces of great turbulence at work.

In isolation, each and every part of ‘normal’ life is being systematically attacked, reformed and reshaped in ways that only seem unobtrusive and without harm, because we fail to see the interconnectivity of everything that is happening.

The reality we are in right now is one where an old world that has thrived loudly by quietly hurting us all is collapsing.

The powers responsible for that old world and its collapse are slowly and manipulative controlling the creation of a new world, whilst manipulating us all into adopting systems and behaviours that will eventually mould its controlling shape.

The role we are playing and the role that we have played.

Whilst the majority of us are either not aware or pour scorn on such suggestions, our collective ignorance of this collapse and process of deliberately intended change is not without considerable risk to our own futures and the generations that will follow us beyond.

That ignorance leads those of us who are unaware of what is happening to believe that the way that are lives are now constructed and all the cultural norms that we employ have been a natural progression and a beneficial choice.

We do not or will not see nor accept that hidden within the mechanics, the toys and the feelings of personal greatness that this whole age employs, lies our own voluntary acceptance of the real agendas that have and still drive all of this. Agendas and plans that are all about self-interest and the removal of anything that identifies the self and what we believe to be our remaining freedom – which is our ability to choose or our freedom of choice.

Few will be ready to accept the direction of travel that we inevitably face, until the hurt and restriction that this grand plan or strategy reaches and then hits each and every one of us directly in the face.

It’s happening now. 15 Minute Cities & LTNs, The Trans Debate, Net Zero, Cows being fed anti-methane tablets, Central Bank Digital Currencies, Cashless Society, Cancelling People, Wokeism, Political Correctness, AI (Artificial Intelligence) and much, much more. These ARE ALL part of a deliberate attack on personal identity, on personal freedom and upon what we used to recognise as Humanity itself – and it’s all driven by selfishness, stupidity and an overwhelming desire for complete control.

It may be hard to understand and agree with. But these things are only happening and are only coming into being because we are accepting them.

We are doing nothing to stop the direction of travel itself, and where we are beginning to stand up and fight, we are doing so only when the issue itself is one that seems to be most important to us.

Understanding the change that our own role in the Community requires of us.

We didn’t knowingly choose to surrender more and more of our own power to people who are abusing the power and influence they have to pursue their own agendas and how they see the world will work.

But we have acquiesced and played an important part in all that is happening, because we have not questioned the perceived benefits of everything we have collectively been given.

We have collectively failed everyone who has already suffered as a result, as the thinking we have become accustomed to has increasingly affirmed that such problems always belong to others and are therefore not our own.

A spiritual outlook upon life is not required to understand that everything is connected and that disadvantage and suffering for anyone will always have an effect on everyone else in some way – even if the events or outcomes are so far apart, that it would appear there is simply no way that we could ever logically join all the dots up.

But by accepting ideas like processed foods are better because someone somewhere else has made them seem cheap, or that we can afford everything in life as long as we are able to keep borrowing, we are actually helping to make what is for some a life that is already un-liveable, progressively even worse.

If things don’t change, if WE don’t change, the problems you see as someone else’s today, will be knocking on your front door too, very soon.

If collectively, or rather as the majority, we continue to accept that a wealth, money and material values base and everything that comes with it is normal, the reality is that what some of us still believe to be freedom, and what is left of the concept we understand as humanity is and will be completely damned.

Yet we do have a choice or an alternative. And that alternative can come to us in either one of two different ways.

Proactive or Reactive Change: Change voluntarily or wait and have no choice.

This is a particularly dangerous time for the world and for everyone living today. Not because we are experiencing the process leading to the end of an epoch. But because so few of us accept that anything is in the process of change.

Worse still, of those who accept it, the majority do not see just how far that change will reach and what impact it really will or could potentially have for us all.

It has been said that a little bit of knowledge is a dangerous thing. Couple that up with the deceptive levels of complexity that everything in the world offers us today, and you will soon realise that we have a very simple view of a problem that requires great thought and intelligence to understand, and that we all – or those that represent us – must reach the level of intelligent understanding that is necessary, before the simple solutions that will be good for us all can be created and then put into place to be of benefit for us all.

The people who think they understand the problems today, don’t. So, they keep telling everyone who will listen that they do, whilst doing absolutely nothing to prepare for what comes next.

Ultimately, without us changing, the New World or New Earth that will emerge at the other side of The Great Reset, will be defined by the same people who are controlling everything that we have and that happens to us now.

The alternative is that we all come together, take back the power that is ours – that those leading us today have assumed to be theirs by right, and then define, redefine, re-establish or create our own new system and rules, that must by their very nature be established from the Grassroots within our very own Communities and then without definable hierarchies spread its influence from the Grassroots-Up.

The change we have the power to own can begin right now.

We have the opportunity to begin working on establishing the guiding rules, principles and structures for our New Earth now.

It is a choice that we all have.

One that requires that we begin a proper conversation and dialogue with everyone who is already open to it. That we don’t attack or obstruct those who currently are not awakened to it. And that instead of looking up through the layers of hierarchy with the expectation that the answers and solutions will come from those who are already, or want to be the next ones at the top, we instead focus all our energies on working with everyone at our own level, whilst embracing all those who we would previously have looked down upon and seeing them as the equals they really are.

By switching from talking to doing, many would be surprised just how much could be done. Actions always speak much louder than words after all, and the strongest and most powerful words and commands for the change that we need ahead will always come from people just like you.

We do not need the surety of numbers to know that preparation is the right course of action, or that it is vital for anyone who is already awake to get on and do.

The risk is that by continuing to talk and shout loudly but do nothing constructive or make no proactive contribution when we have the perfect opportunity to do so right now, that we will collectively miss the chance to precipitate and take control of change voluntarily.

If we miss this open goal of a chance, our only further opportunity is likely to come only in the middle of a crisis, when the fear that the powers in charge today have worked so hard to cultivate and evolve, will push and push for the majority to take what appears to be the quick, easy and safest option, that will in fact condemn humanity to a very different and terrible way.

The System Collapse may not be obvious and without us being aware, it could take years rather than happening in just one day.

The emphasis on beginning work to create and build our New Earth now is necessary, simply because the building blocks of change are already in play.

It is human to think and believe that change of any magnitude will take place as part of an event or process that is not only definable, but obvious to anyone experiencing that change as it happens or in real time.

However, change is and always has been happening around us all the time, whether we are conscious of it or not.

The difference between the decisions that lawmakers, politicians and their influencers are controlling now and what they have been over many decades previously, is that the fallout from all of that bad decision making is now really beginning to hit everything.

We are in the end game and death throes of the old world and old system and our failure not to engage and resist the so-called solutions to the problems that they created and which they are also guiding, means that we are accepting their interpretation of what is best for the world, once all the mess they are responsible for has been cleared up – with the full cost apportioned not to them, but comprehensively towards all of us.

The chances are that the mismanagement of everything has been so bad, that the system we have today will reach a point where the seamless change that the Establishment and the elites believe is possible without consequence won’t happen at all.

Things will come to a complete halt, and when events take over from the clever propaganda and manipulation that is so forcefully at work, there will be a flashpoint where we literally have a moment in time to take back control for ourselves, or someone else will do so.

Without us changing the way we think and the way we are viewing and interacting with all this, it remains likely that those who can buy off enough people with promises of a return to what we know as normality – will step in and win – without anyone really understanding the true cost – That is IF the alternative message and a different direction that is credible is not already there and ready to fill the void.

Looking back will not help anyone now.

What we may not realise, as we look forward and think about what might happen next, is the lens that we are viewing the future with was created and formed with our experiences of the past.

We are quite literally thinking about the changing world and what could happen using the reference points and the understanding of everything that we have experienced as the point where we would jump off into whatever comes next.

Some would argue that is what experience is: the benchmark or guide you use for navigating the future. But the experience of the old world and the system that we are leaving and experience of a healthy life, being self-aware and being human in all things are two completely different things.

If we continue to navigate what lies ahead of us with the same value set that got us into this mess, we will condemn ourselves and the generations that follow to the state of dehumanised subservience that is now the ultimate aim of those who created the road that we now follow.

The alternative isn’t some kind of spiritual awakening – that by its very nature suggests that we all have to qualify in some way to ‘get in’.

The alternative to this hinges or is anchored upon the way that we think, and to think differently.

We must all take the leap of faith and open our minds to the reality that it is what we haven’t yet experienced that offers us real freedom and an altogether much better way.

Look to your neighbours, your peers and the people you once looked down upon. Reject the idea that the best solutions and right-minded thinking comes from someone ‘at the top’.

Asking everyone to think differently or change the way we think, does indeed make it sound as if the process that so many of us now need to embrace will be as simple as changing the way that we think about just one thing.

Meaningful change requires that we all have to change the way we look and think about everything.

To reach a place or a level of understanding where we will all be able to see, experience and interact with life differently and in a way that will then be healthy for us all, requires that we adopt the first, most meaningful or profound changes to the way that we think, as a matter of faith.

Only then will we provide ourselves with the motivation and confidence necessary to make sense of changing our minds about everything else that follows next.

The first step is of course the most significant. That is the rejection of the Top-Down system that controls and influences everything that we know and interact with today.

Nobody will underestimate just how difficult not only this change will be in thought, but what is in practicality itself a rejection of the basis of everything that we have been conditioned to believe will be.

Top-Down thinking is ingrained within every part of The System and how everything we know or have known currently works.

Top-Down thinking runs our system of government and the way that our so-called Democracy works. It runs the public sector; it runs large companies and organisations. It structures the way that just about everything else that we know and understands works.

Top-Down is also called centralisation in other – and deliberately deceptive terms.

Top-Down or centralised power structures are only good for the decision makers or the people who are at the top.

Top-Down power structures are in no way considerate of the real-life realities of the people at the bottom.

Top-Down hierarchies only appear to be favourable to those who gain in some way as they climb up the tiers or levels, as they become more important in the process of maintaining the message and in keeping control – again, because to do so is beneficial to those at the top in some way.

Top-Down decision makers and influencers are rarely if ever accessible to anyone other than friends and family, who doesn’t come from one of the hierarchical layers that sandwich them, or more often than not is at peer level or beneath them – again, promoting the idea that it’s all about being better, being the same, or having something more.

The only people you can trust fully are the people who are in your life, who are accessible, who share the same experiences; the people who you can actually see without newspaper, an electronic device or a screen.

Your power sits within your sphere of influence. You can either embrace it or reject it. But there will always be consequences you have no control over, if you don’t.

The Grassroots Revolution (The Great Reset or Great Awakening)

Deep down, the majority of people do at least realise that there is very little that is actually ‘normal’ about any of the things that we are outwardly experiencing now. Whether it be the behaviour of politicians, the group think, the rejection of common sense, the ridiculous speed and growth of inflation, the way that The Covid Pandemic was handled, and pretty much everything that the Establishment now does.

The reason that we are not openly embracing and taking control of the change that is underway already, is too many of us remain invested in the way that the current system still works.

Collectively, we are sleepwalking under the forlorn hope that the unsustainable, self-enriching and selfish ways that we have been living will get us back to how it always was. That once the blips like the war in Ukraine and the end of physical cash are over, the way of living that thrives on each of us putting ourselves and what we want rather than only what we need, will continue unopposed.

We have to be realistic enough to understand that many of us are so heavily invested in the whimsical and take-everything-for-granted lifestyles that we have, that nothing will change the collective mind about the true cost of its so-called benefits, until our participation either causes us direct pain, or the whole lifestyle itself ends or is taken away from us by external and uncontrollable events.

Whether we are dragged, kicking and screaming by events – as in this case it would be, whether we are awakening to all of this now, or whether we have had our eyes wide open to it all for a very long time, the process we are going through is so massively significant that once it has been completed, it will have resulted in a reset of everything that we know.

The Establishment has claimed the process already and called it The Great Reset.

Yet the Establishment are not in control of it.

Although they are using the cloak created by seemingly endless crisis to implement and impose new public policies, closing farms, feeding cows methane blockers, net zero, 15 Minutes Cities, eating ground crickets, Central Bank Digital Currencies, endless ‘human rights’ and using everything else that defies logic to cement the claim that everything is theirs to own for the long term, it is right now and during this period of transition that the choice is ours to reject and walk away from this malevolent and unnecessary plan at any time.

Hope is bubbling, but it doesn’t yet have the process necessary to come to the boil.

On the flipside, there is indeed a movement or rather a loose affiliation of different groups that accept the need for change.

It is made up of individuals, personalities, some smaller (but nonetheless mainstream) political parties, spiritual groups, conspiracy theorists, new ageists, spiritual and religious groups and potentially many more, all of whom are in one way or another seeing the process as being a Great Awakening.

The problem that is common amongst this loose affiliation is one that they share with the Establishment itself.

Culturally and subconsciously, all of them see Money and the Top-Down value set that surrounds it as being mechanically central to how everything works. Rather than life being all about people – as it will always be.

Until enough of us can look at life in a very different way and accept that life can and will be able to operate very differently with a non-money focus, even the most spiritually free of us are still disposed to accepting solutions that the Establishment will continue to offer – even when the critical moment comes when it will be obvious to everyone that it is broke.

Keep it real. Keep looking ahead.

This analysis does sound negative indeed. But it is a genuine assessment of where things are now, written without the wanky hopeism that too many of the people and groups who genuinely already believe that they understand everything that’s happening and that they have ‘got this’, actually employ.

The overwhelming risk to a future with real freedom, that is genuinely happy, healthy, safe and secure for us all, actually comes from all of ourselves.

The fact is that en-masse, we are absolutely open to plotting a future, as long as all the reference points and standards come from looking back.

When you value the past more than you do the future, you can easily be bought off, because the familiarity that comes within the lies, always appears to contain certainty and therefore the deception of a reliable truth.

Real value awaits us in our future if we take it. But to take it, we have to place our faith in it without any hollow promise, and we have to make that decision right now.

Uncomfortable as it is to even write, I believe it to be inevitable that the power of humanity will eventually shine through. But for enough of us to awaken to the level we genuinely need to, we face a reality that will literally mean that the ground underneath us will have to shake, and all that we hold dear to ourselves today will have to be broken or taken away from us first.

Whichever route it will be, we are already on an inevitable path that doesn’t include the designs of the Establishment, the worlds billionaires, today’s politicians, organisations such as the WEF or WHO – no matter how universally appealing or utopian these very silly people believe their vision and control-is-in-humanities-best-interests messaging might be.

One way or another, we are already on a journey and a process of change that will result in nothing less than a complete revolution, which will have meaning for us all, because it will deliver balance, fairness and justice for all, which today seems all but impossible and will continue to appear so for as long as we culturally worship money, and have vacuous and massively selfish people ruling over us from the top.

When this process ends, locality will once again be the most important of all Community tools and our system and system of Governance or Democracy will no longer function from the Top-Down.

Life will be all about the empowerment of the individual and their place and role within the Community.

The system will be Grassroots-Up.

What is The Grassroots Manifesto

Whilst we would probably all agree that it would be wonderful if positive change were to simply arrive, or perhaps more practically, the people we elect to represent us would always work tirelessly to ensure that’s all we will ever get, the truth of the matter is that the world we know doesn’t work that way.

In our personal and private lives, positive change usually begins with us. This troubled world we share is no different.

But in amongst this crisis, the change must begin with us all.

It’s difficult to create change without direction at any time. So when the very nature of this change or reset demands that we create, establish, evolve and develop a system that creates a framework or system of Governance for life which represents something that none of us who are alive has experienced before, we all need some ideas, suggestions and basic materials to work with, so that the meaningful and inclusive debate that we all need to happen can begin.

The Grassroots Manifesto is a game plan.

The Grassroots Manifesto is a document with a plan or strategy that is built on the principle that real change is not an evolution from what we already know but begins with what we will know.

The Grassroots Manifesto then begins the process of creating anew, or adapts that which can be adapted, so that there is a place to start from which includes everyone and builds a system from the Grassroots Up that has no biases or offers no favours, other than being equitable and considerate to the needs and experiences of us all.

The Grassroots Manifesto is a focus upon where local and public policy will be, once control has been returned to the People and their Communities, to where a sense of true Democracy exists, with power coming from the individual, to the Community, to the region, to the nation, to the world, through a process which is undoubtedly Grassroots-Up or even across.

The Makeshift Manifesto and the process that led here.

Public Policy has interested me since I was a teenager. Throughout the time since, I have always followed politics closely, and was directly involved firstly in its delivery, working for a Rural Community Council and then a County Council, before setting and interpreting it as a Town Councillor, a Parish Councillor and as a Borough (District) Councillor, where I was also Chairman of a Licensing Authority too.

Using my own Life and Professional experiences as a pool of information, in addition to the countless interactions I have been fortunate to have with so many different people who come from all walks of life, I worked hard as a politician and regulatory facilitator to understand all of the different perspectives of everyone involved in whatever policy I worked on, and always aimed to understand and have a respect for the range of different influences and drivers that are inevitably involved.

As we approached the December 2019 General Election, I tapped out a manifesto, detailing the different things that I then believed a good government would need to do, IF it really wanted to get public policy moving in a much better and therefore different way. It’s called the Makeshift Manifesto and can be downloaded as a Kindle Book from Amazon, HERE.

Things have moved on from then and the opportunities that our politicians had open to them then and the choices they could have taken and embraced on our behalf no longer exist. This in no small part due to the response that the current Government and MPs from all of the Political Parties sitting at the Westminster Parliament made in response to The Covid Pandemic. Poor choices and mismanagement that have only continued as The Ukraine War came into focus and the all of the fallout from over 50 years of Neoliberal miss-rule has begun to come home to roost.

Why has The Grassroots Manifesto been written.

As someone who has experienced many different aspects of life, faced challenges and difficulties that I wouldn’t wish on anyone, as well as having moments of genuine peace and happiness that it is my hope we will all learn to experience as normal and share, I possess understanding and insights that I have the opportunity to offer others and to share, which will hopefully make sense to anyone ready to embrace this impending change – and more importantly, what kind of shape this change is going to take – IF we want to take back our power and take control of it.

Ultimately, The Grassroots Revolution is already underway. It is the process which will deliver a genuine Democracy that itself will establish a truly balanced, fair and just system, and then protect it, so that happy, healthy, safe and secure lives are prioritised and can never be side-lined as now, or as the current establishment plans – replaced.

How The Grassroots Manifesto works.

The Grassroots Manifesto is presented in three parts.

The first part focuses on the necessary step of creating and implementing a new Democracy and Electoral System that completely replaces the system that exists in the UK / Great Britain now.

The second and third parts focus on the difference between rules which are frameworks that guide and ensure universal standards and then, on the creation and implementation of regulations and laws that might then fit within that.

Part 1 is The New Democracy

Part 2 is The Frameworks.

Part 3 is The Grassroots Manifesto itself.

Democracy

The key step in the process of meaningful change that will benefit everyone in a balanced, fair and just way will be the rejection and end of the existing Democratic System, Electoral System and System of Government that exists within the UK / Great Britain.

With the system of Governance that we have working only for itself and for those within it and those who benefit from it, the system has passed any point of good it could reach.

The existing system has proven to be too easily corrupted by too many different influences for it to be able to provide the assurance of impartiality that will ensure a truly balanced, fair and just system of Governance can be fully accessible to all, and for it to then maintained.

The outline Public Policies that will establish this New Democracy will be, that:

  1. This new age of Democracy will be established at Community level and from the Grassroots Up at The Reestablishment.
  2. All existing tiers of government (Parish, Town, Borough, District, County, Unitary, Assembly, Parliament, Mayorships, Police & Crime Commissioners etc) will immediately cease to exist, upon The Reestablishment.
  3. ALL ‘sitting’ politicians are representatives of the old world. At the point of The Reestablishment, the ‘seats’ they were elected to represent will cease to exist and they will no longer hold any responsibility – assumed, or otherwise – for anything in the public realm.
  4. No former politician who was a member of any former registered political party will be eligible to become a candidate for election as a Community Representative or to any public office for a period of 12 years following The Reestablishment.
  5. Political Parties by their very nature pursue ideologies and motives that are not shared by the majority and will be prohibited.
  6. The creation of The New Democracy will not rely upon the guidance of existing establishment figures who have played their part or have been directly responsible for the problems that they have caused.
  7. Former establishment leaders cannot be trusted to work to any agenda other than what already exists and therefore is their own. They will be dismissed.
  8. All public policy decisions and the weight of responsibility and power shall be focused upon Local Assemblies.
  9. Responsibility for public policy decisions will only be handed to a level of Community covering a larger area and include the responsibility for more people where it makes practical sense to do so.
  10. The functional, operational or service delivery aspects of all existing tiers of government (with the exception of what are stand alone or non-government public organisations) shall continue under the management and guidance of the relevant Community Assembly until such time as those services have been removed, reformed, revised or redefined.
  11. Responsibility for the provision of services provided by stand alone and non-government public service providers will be allocated to Community Assemblies under Public Interest Companies (PIC).

Local Assemblies

  • Local Assemblies will be opened to the membership and democratic participation of all adults who reside within a Community or locality.
  • Local Assemblies shall be responsible for all decision making that can be carried out and implemented at Local Level.
  • A Local Assembly area may be defined by what were previously known as Parish or Town Council Wards (Not the whole area of an existing Town or Parish Council catchment – as these may be significant), or by the geographic boundaries of a small village, hamlet or definable suburban or Town area, whichever is smaller.
  • Where Parish or Town Councils currently do not exist, equivalent areas will be defined and used as the catchment area for its own Local Assembly.
  • The Community will appoint no less than 5 and no more than 7 Community Representatives to take decisions on behalf of the Community, when there is not sufficient time for a Local Assembly to be called.
  • Community Representatives will be elected to Local Assemblies for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Local Assembly no more than 6 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative within a Local Assembly for no more than 21 years in total).
  • Community Representatives will possess appropriate skills, knowledge and experience that will enable them to answer questions and discuss policy objectively and without bias in a Local Assembly.
  • Community Representatives will each be appointed to research and gain understanding of public policy areas that fall outside the remit of the Local Assembly itself.
  • Local Assemblies will meet monthly or as frequently as necessary to ensure that no Community business is carried over for a period exceeding 30 days from when it became known.
  • With the exception of emergency decisions – which will themselves be defined by the Local Assembly, ALL decisions will be made by vote, by all members of the Community present at the relevant Local Assembly.
  • Local Assemblies will elect an Assembly Facilitator for each Year.
  • Local Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years) but will not be able to volunteer to for that role again, once they have stepped down.
  • Local Assemblies will make all local decisions on public policy, with delivery itself undertaken under the operational management of Community Assemblies.
  • Local Assemblies shall elect 2 Community Representatives to its Community Assembly.

Community Assemblies

  • Community Assemblies will be opened to bring together Community Representatives from all of the Local Assemblies within an area defined by what were previously known as Counties or County areas.
  • Community Assemblies shall take legislative responsibility for any matters that fall between the Local and National Level for purposes of practicality and no more.
  • Community Assemblies will meet monthly or as frequently as necessary to ensure that no Community business is carried over for a period exceeding 30 days from when it became known.
  • Community Representatives will become eligible for election to a Community Assembly after serving no less than 54 consecutive months on one of the Local Assemblies that form the same Community Assembly.
  • Community Representatives will be elected to Community Assemblies for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Community Assembly no more than 5 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative in Community Assembly for no more than 18 years in total).
  • Community Assemblies will elect an Assembly Facilitator or Chairperson for each Year.
  • Community Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years) but will not be able to volunteer to for that role again, once they have stepped down.
  • Community Assemblies will take responsibility for operational management of all Local Service Provision and provide all relevant services through Public Interest Companies (PIC) which shall function on a not-for-profit basis in every way.
  • Community Assemblies will have the joint role of being the relevant legislative body for decision making that sits between Local and National Assemblies, whilst also being the facilitator or provider of all Local Services.
  • Community Assemblies will have no ability or remit to refuse or change directives for service provision provided by Local Assemblies.
  • Community Assemblies shall elect 2 Community Representatives to the National Assembly.

The National Assembly

  • A National Assembly will be opened to bring together Community Representatives from all of the Community Assemblies from across what is known as The United Kingdom or Great Britain.
  • The National Assembly will be convened with a membership of Community Representatives elected from each Community Assembly.
  • Community Representatives will become eligible for election to The National Assembly after serving no less than 84 consecutive months on one of the Community Assemblies.
  • Community Representatives will be elected to The National Assembly for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Community Assembly no more than 4 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative in Community Assembly for no more than 15 years in total).
  • The National Assembly will elect an Assembly Facilitator or Chairperson for each Year.
  • National Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years) but will not be able to volunteer to for that role again, once they have stepped down.
  • Community Representatives will be appointed to research and gain understanding of specialist National and International public policy areas that have been delegated to The National Assembly.
  • Community Representatives with allocated National or International Briefs will be able to provide any or all members of the National Assembly with detailed analysis, advice and where appropriate solutions, to inform before any vote is taken.
  • All decisions of The National Assembly shall be taken by vote, with the exception of emergency matters, which will be temporarily delegated to The National Assembly Chairperson and all Community Representatives appointed to the relevant Briefs.
  • Emergency decisions will be reviewed at the next sitting of The National Assembly, where they will either be endorsed, changed or rescinded by majority vote.
  • IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, The National Assembly can only pass emergency decision making powers to The National Assembly Facilitator for a period not exceeding 1 (one) calendar month. Such delegation must be approved by a majority of The National Assembly and can be rescinded by a majority vote of attending Members at any time.
  • The National Assembly will appoint members of the National Assembly as representatives to all international bodies that have relevance to the pursuit of collective collaboration, mutually beneficial trading arrangements and National Security.
  • The National Assembly may not confer legislative or decision-making powers to any other assembly, council, meeting or parliament, whether constituent with the UK / Great Britain, or outside, in any circumstances or at any time.

Lobbying

  • All forms of closed lobbying by Community members, businesses and interest groups will be prohibited.
  • No Community Representative may accept gifts or hospitality of any kind during their tenure, or for a period of no less than 5 years previously, or 10 years thereafter.
  • Where any individual or business has a matter of public or Community interest to share, this will be raised within the Local Assembly and where necessary escalated across to the Community or National Assembly where it is in the interest of the Community to do so.

The Monarchy

  • The Monarchy as we have known it is at its end.
  • The Monarchy in its pre-Reestablishment form is representative of the Top-Down hierarchical order and any form of hereditary power or influence is not appropriate for New Earth or Grassroots-Up Governance of any kind.
  • No person shall be able to influence the life of another, simply because of their birth or their relationship to any other person.
  • A Referendum or Plebiscite shall be held within 12 months of the Reestablishment where the full UK / Great Britain Electorate shall be asked to choose between complete removal of The Monarchy, or its transformation into a small, figurehead organisation where a) Members of the House of Windsor will continue to provide a strictly ‘figurehead’ role, or any future monarch be selected for set periods by a system of voting through Local Assemblies and Community Assemblies before being administered by The National Assembly.
  • In any case and in all circumstances, members of the existing Royal Household will not be protected by position or relationship and shall be treated the same as any other UK / Great Britain resident if they are accused and/or convicted of any crime, or of the misuse of their privilege.

Honours & Titles

  • Hereditary Titles, Positions and all associated benefits shall end and cease to hold any deferential value at The Reestablishment.
  • The existing ‘honours system’ shall cease at The Reestablishment
  • A new Community Honours system will be created, with awards made for recognition of service to the Community by those who have done so voluntarily, without seeking recognition, and outside of their normal professional roles.

Part 1: Frameworks (A Community Route)

Frameworks For Freedoms

The point sadly missed by many is that the solutions to the majority of the problems we face are not for any one of us, as individuals, to find answers to or come up with the right fix.

Today, we have specific groups, whether that be politicians, banks, businesses, elites or others, attempting and in many cases succeeding in dictating public policy and so-called solutions to problems (that their behavior has usually created), on the basis that they believe their ideas are best for everyone.

Regrettably, although many of the speakers and publicly known influencers that we can all see as recognising the need for change have their own ideas and solutions, and in many cases appear to provide an alternative, these ideas are also made in isolation.

Although the results from them being in control might appear different, if we were to simply exchange what we have now for what loud voices and false prophets are offering us instead, we would inevitably end up with many more problems that would only get progressively worse – which would basically be exactly the same thing as we have and experience now.

People and their Communities must be supported to make all of the decisions that affect only them.

Amongst those decisions must be the selection and appointment of those public representatives who will represent that Community when decisions are made about anything else.

Regrettably, the point has been lost today, that as long as anyone’s behaviour is not hindering the freedom of others, they will themselves be free and unhindered to do and behave in any way they like.

The obligation of the Community will only ever be to manage and to provide resources, rules and regulations that work for and in the best interests of that Community and nothing more.

These Frameworks for Freedoms must always be universal in nature, so that they treat each and every person exactly the same.

Frameworks for Freedoms will ensure that no person is given either an advantage or disadvantage if they should find themselves with nothing in terms of material wealth, or if holding no material wealth should indeed be their own voluntary choice.

In its simplest and most easy to describe form, a framework rule would be something like that we today understand as the minimum wage – where EVERYONE must be paid that minimum hourly rate, no matter what job it is that they do.

Universality does not entertain prejudices. Nor does it recognise the differences that today’s social conditioning has.

So, no matter how we might have been previously told or required to identify someone – whatever the reasons might be, those reasons that we use to attribute social value to them in some way today, must now be discarded and left behind.

EVERYONE enters and leaves this world the same. Frameworks for Freedom must ensure that no rules exist which allow anyone to define themselves as being different to others through any position or wealth that they have attained or have been gifted in other ways.

Success and apparent happiness don’t make anyone better than anyone else. Genuine success and happiness are defined by the individual and their own reflections. Not by anyone else or by the world outside.

Frameworks for Freedoms are the doorway that will allow everyone to thrive and achieve happy, healthy, safe and secure lives – if they so choose.

The real power and responsibility of government is to provide these Frameworks and to protect them. Nothing more.

Why frameworks can be relied upon, but rules, regulations and laws cannot.

Every Community must be able to make rules that are considerate of the different dynamics that relate to it, but which sit outside and beyond the specific requirement for every individual to enjoy their own freedom and the related right to exist.

These might relate to very practical measures such as the infrastructure that exists, the types of foods that can be grown or produced in the area, or other ways in which its own economy or local marketplace works.

People will always be treated and respected as adults, and given every opportunity to choose, without unnecessary rules, regulations and laws that seek to control – that would only exist for the benefit of those who write or set them.

Genuine frameworks are principles that do not need to be changed, whereas rules, regulations and laws tend to be dynamic and must be updated to reflect changes and times.

Rules, regulations and laws are always open to interpretation and to abuse. If we want the New Earth or New World to work in a balanced, fair and just way for everyone that always puts People First, it is the principles that need to work, to be consistent, universal and reliable, before anything else.

The First Framework for Freedom: (The Basic Living Standard)

There is nothing insignificant about the process of change and the transition from a money, wealth, influence and power-based culture, to one that values and puts People First.

Frameworks that allow everyone to act, think and to behave like the adults that they are will be the very best way to help us all to survive and thrive through the Great Reset and to then play our part in establishing the New Earth or New World that is waiting for us beyond.

We may not be able to see how a very different way of living and relating to others would work from where we are stood looking at the future right now, as the culture we are experiencing today has taken over everything and considering anything contrary to this can easily leave us feeling overwhelmed.

If we were all consider that everything or the system that we know came into being through an act of domino toppling or through a domino effect, the reality is that it is that the circumstances now exist where we have the opportunity or choice to pick up the last domino that fell and indeed every other domino too, and then set off a chain reaction that switches our way of life and the way that we live to one that everyone will find good and happy to live in.

The last or first domino – depending upon which way you might look at it, is the one that is both key and essential to providing us all with the opportunity and option to make and take every other right choice.

The only suggestion or proposal that A Community Route itself will directly make, is that of a Framework for Freedom is this one.

It is being made, because in a people-first world, its adoption (or the adoption of something that is very similar) is the difference between putting money or People First. It is therefore the defining choice.

The First Framework for Freedom (or The Basic Living Standard) is as follows:

That a happy, healthy and balanced life will be affordable and sustainable for everyone, without the need for debt, subsidies or government handouts of any kind, when receiving the minimum, most basic or living wage for working the equivalent of a full working week.

If you remain tied in your beliefs to the current system and money-based culture, it is unlikely that you will be able to see the defining value of this Framework.

Indeed, you may not even conceive that such a Framework is viable and would certainly not be something that would be supported by choice.

However, if you will take the time to think and work this through, and picture the reality that people, businesses and all organisations must consider this obligation in each and every action or transaction that they make or undertake, you will soon begin to see how the many dominoes that follow this first one will then soon begin to fall.

Please note that The First Framework for Freedom (The Basic Living Standard) is not the same thing as the Universal Basic Income (UBI), as proposed and being tested in some Countries today.

In the context of the Top-Down, money and wealth obsessed system that we are currently living in, the idea of a Universal Basic Income is a good one. However, UBI relies on the ‘we can create money out of nothing’ mantra that is key to the current Neoliberal or FIAT based Monetary System.

This means that every time pretend or created cash is added to  the total amount of money that is in circulation already, the value of UBI payments would themselves fall in terms of what they can buy the recipient, as both the value of the money that the poorest and most vulnerable have becomes a smaller part of the overall pie, and inflation continues to push the cost of living further and further up.

Any help or benefit to recipients would therefore be short-lived. Regrettably, as part of the overall picture, the process of monetary devaluation that UBI will help to speed up will itself just contribute to an overall financial system collapse – that could be only a short time away already.

People need the ability to be able to sustain their lives fully on the lowest full-time wage and in a people-first economy, everything will point in that direction and contribute to making it work.

Why frameworks can be relied upon, but rules, regulations and laws cannot.

Every Community must be able to make rules that are considerate of the different dynamics that relate to it, but which sit outside and beyond the specific requirement for every individual to enjoy their own freedom and the related right to exist.

These might relate to very practical measures such as the infrastructure that exists, the types of foods that can be grown or produced in the area, or other ways in which its own economy or local marketplace works.

People will always be treated and respected as adults, and given every opportunity to choose, without unnecessary rules, regulations and laws that seek to control – that would only exist for the benefit of those who write or set them.

Genuine frameworks are principles that do not need to be changed, whereas rules, regulations and laws tend to be dynamic and must be updated to reflect changes and times.

Rules, regulations and laws are always open to interpretation and to abuse. If we want the New Earth or New World to work in a balanced, fair and just way for everyone that always puts People First, it is the principles that need to work, to be consistent, universal and reliable, before anything else.

The 11 Principal Frameworks:

We must accept that for many, a world that focuses on living life differently, simply doesn’t make any sense. Just because they cannot see it, doesn’t mean that it cannot exist. Likewise, just because we may only be able to see the future in the same context of how we understand everything in the World around us works today, doesn’t mean that we cannot think differently and embrace what will soon become necessary for everyone – no matter what we might currently believe.

Governance will always be as light-touch as possible. In so far as it is possible, people must always be allowed to set their own life rules.

However, the success of New Earth or the New World will be based upon us all agreeing upon, working with and committing to Governance frameworks that provide the necessary direction, standards and security, so that people and their Communities can thrive.

These are the 11 Principal Frameworks

  1. Economic Localism
  2. Freedom does not hinder and is not hindered in any way.
  3. People First
  4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end
  5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & influence from The Grassroots-Up
  6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote Local Goods first
  7. Every link of the supply chain must add value.
  8. Money or currencies have a fixed value and are only used as a medium of exchange
  9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it
  10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it
  11. In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak.

In the 11 chapters that follow, we will go through each of these Principles, one by one.

1. Economic Localism

If you cannot see it, be in the presence of it or directly engage with it, you cannot trust that it will be in your best interests – whatever it might be.

In a world where everything has been telling us to place our trust and belief in people, businesses, Governance, manufacturing , production and services that are somewhere else – either out of our locality, our presence or somewhere online, it does indeed sound counterintuitive to suggest that a better life and way of living for everyone can only come by redirecting the way we live and have relationships with everything in a completely different way.

Yet that is exactly where we need to be.

Easy living, based on processes and the input of people that we will never meet nor see, mean that we have lost sight of responsibility, whilst we have also surrendered our control.

To live well, to live freely, to live healthily and to live happily, the focus of life, living and of everything that feeds into it and supports it must be as local as possible, be transparent and be completely under our own control.

Every commercial activity that exists relates to a business, service or process that serves the interests of people in some way.

When commercial activities of any kind are placed in the service of specific interests and interests that are either deliberately hidden or kept out of sight, whatever they do will never be in the interests of us all, and the balance between us and the sense of justice and fairness is quickly lost.

The priority for all must be to meet everyone’s basic needs so that everyone has the food, the clothing, the transport, the technology, the education, the work and the means to be self-sustaining without help or support in return for working.

This means that the growing, production, manufacturing and supply chains that support normal life and that exist to meet everyone’s basic needs, must be returned to their most localised and people-centric forms.

2. Freedom does not hinder and is not hindered in any way

We think that we are free, and that the fight ahead is to maintain that freedom.

Let me tell you now that it is not.

The fight ahead is to fight for our freedom. The alternative is to accept further forms of control and tyranny from an establishment or system that still insists that everything it does and will do will be done with our best interests at heart.

It would be understandable if your immediate response to this statement were related to something like the growing digital tyranny that we are being increasingly controlled and oppressed by. But nothing is so simple as that.

The reality is that we have forgotten what freedom really is.

By being so beholden to and manipulated by the consumer mantra ‘you can have whatever you want, it will always be available, it will always be affordable and we’ll always give you money to pay for it – as long as you behave’, we have collectively become shackled by always wanting more. We have forgotten what it is to live lives that revolve only around what we actually need.

We are slaves to a wealth, money, power and influence are everything culture and value set.

We have become so addicted to this way of being and thinking, that we cannot even see how badly we are being hurt by what we already have, and we are desperate for the same self-interests to reach out and offer us even more.

But true freedom does not hinder us or restrict us in any way. True freedom only ends when our actions and behaviour become a genuine hindrance to others.

Freedom will always be freedom. Freedom is not something that depends on what people with power and influence dictate.

We must create a culture, understanding and framework that allows each and every one of us the freedom to be ourselves and who we believe ourselves to be, but at the same time does not prioritise this same freedom in others so that it can contradict, or force change upon that freedom to be.

3. People First

We are led to believe and to accept that the system that we have today is run on behalf of the people, by the people and for the people.

It is not.

Most people understand that the system is run in the best interests of those who either run it, or those that they look up to or receive favour from in some way.

But that is not the whole truth either.

Everything that we know and understand today revolves around and is focused upon a values set based upon money, wealth, influence and power, along with the processes and actions that help everyone – no matter who they are – to gain and accumulate more of it.

We put money and the value we place in it before people and everything else.

The rise of the internet and the smart tech revolution has made the downward spiral that has existed for over 50 years even worse by creating more and more devices that dehumanize relationships.

The internet today creates the impression that people we have relationships with online aren’t actually real. Because as far as real life is concerned, they simply do not even exist.

This way of living is already unsustainable. But it is set to get even worse as we embrace the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), without any ethical framework or rules being set up that recognises the negative impacts and outcomes from profit-driven and control-driven misuse.

We must flip or completely turn this situation on its head and create a universal environment that puts people instead of money first.

Using benchmark frameworks that will ensure fairness, balance and justice for all such as that which will guarantee the ability of all people to support themselves without going into debt or without having to call on charity or government support, we will have the ability, not only to provide a self-sustaining standard for a happy, healthy, safe and secure life for everyone. We can also create a light-touch system of Governance that uses transparency as an open tool for the system to police itself.

Today, humanity as a value set has been lost. We can and will regain our true and most beneficial value set by focusing our new system and New Earth on putting People First.

4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end.

Whilst some of us will understand the concept, none of us alive today have known a world without hierarchies.

Yet hierarchies are one of the most effective tools that exist for the dehumanisation and distancing of humanity and human relationships.

Hierarchies are the reason that societies and industries ultimately fail.

The intrinsic reason for the failure of all hierarchies – which can take centuries to reach those at the top – is because they instantly make decision makers out-of-touch.

The system that is failing and collapsing around us today is a classic example of a hierarchy. It is a textbook example of a system that operates from the top-down.

Today’s system is so complex, that the tiers or levels of the hierarchy are not only top-down. The way that we have evolved culturally has meant that we have also extended these tiers or levels from side to side. This means that the responsibility for decisions that affect our daily lives are not only made by people and organisations or bodies that we will never have contact with. It also means that their role, responsibilities and influence are also heavily – and all too conveniently obscured from our view.

Leadership has become synonymous with hierarchy. Yet the interchangeability of the two words or terms does not and will not be considered as meaning the same thing.

We most certainly need leaders to shine and take responsibility for leading us. But leadership does not come by right. It does not appear through career progression. It certainly doesn’t come through position or assumed power – even though the elites want us to believe this – try as they might.

Poor leaders who have no appreciation of the mechanics of leadership, nor any understanding of what leadership genuinely is, usually surround themselves with leaders who are even weaker, who then do exactly the same thing when it comes to their turn to lead.

Likewise, the accumulation of wealth or apparent success with a certain kind of business is no guarantee of anyone’s ability, the ethics or the morality that will drive them if they find themselves in a position where deference and the way that society works would enable them to take a lead.

Today, we have reached a position where everything we know in terms of Governance and the way that the rules governing the way society, business and culture function has such people at the top and intrinsically involved.

We must do away with these hierarchies. We must do away with everything that functions in the sense of decisions being made with power and influence that is remote and that we can identify in any way as being top-down.

5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & Influence from The Grassroots-Up

When we have a problem, we look to the people closest to us or those who are around us and in our lives for help. We quite literally reach out to our local support networks.

So why do we always reach outside of our local support networks for everything else and believe that the people, the businesses, the politicians and whatever else we interact with will value us at a personal level and with our best interests at heart, just the same?

Whilst there must always be an objectively created framework of rules that establish and maintain equality in all things that will be equal and that there is equality for all, the creation of such rules and regulations must be undertaken by people who understand what life is really like for all.

If decision makers do not interact with the people, the area, the Community for which any set of rules are made, they cannot make those decisions in the most informed manner.

True equality of opportunity must exist for society to be balanced, fair and just.

But equality of opportunity and one-size-fits all are never the same thing, unless you are the one with all the power and you sit in isolation at the very top.

Local people – that’s the people you talk to and see regularly or could call on easily and without obstruction – are the people who will always be making the decisions on public policy and Governance that will have any effect upon you.

The truth is that there are very few decisions made by any of the existing levels of government that could not be returned, along with the power that enables them, to the most local or Community level.

Instead, rules are today being made that have a real impact upon the quality of life that we all experience, by people who will never visit or understand our areas and Communities, and who we will never have reason to know.

Lawmaking powers must be returned to the level nearest to the people possible to do so. In the majority of cases, this will always be within a local or Community framework.

Cost or political expedience is in itself no excuse for rules to be passed to anyone or to any organisation outside of our local frameworks. The reality is that excuses like these are quite literally all they are – excuses that sound beneficial to everyone.

The truth is that they are all about taking power away from us so that someone else can better serve their own self-interest, by taking and misusing our control.

Local people will always be best equipped to make local decisions. There is no need for anyone else, any group or political party to be involved.

6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote Local Goods first

You shouldn’t trust what you cannot physically experience, if it physically exists somewhere else.

Just as we will all avoid foods that don’t resemble their basic, raw form – unless the processing used is simple, such as was traditionally undertaken by hand (e.g. Bread, Butter, Cheese), we will avoid and distrust the processes of growing, manufacturing and production that are not accessible or cannot be accessed, viewed and assessed by people who are known to us and that we can trust.

The world today has abused the trust that so many of us have placed in it by exploiting the rationale that out of sight is out of mind. So that if we cannot see it, we do not care about it, we are not interested in it, we will take the provenance and care for our best interests that go into it for granted.

Corruption is not only a term that relates to financial payments, favours and backhanders that skew decisions that will always be impartial and fair. Processes of all kinds have become corrupted by the self-interest and profiteering that drives them.

There is no reason why the basic goods, foods and services that we all need for life cannot be grown, produced, manufactured or supplied locally – IF we are putting people and a values-based way of living first.

Yes, there may always be a need to trade local goods that exist in excess, for those that cannot be locally produced, or to create a regulated currency for the purposes of exchange that can do the same.

But if we work locally, with local people, in the interests of the locality and the local Community, a balance for this will always exist. It is only when greed and the self-interest of the few enter the equation that the process begins where balance, fairness and justice is lost, and it all begins to go wrong.

Local Businesses must always prioritise local suppliers for their services, raw materials and goods.

Quality and experience are always the key, and by chasing profit or by attempting to avoid rules that achieve the same, transparency, provenance, authenticity and everything good will always be lost.

7. Every link of the supply chain must add value

Whilst it is the money system and the way that money creation and circulation are managed that are the fundamental problem with the way that the worldwide economy works today, this mismanagement itself has encouraged a cultural mindset that focuses on saving costs and making more profit – not as a consequence of what the business does; not because there is some kind of rule requiring them to do so; not because circumstances demand it of them. But because they can.

We have reached a stage where businesses that we could argue have a legitimate involvement in supply chains, such as supermarkets, already use every excuse that sounds plausible to convince retail customers that prices need to keep rising. Meanwhile, they push producers and growers at the other end of the supply chain to sell at prices where they can barely continue to exist (and increasingly don’t).

But the problem reaches way beyond businesses such as those we would recognise as having a legitimate role in production and supply to play.

There are also many other companies, ‘agents’, speculators, and other ‘interests’, who buy and sell raw materials, components, ingredients, fuels, minerals and even currencies, who do nothing to add value to the product or whatever it is they are buying and selling. But as they do so, they add and take a fee for themselves.

That profit, made without adding value – when adding value could be refining, making an engine out of components, or even selling to the customer at the end of the ‘chain’, raises the costs of all of these goods and even services unnecessarily. In every circumstance where this happens, it makes it more expensive for everyone to live.

There will always be a reward for input, whether that be growing, mining, processing, refining, delivering or selling. But nobody and no business will be able to take a reward, just because they can afford to insert themselves into any part of any supply chain that exists or may be under discussion ahead of time – pushing up prices as they do so, and then selling on at a profit which pushed those prices up further – and by so doing, almost guarantees that other 3rd parties with no positive role to play, will then become involved.

Regrettably, the historic greed of growers, producers and all the different companies that in some cases also carry out unnecessary cost-raising activities or roles, has surrendered the ability of whole industries to take back control of their own marketplace and choose to supply or play a role in what are the necessary supply chains that are needed, rather than being wanted by 3rd parties, because of the way that money has become involved.

Supply chains must be as short as it is possible for them to be, and no unnecessary business, agent or entity of any kind can be allowed to be involved in the growing, production, manufacturing, storing, transport or selling of foods, goods and services that are essential to life – of any kind.

Of those businesses or entities that have involvement at any stage of any supply chain, they MUST add value to the chain with whatever they do. No other interests other than those that are adding value to the chain will ever become involved.

Speculation or ‘futures’ must be prohibited for any raw materials, foods or goods that are part of any supply chain that provides essential goods, services or supplies that are essential to basic life.

Speculation and ‘futures’ selling or handling is nothing more than gambling and no one has the right to gamble with anyone else’s life.

8. Money or currencies MUST have a fixed value and only be used as a medium of exchange

Money isn’t real. Yet we have been conditioned to believe that it is.

Money is a unit of exchange. Yet we have been conditioned to believe that money is a thing, that it holds value of its own, and that the value that money holds is variable in its own right – well beyond the basic principles necessary for currency exchange.

Money has become the benchmark which dictates the value of life and the value of every individual’s existence.

For as long as this money-based order, reality or culture continues to exist, the values that underpin humanity and human existence will matter less and less.

Money and currencies of any kind are useful to us, as long as they are only used as the medium of exchange that they are, rather than being believed to be or considered to be an accumulation of material wealth in itself – as it is today.

For as long as we continue to allow the value of anything and everything to be determined by the value of money, which itself can then vary from day to day, the power of any individual, business or Community to regulate, manage and sustain healthy lives will be compromised.

Until 1971 when neoliberalism fully took over, the value of the money that existed was always pinned or anchored to the value of gold. ‘The Gold Standard’ was far from being a perfect system or system that was balanced, fair and just in itself – as any good study of economic history will demonstrate. But what its existence did demonstrate was the benefit of having the value of money restricted, which meant that there was considerably less opportunity for the system to be ‘played’ – as it has been, to our considerable cost, ever since.

A fair, balanced and just economic system that puts People First, must rest its economic base upon the people that exist within that system, along with the fundamental value we can associate with what those people then put in or take out of it.

That value may indeed be translated into money or a form of currency or digital currency of some kind. But there is no requirement or need for that value to ever be variable in a system that puts People First and doesn’t believe that non-essential or basic goods that it cannot itself produce must be secured no matter the price.

The value of existence and the value of the work or effort that any individual puts into the system must be the benchmark which everything to do with monetary exchange and value must be pinned.

For life to be valued and for that value of life to be maintained as it will always be, money or currencies of any kind must always be a unit of exchange that holds no value of its own that can be bought, sold or exchanged.

9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it

It would be foolish to not recognise the value of the advances in technology that humanity has experienced throughout the industrial age.

They have increased exponentially as we have picked up speed through the digital age, with advances that we have now, already providing us with the opportunity to look at life in a very different way.

Technology has always had the power to do much good. To improve life in many ways and to remove all kinds of risks from the workplace for everyone who may be involved.

However, technology and its development has also been increasingly abused, with advancements being used by industry to increase profits and as being seen as a way to reduce the numbers of people employed to work, without any due regard for the impact on individuals, Communities, entire countries and the industries that are involved.

It is true that no business or organisation exists purely to employ people. Employment and the need to employ people to carry out any function that the development of a business or organisation and the products or services that it delivers has and always will be a happy consequence of organic growth from the provision of goods and services of a quality that are essential to life and which people and Communities genuinely need.

Profit will always be a happy consequence of good delivery and management. Never the primary aim.

The power of good in technology rests in its ability to be used to improve and enhance working practices and quality of life. Not to make work or employment unnecessary for anyone, or to be used as a functional device to control or restrict people or humanity in any way.

There are and always will be negative consequences when technology of any kind is used and harnessed for purposes other than to improve life or working conditions.

Those who lose out will always lose out badly. Whilst those who believe they are using technology to benefit themselves or their business will only every experience a pyrrhic win.

In a people centric or people-first economy and World, technology will always be used to improve the experience of everyone, not as a tool that can only ever benefit the few.

10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it

Many of us still neither realise nor appreciate that the arrival of the internet and the functionality that it has offered us, has never been governed or regulated by governments and those that govern on our behalf in the way that it will.

The internet and the online world that is developing with it is and always has been a two-edged sword. It has brought as many downsides or dark aspects with it as the positive or good aspects that it has given us – and potentially a lot more.

Many of the social problems that we experience today can be attributed to behaviour that was deemed acceptable online before it then found its way into the real world or the mainstream.

From early on, people and businesses using the internet – whatever the purpose may have been – didn’t recognise the same social etiquette, politeness, manners, morals, standards or behaviour that we considered to be the cultural norm in ‘real life’ outside. Principally, because there was never any real system of Governance in place and so none of those same rules appeared to exist.

The rate of behavioral change in social conditioning from locality to online has been confined to within what might only be one generation. Young people today take all of their social cues and conditioning from the world online, rather than from the young people, adults and Community figures around them. The effect has been massively profound.

Today, upcoming generations and those above them who follow common narratives take these social cues into ‘real life’ without realising the parallel universe or pretend world that the internet or online world offers, is dictating or rather destroying rules and the remaining values for life. It is helping to dehumanise every aspect of life that we experience as it does.

Like all technology, the value of the internet and all things online cannot be understated – so long as it is used and operated within a framework, with rules and restrictions that are always based upon and maintained for the common good.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and all online technology will only be bad for humanity if it is programmed, created and driven by motives and designs that are in the interests of the few, rather than being in the best interests of all mankind.

The internet is a tool. It must be respected as such. It must always reflect or mirror the rules and practices that we use in real life, rather than having the ability to completely reset life and every agenda, as it and all the technology that feeds into it, does right now.

11.In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak.

We have been told over and over again that we live and enjoy the freedom of being in a Democracy.

The political system and the system of Governance or administration that we have today could certainly operate in a very democratic way. But only when the incumbents within that system or the politicians and officers respect Democracy and democratic practices themselves.

The truth is that whatever system of government or administration we may have, there will always be a dependence upon those who have been entrusted with the responsibilities of public representation having the integrity to respect and work diligently with that trust.

Today, politicians simply do not do this. Not least of all because once elected, politicians of the existing political parties are inevitably expected by their party to vote and support policies as they have been told. But also, because very few politicians today are able to discern the difference between what is right for them and what is right for us all.

Many of us still think that change can be achieved just by voting for a different party, or by changing the way that votes are counted – so that smaller parties will get elected as they pick up alternative and second preference votes.

What those who believe this fail to see is that the way that we elect politicians doesn’t matter one bit, if they don’t care for or consider the people they have been elected to represent.

It would be foolish to believe that any of us can trust that every politician we elect can be relied upon 100% of the time to make decisions on our behalf that are always 100% right.

But there is a colossal difference between where we are today, and where we will be when we have created a very different framework that requires all public representatives to establish and qualify themselves at Community level. Then live the principle that true Democracy will always operate from the Grassroots Up.

Yes, we must have politicians and public representatives to represent us and make decisions on our behalf. But the perversity of a system where just a few thousand people from a group that has very specific interests and motivations can select the next Prime Minister of the UK, simply shouldn’t ever exist.

The people who represent us all must be selected and appointed by us all first.

It may neither be possible nor appropriate for us to appoint a Prime Minister in the same way that the United States does.

But we will all be able to take an active part in selecting the people who will represent us and take the majority of the decisions that will affect us all locally.

The people who represent us at Regional, National and potentially international level, will always be selected from those who have been successful and demonstrated their suitability as a public representative from this pool.

Part 2: The Grassroots Manifesto

Some things to bear in mind.

The Grassroots Manifesto is itself, in its entirety, no more than a starting or stepping off point.

The Grassroots Manifesto is presented as a tool to support and guide decision making at the most local level and in a way that then feeds into all tiers of Governance that may then be deemed necessary to ensure that all decision-making fits the appropriate level of shared Community.

Whereas Frameworks are the universal rules and principles that create and sustain freedoms for all, Communities will, for reason of locality and the specific needs and requirements of that locality, need to make localised rules and a create a system of Governance that meets its specific needs – whilst adhering to those universal principles or Frameworks.

The suggested Policies within Part 3 of The Grassroots Manifesto are a guide and in no way meant to be used or considered to be absolute.

Change of the kind we are all set to experience and the Establishment of a new system require fluidity and flexibility with specific or localised public policies, whilst working within and in support of overriding principles after all.

As such, any figures used, for example percentage % tax rates, or specific values for rates of pay are included only for purposes of illustration. They are used purely to demonstrate the mechanics of the new suggested system at work.

Above all, this work is by no means perfect. It is a rough and ready guide, that will provide our new Grassroots legislators with the open door that invites them to step inside.

The key to change and to a future that is genuinely free for everyone, that offers a happy, healthy, safe and secure existence which is part of a way of living that is balanced, fair and just for all, is the agreement, respect for and protection of the Universal Frameworks that will be recognised and adhered to by all within and at all levels of the Community.

The Policies that follow are suggestions for the kinds of Public Policies that will be used to formulate, create and implement laws, rules and regulations at a level where every member of the Community has been involved or has had meaningful influence upon them – if they will so choose.

The points within the following Policies provide an idea or guide to what workable Governance for New Earth will look like, once the value set has switched to People First and our different priorities mean that we will think, act, be and behave differently to now in a way that will mean we all have a very different experience of life.

We must all remember that nothing good will come from the period of change that we are now in unless we first change our minds and the way we think about a lot of things that we accept as normal, feel very comfortable with, or feel to be of benefit to us in some way. We then have to complete our part in the process by turning that thought into action, becoming involved and proactively taking part in being the change we want, from the Grassroots-Up.

If you are looking for errors, checking the sums or looking for anything else that doesn’t add up within this book, you are already missing the point that what comes next is all about YOU.

You have the opportunity to get involved with your Community right now. You have the chance to discuss and propose ideas to others that may well be different or better than these – but end up with outcomes that mean we will all, collectively experience the same beneficial things.

It’s the outcome that matters for everyone; not the route that we take to get there. So don’t treat what’s in front of you as if it is already the end!

An Uncomfortable Truth

One of the hardest realities that we must all face, is the role that we have all been playing in creating and feeding the same system that is hurting us, and that if you are here reading this book, there is a very good chance that you already hate.

Whilst we have been led to believe that we can have what we want, how we want it, where we want it and when we want it, even thinking like this is unsustainable. We cannot continue without more and more of the things around us going wrong.

Whilst you may already accept that the world and the way that we live must now change, the chances are that you have not really thought hard about what that could really mean.

You may well fall into the tarp of thinking that as long as everyone else does the right thing, it won’t matter if you just continue doing what you are doing and having the things that you’re having – so that for you, things just stay the same way that they already are.

Voices that currently sit on the cusp and champion the coming change do so too, challenging parts of the programme that the Establishment is attempting to force upon us, such as the phasing out of fossil-fuelled cars – rightly speaking up and fighting against any policy which is dictatorially imposed.

But they do so without realising that some of these policies present a picture that different thinking on the part of all of us will deliver anyway and at the very least in part, through necessity, but also voluntarily, and most certainly in very different circumstances, by choice.

To believe that we can have a people-centric world that puts everyone first, on our own personal terms, is oxymoronic to say the very least.

It is therefore vital that we all understand that for as long as any of us remain fixed on wanting this thing or experience or wanting that thing or experience, rather than having faith that we can share a world where we will always have what we need, we are still and remain ‘bought in’ or invested into the system that we are now leaving and which at some point very soon will come to its end.

The Reestablishment

If we will fail to change our way of living, our way of being and the focus of our value set voluntarily – as part of the opportunity that this period is offering us, change will be forced upon us and the change we experience will go beyond systemic collapse.

We will be forced into a situation where everything that we recognise fails to be as it was anymore.

Our failure to believe that there is an alternative way of being and of living – no matter what role or at what level we have been involved in the old world or old system – will not stop or prevent events that are outside human control from taking over, IF we do not embrace positive, people-focused change, by choice.

It is this part of the process – the changing of the way that we think or the way that we perceive the world and the other people we have relationships – that will be the real spiritual awakening or change of mind that so many have already talked about.

This change of direction; change of thinking; change in the way that we relate to everyone and everything; the process we undertake to bring Governance, civility and values to the new golden age in which we all rule – will be nothing less than The Reestablishment.

Everything must go. Everything must change. We must begin again, building from the Grassroots Up, re-establishing rules, processes and structures with the approach that nothing has existed before, whilst being open to the reality that some infrastructure, technology and methods of working can and will have a positive role to play in New Earth, as they can be repurposed or reformed.

The Reestablishment will begin at the most local level, within our Communities. Its reach will then work its way outwards, always aligning with decisions being made at the most local level possible, with old power structures answering to localities until they have either been reassimilated or removed.

A temporary power structure may be required to oversee the period of refocusing that The Reestablishment will require. But this must be time limited and built upon an achievable reform plan that allows all the necessary reformations to be made.

The Rejection of The Money, Material Wealth, Influence and Power-based Order

The Key Step of The Grassroots Revolution and The Reestablishment will be the rejection of the current establishment, the system and everything that it stands for.

Money, material wealth, influence, power and the values that are associated will no longer be accepted as the benchmark or guidepost upon which all meaningful decisions in life are made – be they personal or on behalf of others.

Without rejection of the way that everything works today, change that will benefit everyone will not be possible.

Grassroots Policy 1: The People First Economy

  1. The impact and consequences of all of our decisions upon others will be the new guide for life.
  2. People and their Communities will always be cognizant of the consequences of any behaviour or action and only proceed when there will be no involuntary cost or impact upon anyone who has not voluntarily and knowingly involved themselves within the process, no matter how many times removed they may be in terms of the existence of any impact chain.
  3. People and their Communities will never engage in any activity or process where the decision to do so will inflict harm or consequences on anyone, whether alive today or yet to come, that they have not consciously or knowingly agreed to.
  4. People shall always have Freedom to speak. Freedom to learn. Freedom to hear. Freedom to be upset. Freedom to remove ourselves from the debate. Freedom to not have the ideas of others physically imposed.
  5. People will be free to do, be and say what we please, when doing so will have no physical implications or offer no physical threat to the physical existence of others.

Putting People First

  • The value of the Economy shall be tied to the number of people living within the UK / Great Britain at any time.
  • Each member of the National Community shall represent a Fixed Base Value to the National Currency and be directly proportional to the total value of that Currency in circulation – whether digital or in cash.
  • A system of values to The Economy will exist that relates to the input of each person to the Economy itself.
  • The only circumstances in which money or currency can be created from The Reestablishment and thereafter is from the birth of a child, a child beginning school, a child qualifying in standard proficiency at 14, and then a young adult finishing academic or vocational pathways at the age of 21.
  • Money created will be payable to the individual, their parents or guardians, with an equal sum being added to the Local Assembly balance sheet.
  • The creation of money will be the responsibility of Community Assemblies.
  • At the point of any death, the economic value of that adult to The Economy must be taken from the overall circulatory value of The National Currency, with the value payable by priority to the local Community Assembly from the deceased’s estate.
  • Economic Value within The People First Economy will be created through a) earnings in exchange for labour, skills and experience of the individual b) the production of basic foods and goods c) the manufacture of goods and equipment and the provision of services that add value.
  • The payment or accumulation of Monetary or Financial Interest of any kind will be prohibited.
  • Money or currency will only be borrowed for a fixed transaction or facilitation fee, which under no circumstances may exceed the value of 10% of the total loan.
  • Transaction or Facilitation fees shall be repayable on a proportional basis with each repayment.
  • Bankers, Lenders or Financiers of any kind shall not regulate or police their own activities, in any way, and shall have no influence upon any organisation that does.
  • Any form of credit worthiness monitoring will be provided by an impartial service, where basic ratings will be offered and no more.
  • The purchase and sale of personal financial data will be illegal, with financial penalties and lifetime industry bans applied to anyone directly or indirectly involved.

The Basic Living Standard & The Basic Living Wage*

  • The Basic Living Standard and the corresponding Basic Living Wage shall be the benchmark of The People First Economy.
  • The prices of all foods, goods and services that are deemed essential to providing a happy, healthy, safe and secure lifestyle shall relate, proportionally, to the total value of the Basic Living Wage, which itself shall equate to the value apportioned to one full working week within the lowest paid employment.
  • All Companies / Businesses providing essential provisions or contributing to their supply, will be registered with the Community Assembly.
  • It will be the duty of all retailers, manufacturers, growers etc, to maintain the prices of essential provisions at each stage of the supply chain.
  • Any individual or business directly or indirectly seeking to manipulate prices or add additional profit in any way during the process of providing essential provisions shall be fined a minimum of 3x the potential gain they would make, and will be banned from the industry for life, with all assets relating to production forfeited to the Community Assembly.

*Please see the Section on ‘Frameworks’ above, for a description of The First Framework / The Basic Living Standard.

Community Services (Formerly Public Services and Charity Organisations)

  • All Community services shall employ the minimum number of full or part time staff necessary to ensure continuity in management and streamlined operational delivery.
  • Staffing of all Community Services shall in the main part be provided directly by Community Contributions.
  • Where members of the Community have ‘opted out’ of Community Contributions, their Community Contribution Tax will be paid into a ringfenced fund held by the Community Assembly and redistributed to the Community services network according to need.

Community Contributions

  • Every working person shall be required to give 10% of their working time or the equivalent of each and every week to supporting the provision of Community services and operations.
  • No person below the age of 40 years may opt out of actively contributing 10% of their working week to Community service.
  • At the age of 40 or above, the person may opt to pay the equivalent of 10% of their weekly income as an alternative tax, to the local Community Assembly, where they are earning at least 2x the equivalent of the Basic Living Wage.
  • All employers shall be required to support Community service provision without prejudice to the employee.
  • Where possible, all persons shall offer and provide experience, skills and knowledge to a related Community service on a like-for-like basis, equivalent to the role they undertake during a normal employed working week.

Welfare & Benefits

  • The Basic Living Standard shall be the accepted benchmark for the level of income required for any individual unable to work for any reason.
  • Benefits shall be administered by Community Assemblies
  • Benefit Payments will be made directly to a Restricted Benefits Current Account held with the Local People’s Bank.
  • Payments to essential service providers such as landlords, phone companies and transport providers shall be made directly to them from each Restricted Benefits Current Account.
  • All other payments made from each Restricted Benefits Bank Account shall be digital and will only be made to recognised providers for the purchase of essential goods and services.
  • The Balance of any Restricted Benefits Bank Account will not be redeemable in cash.
  • There shall be no assumed right of Benefits Payments to economic migrants.
  • The Assemblies shall only be obliged to meet the basic essential needs of any unqualified migrant.
  • The Assemblies will prioritise the care and support of UK / Great Britain residents who are ‘vulnerable’ before assisting unqualified migrants.
  • It will be the aim of The National Assembly to return all unqualified migrants to their home country as early as possible, and in so doing take every action to facilitate this.
  • Unqualified Migrants will not become naturalised UK / Great Britain Residents
  • Disability payments will be qualified by a G.P.
  • Qualified recipients of The Basic Living Standard Payment with disabilities that prevent them working shall receive payment directly to a Bank Account of their choice.
  • Unqualified or ‘malingering’ recipients of The Basic Living Standard Payment will be treated the same as any normal benefits payee.

Poverty

  • People will be valued before money, profit and technology.
  • The Basic Standard of Living, based upon ensuring that every adult will always have available what it costs to feed, cloth, house, transport and cover all basic essentials to ensure a happy, healthy, safe and secure life will be introduced universally, as a Framework Policy.
  • All benefits will relate to the value of the Basic Living Standard and value of the Basic Living Standard Wage.

Homelessness

  • A system of Community Hostels and services for the homeless will be created with provision and running them the responsibility of Community Assemblies.  
  • Community Hostels will offer a tailored approach to individuals and arms-length care and support for those who choose not to use any accommodation offered.
  • Large Companies and Agricultural Estates that have reduced the numbers of non-technical roles as part of profit-led mechanisation will be required to provide ‘bunk room’ housing and related support, and to reemploy staff, where the essential supply chain system will not be compromised.

Right to be Forgotten

  • It is essential that everyone who has not committed a crime that has impacted the welfare or wellbeing of other people will have the opportunity of a ‘second chance’, and to begin adult life anew, again, if it will be beneficial for their own mental health and state of mind to do so.
  • Everyone will have the Right to be Forgotten at least once during their natural lifetime.
  • The Right to be Forgotten can be applied at any time from the age of 18 years or upon leaving full time education (at whichever point is latest)
  • To qualify for The Right to be Forgotten, the individual must be assessed by no less than 3x impartial mental health specialists.
  • The Right to be Forgotten will erase names, history, and all legal ties to their formal life, including post age 14 qualifications, but will require the individual to break all family ties and associations with any people or Community / Communities known to them.
  • Those who have exercised their Right to be forgotten shall be able to apply to their new Community Assembly to have former qualifications rewarded by a different education provider (reinstated), where such qualifications are in short supply, and it will be beneficial for the Community for such an award to be made.
  • Anyone who has successfully exercised their Right to be Forgotten and breaks the requirements made of them will immediately relinquish the rights and protections associated with their Right.
  • Anyone convicted of identifying of making the details of a person who has exercised their Right to be Forgotten known to others, without good reason, will be charged with compromising another’s right to freedom, and shall be judged in a Community Court.

Grassroots Policy 2: Financial Levelling

  1. The Reestablishment will be accompanied by the devaluation and end of the British Pound and the values associated for anything using it.
    1. This necessary and unavoidable devaluation will either come naturally, through the collapse of the current or FIAT monetary system and end of the Neoliberal economics model, or as a direct consequence or unavoidable need created by other events.
    1. Monetary wealth that exists before the Reestablishment will not be transferable to the new National Currency or any Local Currency.
    1. Monetary wealth that exists before the Reestablishment will not be transferable, proportionally or in relative terms to the new National Currency or and Local Currency.
    1. No form of compensation will be paid to those who have failed to invest only in what they need, and/or have willingly sought to enrich themselves further by making investments that have encouraged the exploitation of the circumstances of others – whether it be conscious or otherwise.
    1. The value of the UK / Great Britain economy shall be valued in relation to the number of people resident in the UK / Great Britain at the time of The Reestablishment.
    1. All property owned / held* at the Reestablishment shall be owned by the occupant, person or business in possession of that property at the time, with the exception of social and privately let housing, which shall be passed to the ownership of the Local Assembly.

*Squatting of illegal occupancy shall not qualify any persons, business or other to receive ownership of a property at The Reestablishment. Properties under illegal occupancy or possession shall be transferred to the ownership of The Local Assembly.

Financial Resetting & Restoration

  • At the point of Reestablishment, or within 6 months thereafter, the prices of all goods, services and transactions within the UK / Great Britain shall be revalued and reset with their real or uninflated value.
    • Following The Financial Reset, all prices will realign to their ‘natural’ value, in line with the People First system of economics this document proposes.
    • Where values are attributed to a material object or to property of any kind, its value shall be proportional to the value of The Basic Living Standard and The Basic Living Wage.
    • These basic or ‘essential values’ shall continue to be the benchmark value of all goods and property that carry value as they are essential to use.

Money

  • Money and all forms of currency, whether cash or digital, shall be deemed legal only as a unit or method of exchange (a promissory note).
    • Currency speculation of any kind will be illegal, with financial penalties and lifetime industry bans applied rigorously to anyone directly or indirectly breaking this rule.
    • Money shall not attract interest of any kind.
    • For the loan of money or the facilitation of a necessary purchase, the lender or facilitator shall be able to charge a fixed fee for the duration of that arrangement, payable proportionately with each repayment for the lifetime of the loan or facilitation.
    • No fixed charge for lending or payment facilitation will exceed the value of 10% of the total monetary value of that loan at any time.
    • No form of money or currency based and in circulation or use within the UK / Great Britain may be bought or sold as a commodity or with any form of foreign currency within the UK / Great Britain marketplace.
    • The only time that the value of foods, goods or services of any kind may vary is as part of an exchange process between any UK / Great Britain company, or Public Interest Company / Community Assembly and a Foreign organisation to facilitate necessary exports and imports.

Local Marketplace Exchanges

  • Self-sufficiency and home production is expected to become a key part of the People First Economy.
    • Local Assemblies and Community Assemblies shall create, operate and manage a system of Local Marketplace Exchanges (LME)
    • Local Marketplace Exchanges (LME) shall allow all local producers, whether businesses or home producers, to buy, sell or exchange their goods, produce and services either for money/currency, or in exchange for other goods, produce or services that they may themselves offer and which the other party requires.
    • The Local Assembly and Community Assembly shall be responsible for ensuring that the value of basic essentials will remain fixed and not open to variation at any time and shall as such create and maintain necessary protocols and local legislation to do so.
    • Any foods, goods or services that are non-essential may be exchanged or bartered at any rate agreed between the two parties, unless the goods or services offered contain an essential element, in which case the value of the transaction may not fall below the related basic essential value at any time.
    • Any app or online software used to provide the online version of the Local Marketplace Exchange (LME) must be maintained, managed and based within the Community Assembly area, with no form of remote management or updating required following purchase and instalment.

Taxation

  • The administration of Tax Collection will be Regionalised and provided by Community Assemblies.
    • All Taxes will be paid directly to the Regional Tax Office, located with the local Community Assembly.
    • Tax Codes will be applied universally, with no exceptions for individuals or organisations.
    • The only ‘tax breaks’ that will apply in any circumstances will be for the purposes of supporting the Establishment of new businesses within a Local Assembly area that provide goods or services that do not already exist within that area.
    • ‘Tax Breaks’ will not be given to any business new to a Local Assembly area, that has operations elsewhere.
    • The value of any ‘Tax Breaks’ will be awarded by the Local Assembly, transparently and with a majority vote of the Community, and shall be renewable annually for a period of up to 3 (three) years and no more.
    • No form of income tax will be payable on any earned income, up to the equivalent rate of the Annual Basic Living Wage.
    • Savings and Cash held for a period of 12 Months or more will be taxed at the rate of 50% (Fifty Percent) per annum.
    • Tax will be applicable from the income gained from sums invested of at the equivalent of 10x (ten times) the Annual Basic Living Wage or more, from interest, dividends or any payment in return for investment made of any kind at the rate of 50% (Fifty Percent) per annum, where those sums are accessible with notice or on an any time basis.
    • Tax will be applicable annually to the ownership of non-essential property, or proportionally to the ownership of any non-productive property which is in excess of that necessary for personal use, or proportionally for the number of people using or sharing it.
    • All Land and resources owned and not in use for the production of essential foods, goods, services and infrastructure shall be taxed at the rate of 25% of market value, per annum.
    • All Commercial Property will pay a variable Utility Tax, based on the location, access and publicly owned infrastructure that supports its use. These sums shall be set by the Local Council and will not exceed 25% of the annual rental or lease value of the property, paid annually.
    • A Consumption & Use Tax (CUT) shall be applied to the sale of all goods, services and high value items that are non-essential – or to the excessive proportion thereof, of 50% of the purchase value.
    • Pension Fund Account Income shall attract Tax when it reaches the equivalent of the individuals annual earned income. Thereafter, this income shall be taxed at the rate of 50%
    • Following the sale of assets or the cash out of pension plans or any other protected forms of investment, the individual shall have no tax liability for a period of 12 months. Thereafter, all other Taxation rules shall apply.
    • No form of devaluation, amortisation or write-down for the purposes offsetting Business Tax or benefits of any kind shall be legal.
    • All Taxation shall be payable to the Community Assembly on a monthly basis.
    • The Tax year shall commence on the 1st day of January of that year. The Tax year shall end on the 31st day of December of that year.
    • The Tax month shall commence on the 1st day of the month. The tax month shall end on the last day of that month (28th, 30th, 31st etc.).

Grassroots Policy 3: Business & Finance

  1. All business shall operate on the Local Economy model.
  2. All Businesses shall function and operate on the basis of putting People First and will adopt and maintain the ethics and practical requirements of The Basic Living Standard.
  3. No business shall be permitted to provide functions or operations that do not add value to the supply chain e.g., growing, transporting, refining, engineering, milling, production, localised retail.
  4. Companies that sell to the UK / Great Britain Market at any level, will be required to grow, source, produce, manufacture, store, transport and conduct all administrative functions within the UK / Great Britain area as a wholesale or B2B supplier, or within the Community Assembly area where their retail business resides.
  5. Resources not available to the UK / Great Britain market, must be sourced from the nearest available location.
  6. Taxation equivalent to the balance between the highest local price and the lowest price from out of area shall be payable at the rate of 110% for products or materials that are readily available within the most local area to the UK / Great Britain.
  7. UK / Great Britain based businesses shall be owned only by UK / Great Britain residents or other companies owned by UK / Great Britain residents.
  8. No company may exist only for the purpose of growing, manufacturing, transporting, assembling or retailing non-essential or basic goods or the provision of non-essential services.
  9. Where trade with Countries or Trade areas outside of the UK / Great Britain is necessary, such transactions will be carried out directly by the business sourcing the resources or goods, or by a not-for-profit function of The National Assembly, which shall also have responsibility for monitoring all direct transactions.

The Local Economy Model

  • Following The Reestablishment, The UK / Great Britain will adopt an unashamedly protectionist, UK first approach to all industries and services.
  • All businesses will prioritise localised supply chains from end to end.
  • No retail business will operate outside of 1 (one) Community Area.
  • No more than 2 (two) retail businesses offering the same products or goods may operate in any Local Assembly Area.
  • Retail Businesses will be licensed to operate for periods of up to 5 (five) years, which will be renewable, by majority vote of The Local Assembly.
  • Independent businesses will be prioritised.
  • Basic and Essential Foods will be grown as locally as possible.
  • The resources and basic materials for all manufacturing and production will be sourced as locally as possible.
  • Taxation equivalent to the balance between the highest local price and the lowest price from out of area shall be payable at the rate of 110% for products or materials that are readily available within the local area.

Ownership & Management

  • All businesses shall be managed and operated with the benefit to the end user and the role that the business plays and contributes to the Community in mind.
  • No shareholder in any commercial enterprise shall have or place expectations upon management of receiving payment, profit or a share thereof, in return for any investment based purely upon share ownership.
  • No commercial business or shares thereof may be owned in full or in part by any bank or financial institution which has voting rights.

Profiteering

  • No business shall be able to retain Net Profit above the rate of 10%.
  • All Net Profit above 10% shall be Taxed at the rate of 100%
  • Companies or Business Owners convicted of Profiteering and/or undertaking any activity that will result in the same will be fined at the rate of 3x the value of the excess or profit made and will be punished with a custodial term where an impact upon the supply of any basic or essential foods, goods or services has been made.

Finance

  • No privately owned or managed credit agencies or services offering credit worthiness checks shall exist.
  • All financial transactions and devices shall be fully transparent.
  • Any loan, purchase facilitation or form of credit of any kind may not be sold on to another bank or financial institution, unless that sale is part of the bank or financial institution itself.
  • Hedging, speculation or any other form of betting on any market shall be prohibited.

People’s Banks

  • A National Peoples Bank will be established.
  • Peoples Banks will also be established within every Community Assembly area.
  • There will be a National Digital Currency that will be interchangeable with all localised currencies without charge.
  • The National Digital Currency shall have a fixed value for all purposes and uses within the UK / Great Britain Economy.
  • There will be separate localised Community Currencies which will be available in Cash and as a Digital Currency.
  • The Value of Community Currencies shall be fixed.
  • Any person or organisation visiting or undertaking business within a Community Assembly Area outside of their base can exchange the value of their local currency for that of the local currency in which they are doing business for a fixed 5% value of the transaction fee, which is payable to the Community Assembly providing the currency.
  • Any Person or Organisation may use National Digital Currency to exchange for any Local Currency other than that of their base Community Assembly for a fixed 10% value of the transaction fee, which is payable to the Community Assembly providing the currency.
  • Businesses which have National Importance as wholesalers and providers shall be Licensed at the discretion of The National Assembly to have currency fee transaction fees waived.

Communication

  • Support will be provided to the public telecoms industry to ensure 100% Broadband coverage across the UK / Great Britain within 3 years of The Reestablishment using cable technology where possible, and satellite technology where it is not.
  • The Community will have the non-negotiable right to remove 5G masts and technology placed with 250 metres of any house, dwelling, school or workplace, without any requirement to provide an alternative location, without compensation payable to the communications provider.
  • All critical infrastructure and software will be provided by UK / Great Britain Companies, with hardware managed and manufactured in the UK.
  • All communication software and storage systems that provide UK / Great Britain coverage shall be located within the UK / Great Britain.

Grassroots Policy 4: Food Production, Security & Supply

  1. UK / Great Britain Agriculture will be refocused to prioritise essential and basic food production, with the aim that the UK/ Great Britain will both achieve and maintain self-sufficiency in food production and food security thereafter.
  2. Local Production will be focused on the shortest supply chains and where possible those supply chains will begin and complete within Local Assembly or Community Assembly areas.
  3. Farmers will be supported to undertake all growing, processing, packing and retailing on site, or by working collaboratively with local not-for-profit cooperative bodies that will run and manage all parts of the supply chain and provide centralised retailing where farms to not run their own shops.
  4. There will be an expectation that resources such as Milling and Abattoirs will be shared between all local farms to ensure that light touch processing will be available with minimal travel or haulage required.
  5. New framework rules for food production will be introduced, with appropriate sub legislation agreed by majority vote by Local Assemblies where necessary.
  6. Growers will prioritise vegetables, fruits, dairy, beef, lamb, pork, chicken, potato and arable crops that will feed directly into local and/or UK Great Britain milling, brewing or animal feed production.
  7. UK / Great Britain production will be prioritised and any agricultural or fishing industry products which are deemed essential basics that are imported from outside of the UK / Great Britain at a lower price will have a Tariff imposed at the rate of 110% of the value of the balance between the highest local price and the buying price (including all ancillary costs), when those products are locally available.
  8. Foods will not be imported from outside of the UK / Great Britain for the purposes of countering seasonality.
  9. No experimental chemicals or pharmaceuticals shall enter the food supply chain at any stage and no foodstuff maybe be processed, sold or used for human consumption that has been exposed to such.
  10. MRNA or any other man made or manipulated technologies that presents even a minor or trace risk to the Human Genome as a result of agricultural or horticultural use shall be introduced to the food chain in any way.
  11. The focus on growing shall be the use of organic and traditional production methods and the development of systems and processes which support these.
  12. Chemical fertilisers shall only be used where the rationing of basic and essential food supplies from UK / Great Britain sources is likely.
  13. Only UK Fishing Boats will fish UK territorial waters.
  14. Food Production contracts will exist only between Farmers and Community Assemblies and will be renewable on a 12 monthly basis.
  15. Local food will be consumed within the Community Assembly area where it was produced and only made available for sale or exchange with other Community Assembly areas or beyond, when excess has become available.
  16. The sale, exchange or citing of any kind of ‘future’ for agricultural or fishing production, with promises thereof shall be illegal.
  17. Any person or business convicted of dealing directly or indirectly in futures for agricultural or fishing production will be liable to fines not less than 3x (three times) the value of any and/or illegal transactions and shall be banned from working within that or a related industry for life, thereafter.

Home Growing

  • Self-sufficiency of people is essential to achieving the aim of the UK becoming self-sufficient in food production and providing the Community with Food Security.
  • Every family, individual or group living as a household, will be encouraged to grow their own food.
  • Community Assemblies shall make provision of adequate allotment space for every existing household without sufficient garden space to grow fruit and vegetables, where ground is available to homes within a 15 (fifteen) minute walk.
  • Planning Regulations will require that all future homes will have adequate garden space provided for growing fruit and vegetables, and that where this is not possible, provision will be made for sufficient window boxes, vertical growing, hydroponics systems or similar to be easily installed.
  • Public Interest Companies shall be tasked with the supply and sale at cost, of all equipment, seeds, seedlings and supplies necessary for those members of the Community who are vulnerable or unemployed.
  • Help will be provided with home growing to the elderly and the vulnerable through the Charitable Provision Scheme.

Animal Welfare

  • No animal will travel beyond the boundary of the local Community Assembly area from farm to slaughter.
  • Hunting with Dogs Legislation will be revised to outlaw illegal or disruptive intervention by non-hunters, to remove any right to prosecute for accidental Fox hunting, whilst also tightening Law on prosecution against those seeking to flout Ban using birds of prey or other by-pass devices.
  • The RSPCA will lose any remaining charity status, be taken into public management and given evolved role to support the work of Community Services dealing with Animal Health & Welfare.

Grassroots Policy 5: General Public Policy & Service Provision

  1. The Public Sector, which will include all organisations providing services to the public and for the public benefit, are not and will not be considered to be a ‘business’ at any time or in any way.
  2. The People and Community will always be the priority of The Public Sector and the requirement that all activities and decisions made under the trust of the Community to Public Sector Officers will be that consideration for the impact of any or all actions taken will always be in the best interests of those members of the Community who will be affected, no matter how indirectly they may be affected.
  3. Cost, Performance or Targets, nor political expedience of any kind shall hinder the delivery of any public policy that has been correctly confirmed by appropriate Community Vote or has been correctly implemented by a Public Sector Officer who is appropriately qualified and has been officially delegated with responsibility to do so.
  4. Public Interest Companies (Trusts) will be created to provide all municipal services and administrative services across all Local Assembly areas within a Community Assembly area.
  5. Public Interest Companies will be responsible for operational delivery and will have their strategic direction set by each Local Assembly for its Community area.
  6. A new standard or charter will be created and set for public servants, requiring prioritisation of the end user, members of the public and the Community before anything else.
  7. Where a Public Sector Officer is unable to carry out a strategic function under which they hold properly delegated responsibility, they will either refer the matter to a more experienced Public Sector Officer, or where that is not possible, to the Local or Community Assembly that appointed them.
  8. Where a Public Sector Officer is unable to carry out any function delegated to them to oversee, which they cannot then delegate to a specialist or less experienced Public Sector Officer, they will forfeit their role and will be required to step down without compensation of any kind.
  9. No Public Sector Officer shall confer or pass decision making responsibility for matters delegated to them, to any third party, consultant or person employed specifically to fulfil such a task.
  10. Any services required by a Public Sector Organisation that can be considered unique enough not to justify that function being carried out ‘in house’ or by the local Public Interest Trust, must be carried out by a business offering such services which is based within the Community Area. Out of Area Commissioning for such purposes will be the responsibility of the local Public Interest Trust but will be referenced directly to the local Community Assembly.
  11. All supplies required for ongoing operational functions will be provided by the local Public Interest Trust, where all contract purchase arrangements shall be regularly reviewed by Community Representatives trained and/or experienced with business practices and fiscal auditing.
  12. No organisation funding or in receipt of public funds which holds responsibility for providing and delivery essential services or services provided when needed to the public and Community, shall operate independently or on a stand-alone basis.
  13. Public Sector Organisations will not lobby nor seek to influence the decision making of Local or Community Assemblies and shall provide all reporting in a factual, matter of fact, unbiased and unemotional way.
  14. No stand-alone pension scheme shall exist exclusively for Public Sector Officers.
  15. All former EU Tender & Procurement Legislation shall be discontinued at the time of The Reestablishment.
  16. A new Public Sector anti-corruption framework, with localised charters shall be created that recognises the need to tackle all forms of corruption, on the part of Public Sector Officers, whether financial or otherwise.
  17. Union rights will end at The Reestablishment for all Public Sector Organisations.

NHS

  • The NHS will undergo complete reform, reinstating the prioritisation of clinical delivery and patient care above all necessary management functions.
  • Anyone in receipt of The Basic Living Wage or its equivalent shall continue to receive free medical treatment at point of care.
  • Anyone in receipt of an income higher than The Basic Living Wage or its equivalent shall pay a 3% medical insurance surcharge deduction from all additional income received.
  • The NHS will carry out the majority of its functions as separate Trusts that feed into Community Assemblies for overall strategic support and direction.
  • Social care shall become the responsibility of Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  • ALL clinical and operational decision making, and strategy delegated to Community Assembly Health Trusts shall be carried out by panels of experienced frontline medical and healthcare staff.
  • The role of frontline medical and healthcare staff will be recognised as the key function of any NHS.
  • Non-medical related services for Community Assembly Health Trusts shall be provided by the local Public Interest Company.
  • An independent court will be established to consider and address complaints made against Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  • All People who have mental capacity and have no recent history of mental health issues, shall have the ‘Right to Die’, if they are suffering from a terminal or progressively debilitating illness or condition.
  • The ‘Right to Die’ of any ‘qualified’ person shall be confirmed by full medical consultation with no less than 3 (three) General Practitioners and/or Hospital Consultants who will not be known to the Patient and will be appointed from an out of area pool.
  • All medical professionals shall have the right to recuse themselves from any involvement in ‘Right to Die’ procedures at any time and without prejudice.
  • The ‘Sex Industry’ will be legalised, Regulated and managed as a Public Health concern, under the strategic control of Community Assemblies and partnerships with Community Assembly Health Trusts.

Covid, Vaccinations and future Outbreak Management

  • The term ‘vaccination’ will mean a form of medical intervention, created or designed to target a specific pathogen or virus, that once administered will in the majority of cases prevent infection of the patient and also prevent the patient from therefore becoming infectious to others.
  • MRNA will be banned as a form of mass vaccination, therapy or treatment for humans and animals until such time as any and all risks to The Human Genome have been identified, what their impact will be, and the risks of their use have been limited to cases that can be proactively addressed with the use of other/additional treatment or therapies.
  • When the wider population is at risk from a pathogen or virus where the likely outcome of mass infection is unknown, or serious effects are only likely to be experienced by vulnerable people or by a small number of the population, it will be the obligation of the Community only to provide support to those identified as being at that additional risk.
  • The Community will not impose restrictions of any kind upon members of the Community who are unlikely to experience nothing more than a light illness from any form of mass infection.
  • Members of the Community will be expected to take precautions on their own behalf and those they will have contact with, in order to reduce the possibility of transmission of any pathogen or virus that may be of an additional risk to any person whose vulnerabilities may not be known.
  • The freedom of an individual may only be restricted or that individual may only be placed in medical quarantine in cases where they are suffering symptoms alone, or any pathogen or virus that they have been identified as carrying is likely to cause irreparable harm or death to the majority of people that come into unprotected contact with the carrier, as part of that person’s immediate immune response.
  • In such circumstances where any form of Lockdown is necessary, all forms of economic activity and liability for those affected will cease and fail to exist for the period of that Lockdown.

Education

  • Education shall be focused on the best interests of the child, the young person and their future role and contribution to a fair, balanced and just society.
  • The Education system will recognise the fundamental difference in learning styles of young people. In teenage and the years of early adulthood, young people are generally either ‘heads’ or ‘hands’ i.e., their focus is academic (with the ability to learn in the abstract) or their focus is vocation or experiential and in the present.
  • Educators will be fully supported and have the freedom to provide a balanced education, with prioritisation of essential and basic skills proficiency up to the age of 14, with the child and young person always experiencing a safe and secure environment, free of bias and the ideologies of politics or anger.
  • A full apprenticeship route shall be created and developed for students at the age of 14 (fourteen years) who are either a) not academically inclined or b) are unable or unwilling to apply themselves academically at that time.
  • Apprenticeships shall make full use of the former tertiary level of education to provide support and benchmarking to all forms of trade and business.
  • Apprenticeships will include universal life skills and qualifications such as driving licenses and vocational driving licenses.
  • Apprenticeships shall be remunerated at the rate of 50% of the Basic Living Wage for apprentices between the ages of 14 and 18 years, with no less than 50% (25% of the Basic Living Wage) being paid directly to the parents or guardians of the apprentice for the duration of the apprenticeship.
  • Apprentices shall be remunerated at the rate of 75% of the Basic Living Wage for apprentices between the ages of 18 and 21, with deductions applied as above.
  • A full, completed apprenticeship shall be considered to be the experiential equivalent of a full undergraduate academic degree.
  • The Academic Pathway will prioritise enhanced languages, mathematics, critical thinking, philosophy and traditional topics such as history and geography between the ages of 14 and 18, and then offer specialist 3-5 years degree programmes focusing on subject areas beneficial to industry and public sector requirements.
  • Bogus, ‘worthless’ or ‘mickey mouse’ degrees will be discontinued.
  • Commercialism will be removed from all places of learning to ensure that the focus is on teaching, not running as a business.
  • The salaries of senior academic and management staff in all publicly funded educational establishments will be set by the local Community Assembly in liaison with all Local Assemblies.
  • ‘Private’ interest will be prohibited from making any form of donation or providing sponsorship of any kind that could in any way influence any publicly funded educational establishment or vehicle.
  • The Student Loan Programme shall be discontinued and replaced by an industry and public sector grant system, where companies and Community organisations will sponsor students through the Academic Pathway by paying them a proportional equivalent of the Basic Living Wage.
  • Companies participating in support of students on the Academic Pathway shall identify training requirements that form part of their long-term industrial strategy, so that the Academic Educational System may respond.

Housing

  • Basic Housing will be an essential service.
  • The provision of basic or essential accommodation for the public will not be carried out on a commercial basis.
  • No residential property will be let in full by a private landlord.
  • Residential property will only be let in part by a private landlord, where that property is in part occupied by the landlord themselves.
  • Multiple home ownership will be prohibited.
  • Second and any homes that are additional to a main residence thereafter shall be forfeited and passed into the ownership of the Local Assembly for use as Community housing, or where appropriate sold with all funds then reallocated for the purchase of appropriate Community housing or building thereof.
  • No form of compensation shall be payable to any owner, charge or mortgage holder on additional properties passed into Community Ownership.
  • A tiered valuation system shall be created for flats, one bedroom, two bedroom and three-bedroom houses with the most expensive being proportional to no less than the equivalent of 25 years multiple of the Basic Living Wage.
  • All mortgages shall attract a standard 10% (Ten Percent) of the value of the property, purchase facilitation fee, payable in monthly instalments for the duration of the mortgage period.
  • Facilitators shall be entitled to charge the equivalent of no more than 1 (one) monthly payment for early surrender or repayment of the mortgage.
  • Public Interest Companies will provide a private room letting register and service.
  • Homeowners with spare rooms that they are happy to let will register with the Community Assembly.
  • No tax will be payable on income received by homeowners for the letting of rooms within their home.
  • Community Housing will be owned by the Community. Any housing stock sold must be replaced on a minimum like for like basis, or for a greater number of properties that can be let.
  • The Right to Buy will cease at The Reestablishment.

Planning

  • The former Local Planning Committee structure will end at The Reestablishment.
  • Planning Determinations will be made shall by Local assemblies.
  • Local Planning Courts will be created where no less than 10 Community members of a Local Assembly area shall be randomly selected to sit as a court to determine planning applications.
  • The local planning framework shall be created collaboratively by the Local and Community Assemblies.
  • The National & Regional Planning Frameworks will be created collaboratively by the Community & National Assemblies.
  • Planning Applications and Reviews will be submitted to Local Planning Courts by the appointed Public Representative on the Local Assembly.
  • The Right of Appeal shall be the submission of the application to the Local Assembly and be subject to a majority vote.
  • A new Planning Investigation Unit shall be created with remit to investigate historic consent, overturn decisions not made in the Public Interest. It will have the right to seize land and property where corruption of any kind has been found or to instruct the immediate return of land or infrastructure to the previous state it was in before the Application(s) was/were made at the cost of the Applicant.

Science & Technology

  • There will be a Policy of UK / Great Britain Science & Technology First.
  • A new national pharmaceutical development company will be established, under the guidance of The National Assembly.
  • The research, design and rollout of so-called ‘Free Energy’ solutions will be prioritised, with the manufacture, supply, installation and maintenance of all essential supplies’ infrastructure provided by Public Interest Companies.
  • The Nuclear Power network and infrastructure shall be further developed and localised to ensure that all UK / Great Britain energy needs are met by UK / Great Britain based infrastructure at peak times.
  • Foreign investment in Science and Technology development will be limited and regulated to ensure that Companies and Technologies critical to the UK / Great Britain remain in UK / Great Britain hands under all circumstances.
  • Technology will only be used to enhance and improve employment conditions.
  • Technology will not be used to replace employment itself.
  • Any Internet services provided to the general public as a social or retail platform will only be provided within Community Assembly areas.
  • No web or internet-based platform will provide the same or access to any content in any Community Assembly area that is already available in another.
  • The software or structure of a web or internet-based platform of proven benefit to the Community may be licensed with its full functionality, to businesses operating in another Community area, without the transfer of any branding, marketing, content or user information of any kind. Only a fixed license fee shall be payable.

Artificial Intelligence

  • The programming methodology, including all aims, motivations and protocols of any Artificial Intelligence (AI) programme used with the consent of the end user, shall be made available in accessible form as part of any opt-in agreement between the provider and the user.
  • Artificial Intelligence will not be used in any circumstances where the end user is unaware of its presence within any or all processes they have been exposed to.
  • Artificial Intelligence may not be used in educational classrooms, lecture or study theatres or examinations of any kind.
  • Any person or company convicted of being directly or indirectly responsible for creating, providing or managing any type of Artificial Intelligence which creates risk to the health, happiness, security and safety of any person or Community without their full knowledge and understanding shall be liable to forfeit all associated property and rights thereof (intellectual or otherwise) to the Community and shall be banned from further involvement in any related activity for life.

Media

  • Each Local Assembly area shall provide its own Local News Service (LNS) using all available media platforms.
  • Local News Services shall be considered to be a Community service and will as such be operated and maintained in the main part by members of the Community as part of their Community contribution.
  • Local News Services will provide daily news bulletins and updates that are purely factual and are provided without opinion.
  • Where Local News Services provide opinion or views as any part of their programming, the programmes will carry or air a notice that this is the case, and will provide at least one alternative view, given the same column space or airtime, within the same programming or publication.
  • Each Community Member shall have the right to provide and have published a 600 word or 3-minute video, podcast or interview each year, in which they will discuss their views on the Community, Democracy or anything else related to the new structure of Governance itself.
  • Where news is provided by any privately owned company, an open and obvious disclaimer will be published alongside or proceeding each programme which makes the sponsorship clear to readers and listeners.

Rules for the Internet, the Metaverse and the Online World

  • The Internet and all online software shall operate on a localised basis.
  • Social and Retail business models will only operate and be based within Community Assembly areas.
  • Social and Retail business models may not be based on ‘the cloud’ if the servers used are located outside of the Community Assembly area where the company is based.
  • No company may provide social or retail business models to a Community Assembly Area where the services it offers are not available on anything other than a temporary basis and will cease operations in that Community Assembly area within 30 days of being notified that a viable local alternative exists.
  • Business to Business (B2B) Models shall be able to operate on a universal basis, under license from the Community Assembly.
  • Any Taxation will be applied at the location of sale or retail transaction and shall be payable to the local Community Assembly.
  • Any person accessing or wishing to access a social business model or platform as a user or customer shall be required to register with the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA).
  • For any person to comment, edit or provide additional content to any existing content available on the internet or online, that person will be licensed by the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA).
  • Upon qualified registration with the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA) that person will receive a Unique Internet License Number (UILN).
  • Upon registering to use a social business model or platform, the provider will be required to check the registering users Unique Internet License Number (UILN) with the Internet Licensing Authority.
  • Where the circumstances of the user meet the requirements of the social business model or platform provider, users shall be able to present themselves publicly under a pseudonym or anonymous name, which shall only be linked to the corresponding Unique Internet License Number (UILN) itself.
  • Where a user of a social or retail business model or platform has provided a verified Unique Internet License Number (UILN), they will not be obligated to provide any further personal or identifying data under any circumstances, unless they voluntarily wish to do so.
  • Companies providing social or retail business model platforms will not incentivise or use deception of any kind to coerce users into surrendering personal data or information beyond their Unique Internet License Number (UILN)
  • Upon the Reestablishment, all Companies providing social, or retail business model platforms will be required to destroy the data and information held of all historic users, without any information relating to any ongoing user being stored or held over.
  • Banks may only operate online within their Community Assembly area and will provide physically accessible banking service during the working week within no less than 50% (Fifty Percent) of the corresponding Local Assembly areas.

Internet Framework Charter (IFC)

  • A Framework Charter shall be created that recognises the need for the internet and all online activity to be governed by and treated the same as everything offline.
  • The Internet Framework Charter (IFC) shall also recognise the need for all online relationships to provide recognisable parallels with offline relationships that keep such relationships ‘human’ and fully respectful of the requirement that every user of the Internet treat all others in the same way that they would that same person through direct contact, offline.
  • The Internet Framework Charter (IFC) shall provide the umbrella or universal requirement that no form of Artificial Intelligence shall be used under any circumstances to provide therapy or personalised advice, coaching or otherwise to any person seeking or requiring support for any mental health, cognitive or mind-related issue, or any physical activity that a healthy human body would be required to do.

The Metaverse, Virtual Reality Ecosystems or other ‘Online Worlds’

  • Where any company that provides a social or retail business model or platform provides access to ‘The Metaverse’ a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or an alternative ‘Online World’ of any kind, they will charge for entry to and continued access to that Metaverse, Virtual Reality Ecosystem, Online World or service provided only.
  • Rules created and implemented within or for any Metaverse, a Virtual Reality Ecosystem or Online World shall at no time become applicable to or carried across to the ‘Offline World’ or become the liability of the account holder in their ‘real life’.
  • Unique users will access The Metaverse, a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or any ‘Online World’ for no more than 3 hours daily at any time.
  • Assets owned, created or awarded within The Metaverse, a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or any ‘Online World’ shall have no transferable value offline.

Grassroots Policy 6: Caring for Our Environment, for our today and for everyone’s tomorrow.

The old world has taught and conditioned us to believe that there would be no consequence for quick, cheap and easy living.

Whilst ridicule of the so-called ‘Global Warming’ debate became a dead cat argument that cynically buried the damage that ‘free markets’, ‘globalisation’ and a world driven by consumerism is and has inflicted upon the world and our environment, with a focus on feeding greed and without any care for the wasteland these processes are leaving behind.

The Reestablishment asks that we all look at ourselves. That we become consciously aware of our behaviours and the impact that we have all had on the world and the people around us. It requires change and with it the acceptance that we leave all forms of unsustainable living behind.

Net Zero

  1. Net Zero and all references to it will end.
  2. The changes in behaviours necessary to support, enhance and respect the environment will be delivered by the lifestyle and business changes that will be brought into being by The Reestablishment and the resulting changes to our behaviours.

Planning & Environment

  1. There will be a moratorium on all house building until such time as all alternative legislative devices have been agreed, implemented and the new system has had sufficient time to find its maintenance point.
  2. Building on flood plains and restructured or built-up land will end.
  3. Both Fluvial and Pluvial flood modelling will become a basic standard in all development planning and priority will always be given to the risk to existing infrastructure and property, over ‘additional’ need.
  4. All river systems will be regularly dredged and cleared.
  5. Water Companies will be prohibited from discharging untreated effluent into the sea or any water course and any treated discharge will not impact the environment in any way.
  6. Soil restoration will be a priority in all areas, with both responsive and proactive measures implemented to restore and manage all forms of productive land.
  7. The need for efficient growing will be balanced with the need to reduce and phase out chemical-based interventions that have had or are having an impact on long term sustainability, wildlife, insect numbers, wild plants and trees.
  8. Additional reservoirs will be commissioned, making best use of natural features where doing so will not impact or harm Communities or irreplaceable infrastructure.
  9. There will be a National and Community Assembly level focus upon water capture, desalinisation and micro storage technologies, where possible ensuring a crossover with green or free energy production

Business

  • Planned Obsolescence will be prohibited. Any individual or company convicted of either directly or indirectly engaging in the design, manufacture, sale or marketing of any product that has deliberately had its lifetime shortened to create a false marketplace will be fined the equivalent value of what they were projected to gain and be banned from the industry for life.
  • A Packaging Tax will be applied to all disposable or non-recyclable packaging on a per-unit basis that will be added to the value of basic essentials and will not be included within.
  • A Framework Covenant of UK / Great Britain Environmental Standards for all foods, products, goods, services, manufacturing and other items will be agreed and implemented within 3 years of The Establishment.
  • Ban on all non-UK based Companies moving into UK Marketplace which do not meet UK Environmental Standards

Roads & Transport

  • All forms of public transport shall be returned to ‘public’ ownership under the management and operation of Public Interest Companies, with strategic direction set by Local and Community Assemblies.
  • Public transport will be prioritised as the accepted form of transport for everyone who has access to it and will be improved to meet expectations as well as need.
  • Each commuter using Public Transport will receive no less than 50 free journeys on one form of public transport per commuter per year.
  • Further development of air and seaports will end.
  • HS2 and all other planned or incomplete transport projects will be discontinued.
  • The existing railway network will be enhanced, with management, the use of smart technology, the revival of infrastructure closed under the Beeching Axe, additional stations/platforms and basic trust in staff prioritised above all other solutions and remedies.
  • Improvement to existing transport systems and infrastructure will always be prioritised over being replaced.
  • Commuter and journeys to educational establishments taken by car, where sufficient and appropriate public transport is available, will be taxed at the rate of 100% the cost of all equivalent fares.
  • Multiple car households will be prohibited.
  • Households will be limited to the ownership of no more than 1 (one) car per household, where that ownership is deemed essential.
  • Additional cars (2 or more) will only be necessary where more than one member of that household can demonstrate that car ownership is essential to their employment and that no alternative is available for that location.
  • All Local Assemblies shall own and operate a car sharing pool and battery powered bike lending hub that will be run on a not-for-profit basis.

Recycle, Repair, Reuse

  • The throw-away culture will end with the Reestablishment.
  • Everyone will be expected to prioritise the recycling, repair and reuse of clothing, materials, equipment and technology, in whole or in part, where damage or use has not rendered them unusable.
  • All manufacturing, assembly and packaging processes will be required to use materials that can be reused easily by the end user. Where this is not possible, all the recycling of any product must be possible locally and without extensive transport or mechanical processes.

Make do and Mend

  • Single use clothing and essential goods will be prohibited.
  • There will be an expectation that clothing and essential goods will be used until they are worn out, or have been recycled, repaired and reused.
  • Local Assemblies shall run Community workshops and training to provide Community members of all ages with repair and restoration skills as a minimum.

Local Lending Libraries (LLL)

  • Each Local Assembly shall establish and manage Local Lending Libraries and goods exchanges that are made available online and offline to all members of the Community.
  • Lending Libraries and Goods Exchanges shall have their own workshops where members of the Community can access repair and revitalisation services for the goods they own.

Grassroots Policy 7: Foreign Policy

  1. The UK / Great Britain shall have and exercise a non-interventionist Foreign Policy, unless a) a legitimate foreign government, democratically elected by the majority of its people has requested such intervention and/or b) that to not do so, will place the UK / Great Britain or any dependency and the freedoms of the resident population thereof, at unacceptable levels of risk.
  2. The UK / Great Britain Foreign Policy shall be to not be involved in Foreign Electoral or Democratic processes of any kind.
  3. No form of foreign aid shall be allocated whilst residents of the UK / Great Britain remain under involuntary need or need that has been created involuntarily through the actions of others.
  4. No form of foreign aid shall be allocated unless the UK / Great Britain economy/economies are in surplus.
  5. Where overseas aid is given, it will only be given to provide direct and meaningful support to residents within that country, rather than just funds or contracts to private companies.
  6. Contracts awarded to private companies as part of Foreign Aid will only be given to businesses that are indigenous to that specific Country, with a focus on supporting local economies as part of that Foreign Aid effort.
  7. A non-military foreign aid logistics and development service will be created and directed strategically by The National Assembly, with Community Assembly oversight.

Defence

  • Defence management and strategy shall be one of the few areas of Public Policy that will be the responsibility of the National Assembly.
  • Emergency Defence management decisions shall be taken by the National Assembly Facilitator / Chairperson with the relevant Community Representatives.
  • Emergency Defence Decisions shall be ratified or rescinded by the next session of The National Assembly during normal periods of business and shall be considered by a specially convened meeting of the National Assembly in no less than 3 (three) days at all other times.
  • National Service will be reinstated to ensure that all eligible young people have qualified academically, complete parallel apprenticeships or undertake military training as a key part of their professional development and steps towards the workplace by the age of 21.
  • Military hardware and software development and manufacturing will be returned to the UK /Great Britain with outsourcing to companies outside of the UK / Great Britain only where no other options are available.
  • All non-UK / Great Britain military operations, with the exception of the provision of The Nuclear Deterrent shall end as early as possible following the Reestablishment and in no less than 12 months in any case.
  • The UK / Great Britain International Military Policy shall be non-interventionist and non-aggressive.
  • The UK / Great Britain Military shall not engage in any foreign campaign unless directly attacked or there is a requirement to maintain an appropriate military presence overseas either to support UK / Great Britain Foreign Aid activities or as part of commitments to international collaborations (NATO, UN etc)
  • The legality of any civil prosecution against alleged military ‘crime’ of any kind – whether current, recent or historic shall end.
  • A New Naval Ship Building programme will include adequate ‘at sea’ Fisheries Protection for all UK Waters
  • The Royal Navy, Royal Air Force and Army will be rearmed, equipped and restored in size to ensure that combined forces are able to cover all domestic and possible/likely overseas requirements at all times.
  • All Community Assembly Areas shall have a military presence that will include a minimum of 1x Army Depot, 1x Military Airport (which may be shared), and 1x Naval Station or Port where Community Assembly areas are on the coast or exposed to an estuary which carried shipping.

Immigration

  • Immigration shall be on a qualified basis only, with the exception of genuine refugees who shall be awarded temporary sanctuary and residency until it is safe for them to return to their home Country.
  • Qualified Entry Status shall only exist where a need for skills has been identified by Local Assemblies / Community Assemblies / The National Assembly, which cannot be provided in any other way.
  • Where there is a temporary need for skills, Qualified Entry Status shall only be awarded for the period of need and up to but not exceeding 6 months thereafter.
  • Economic refugees and their dependents shall be provided with temporary sanctuary with only the essential basics provided to meet their immediate needs.
  • There shall be no obligation upon Local Assemblies, Community Assemblies or the National Assembly to provide the essential basics on an individual or definable family unit basis beyond basic privacy.
  • Where refugees have travelled beyond the ‘first safe country’, they shall not be granted special rights and shall be treated as economic migrants.
  • The UK / Great Britain shall be obligated to prioritise any Foreign Aid available to those countries where the greatest numbers of residents have become refugees and/or are arriving at UK / Great Britain seeking entry to stay.
  • Any person seeking refuge of any kind who has been convicted of any crime against the person or a freedom thereof, either in the UK / Great Britain or any other Country, shall have relinquished their Community rights and/or human rights. They shall be denied entry, with any stay necessary in the UK / Great Britain being custodial until such time as they can be returned to their home Country.

The UK / Great Britain Relationship with The EU & other ‘Trading Partners’

  • All obligations made to The EU or any of its forebears by any government of the UK / Great Britain, shall end in full at The Reestablishment.
  • All obligations made to any other foreign entity, Country or Trade Bloc by any government of the UK / Great Britain, shall end in full at The Reestablishment, unless that relationship carries a net benefit for the UK / Great Britain, when it shall continue for the duration of that time.
  • Sovereign Power for all matters shall be that of Local Assemblies, then Community Assemblies, then The National Assembly. The National Assembly will not engage in relationships of any kind with The EU without the consent and democratic directives of the Local and Community Assemblies.
  • No form of EU derived law or legislation of any kind shall remain in force or be enforceable from The Reestablishment, with the exception of the production and/or provision of any goods to be exported to the EU, which it will remain the obligation of the supplying company to maintain.
  • Any post Reestablishment relationship with The EU shall be trade based only and will be negotiated from the point that no relationship between the UK / Great Britain and The EU already exists or has historically existed at any time.
  • The UK / Great Britain will not relinquish any form of power or Governance to any Foreign Power as part of a trade or political arrangement, agreement or contract of any kind.
  • The UK / Great Britain shall make no payments or provide any subsidy to any Foreign Country or Trading Bloc as part of any Trade arrangement.
  • The UK / Great Britain must maintain trade neutrality or experience net gain within all trade partnerships for basic essentials.
  • Protection orders will immediately be made at The Reestablishment to safeguard food security through British Farming, Fisheries and all areas of production at risk from foreign imports.
  • At The Reestablishment a temporary protectionist policy will be imposed upon all trade with the EU where the products, goods, foods and services are already available and/or can be produced within the UK / Great Britain and will remain in place until those industries can self-sustain.
  • At The Reestablishment, there will be an immediate ban on the import of all EU derived products, goods, foods and services that are subsidised and therefore underwritten by the EU, unless they are not available or cannot be produced within the UK / Great Britain.

Grassroots Policy 8: Freedoms, The Courts & The Legal System

It is essential that every part of the Court, Legal system and Profession be motivated and driven by the requirement for impartial delivery at all levels that will ensure balance, fairness and justice for all.

No financial, emotional or other form of influence shall interfere with the right of every person to enjoy their freedom, and no person convicted or directed by a court shall have their own rights to freedom compromised beyond the requirements of any punishment or the requirements of any directive that a Community court may lay down.

  1. The existing Magistrates Court & Local Circuit or County Court system shall end at The Establishment.
  2. The role of Volunteer Magistrates will end at The Reestablishment.
  3. All Criminal matters shall be determined by new Local Assembly Courts, convened with 7 Community Members randomly selected from a different Local Assembly Area within the same Community Area.
  4. Assembly Courts shall be convened and sit for 1 (one) week and shall be overseen by a qualified Court facilitator.
  5. All Civil and deferred Criminal matters shall be determined by Community Assembly Courts, convened with qualified Community judges.
  6. The automatic pathway of all Civil and Family matters shall be mediation, following the initial assessment of all cases by a Community Judge to remove or reject spurious cases.
  7. A criminal charge of obstructing the rightful process of the Community Court will be applied to any party who refuses or fails to participate in the automatic pathway.
  8. ‘Ambulance chasing’ or ‘where there’s blame, there’s a claim’ court applications initiated specifically for commercial gain by legal professionals shall be prohibited with an immediate lifetime ban from practice for any legal professional directly or indirectly involved.
  9. The right of appeal shall be limited to the next Assembly Level, and where appeals or more serious cases are passed to The National Assembly, they shall be determined by 7 randomly selected members of The National Assembly and determined under the advice of a senior Community Judge.
  10. No court may use financial incentives or disincentives to discourage or encourage the pursuit of justice of any kind. Impartial justice must be available to all UK / Great Britain residents at all times.
  11. It will be the obligation of the Local and Community Assembly Courts to ensure that all cases are objectively led, factually driven and not motivated by material gain or emotional prejudice of any kind and in any way.

Law & Order

  • All Policing targets will be discontinued at The Reestablishment. A happy Community is one which has no requirement to be policed.
  • Any person arrested will be prosecuted by the arresting Police Officer(s) in front of the Local Assembly Community Court for any decision over immediate conviction, bail or release, within 24 hours of their arrest.
  • Any person under the age of 21 who is convicted in a Local Assembly Community Court of any crime which is not against the person or freedom of the person shall, upon conviction, be enrolled to complete National Service of no less than completion of the full apprenticeship period plus an additional 3 (three) years.

Policing

  • The role of the College of Policing shall undergo immediate review with any rights of the college to influence operational policing policy rescinded.
  • The weight of value in policing shall be returned to frontline Police Constables, whose priority will be the provision of visible, Community policing and with the burden of bureaucratic targets removed.
  • A Policing Apprenticeship shall be available for applicants at 14 years.
  • Other applicants for Police Constable Training shall be no less than 21 years of age with a minimum of 3 years post-apprenticeship work experience.
  • The weight of Police Constable Training shall be experiential and ‘on the job’.
  • All Senior Police Officers must have served a minimum of 3 years, qualified, within the preceding role.
  • The role of Police Community Support Officer shall end at The Reestablishment, with all existing PCSOs expected to complete Police Constable Training within 18 months.
  • The area of each Police Force or Constabulary shall correspond with the local Community Assembly area.
  • Each Local Assembly area shall have a manned Police Station.

Terrorism

  • All terrorism shall be treated as treason and an attack upon freedom.
  • All convicted Terrorists will receive whole-life tariffs, which may be upgraded by The National Assembly to a capital tariff at any time, will a majority vote within all Local Assemblies restore the Death Penalty.

Licensing (Gambling & Sale of Alcohol)

  • The gambling industry shall be required to have new system of Governance mirroring alcohol licensing where ‘point of transaction’ must be managed by a responsible, appropriately qualified and upstanding person who will be held accountable for the safety of all customers on the basis of legally backed right to refuse.
  • All Internet and/or app gambling will be regulated to reflect the same or banned if the Gambling industry cannot present workable solutions to support gambling supervision on remote basis.
  • A system of Alcohol Taxation will be introduced to encourage the use of Pubs, Restaurants and Social Clubs for any/all alcohol consumption, actively discouraging drinking in the home or an ‘unsupervised’ environment.

Religion, Freedom of Thought and Freedom of Speech

  • True freedom of the individual is the ability to think freely, and to act accordingly unless such an act will restrict the acts or ability to think freely of another, with the only exception being when they have been convicted of a crime and have had such freedom restricted by law.
  • Any person shall be free to believe whatever they wish, unless that belief becomes an action or behaviour that then calls into question the ability of any other person to do the same.
  • No religion shall have the right to impose any law, framework for living, or any type of behaviour upon any person who objects to doing so or has not voluntarily agreed to do so without solicitation or coercion.
  • It will be recognised in Law that there is no discernible hierarchy of man between any man and his or her relationship with God, Source, A Supreme Being or The Universe, other than which is man made, and that Faith is itself an exercise in freedom.
  • No organisation or individual – whether ‘religious’, ‘spiritual’, or following another doctrine or philosophy which requires changes upon freedom of the person, shall impose or force their doctrine on any person without their consent.
  • The act of ‘cancellation’ shall be a criminal offence, whether committed directly or in part.
  • The spiritual independence and individual value of every individual, their soul or ‘mind’ shall be respected at all times.
  • No man shall have the right to compromise the right of any individual to unassisted human function, unless the individual has knowingly and in full understanding given their consent for them to do so.
  • Where such rights have been surrendered, they will only be surrendered on a temporary basis, with the cognitive ability of the individual maintained to have their self-sufficiency restored at any time upon demand.

Economic Delinquency, Public Manipulation & Control, Foreign Campaign & Covid Crimes Inquiries & Punishment 

  • There will be a recognition that the decision making by the majority of former politicians and senior public figures has been based upon self-interest and reasoning based on the stupidity and ignorance that goes with it.
  • The most appropriate punishment for stupid and ignorant people is to remove them from their responsibilities and relieve them of any material gain they have made directly from the decisions they have made. Any such person will forfeit their right to continue to hold their position and any future benefit that may have previously been intended from it.
  • Where individuals have been proven to design, impose and maintain any public policy that has been knowingly used to compromise the physical health, mental health and freedom of any individual or the public at large, for reasons that are not in the best interests of the majority, they will be appropriately tried in a court of their peers.
  • Appropriate punishment shall be decided by the same court.
  • In any circumstances, punishments will be humane and not in any way applied in such way that the method of achieving the outcome is arguably ‘fitting’ the crime. I.e., any person convicted of a political crime may indeed receive a custodial sentence, but the removal of their liberty and any non-essentials for the period of the sentence duly given shall be punishment enough.
  • In the event that a court will impose a capital sentence upon any individual, the sentence shall be carried out in the most efficient, painless and humane manner possible, without an audience or public celebration of any kind.
  • Any persons appointed to oversee the administration of a court’s punishment will be appropriately qualified and trusted to respect the requirement for humanity to be shown and applied to any person, no matter who they are or what they have done.
  • Bankers and Financiers tried and convicted of playing any part in profiteering, excessive interest raising, usury, market manipulation, betting on the markets, creating deceptive financial devices or any other activity that has either involuntarily compromised others or risked/damaged any economy in any way shall, at a minimum, be banned from engaging in any financial industry or financially related activity for life, and shall forfeit any wealth attributed from such activity to their Community Assembly.

Grassroots Policy 9: Transport

  1. Public Transport is an essential public service and will be provided on a not-for-profit basis.
  2. All Public Transport provision will be made by Public Interest Companies
  3. The technological development of Hydrogen, Battery and free energy powered vehicles shall be supported and prioritised at all Assembly Levels.

Road Transport

  1. EU Legislation requiring Professional Drivers to do stepped tests for different vehicle sizes in same class (e.g., HGV 3 and then HGV1 only afterwards following a qualification period) will end at The Reestablishment.
  2. The requirement for Driver CPCs shall end and be replaced with short online course and tests as part of first Licensing, with regular refresher courses and tests online thereafter to be provided and managed by the Vehicle Licensing Authority for UK ONLY commercial drivers.
  3. Visiting or transiting professional Foreign Drivers will be required to undertake the same short online courses and driving tests before accessing UK / Great Britain roads.

Roads

  • All road building plans and projects will be halted where the cost of continuing will be higher than to cease and restore the previous infrastructure.
  • Utility companies to be made liable for all road repairs where they have devalued the structural integrity of a road surface.
  • Any Utility companies leaving temporary roadworks without work taking place at weekends and during business hours shall be fined for the value of expense to the Community.
  • Investment will be made in new road surface technology research to extend the lifetime and durability of all roads.

Shipping

  • A new scheme of public sponsorship or loans to create new shipbuilding enterprises shall be established with the aim that all Community Assembly areas with access to the UK / Great Britain coastline or a ship going estuary shall have appropriate and accessible ship building and repair facilities.

Cycling

  • A new system of Bicycle & Rider Licensing shall be created for all bicycles, scooters and mobility carts.

A Word to The Wise

You may only be here to ‘borrow’ a few ideas to write an article. You could well be here on behalf of a political master or party, to pocket a solution you will use as something akin to a sticking plaster or plug to fill a black hole, so that when the next set of awkward questions are asked of you or them, you have something that will get you through.

You’re welcome. It really doesn’t matter. There are no shortcuts that will see us through.

Contrary to what today’s political class believes, solutions for the public that will help and benefit the public are not any persons to own. They belong to us all, because they are for us all.

But if you are already here or there and cherry-picking ideas and suggestions like these, you would do yourself and potentially many other people a great favour if you were to stop, look at the much bigger picture and then begin to work your role in all of this through.

An approach to public policy for the future that involves or incorporates anything less than wholesale, comprehensive or universal change – and not least of all in the direction of the values that drive ALL of us – will do.

It will remain possible for anyone and everyone to change the way they think, until the very moment that it isn’t. That will be the time when there is no longer any choice.

Dare to be different. Dare to think Differently. Dare to be a leader of change, NOW!

Comments, Questions or Get in Touch

If you have any genuine thoughts, questions or ideas that you would like to share, I would be very happy to hear them, especially if they will help us to help others.

If you would like to get in touch, please e-mail me at acommunityroute@gmail.com

Alternatively, you will find me on social media.

More Reading

The Grassroots Manifesto wasn’t written in isolation and is part of a series that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

PDF Download

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

PDF Download

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

PDF Download

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Back Page

Change is underway. Change must happen and it is no longer a choice. But we do all have a choice over what that change will be.

Many now recognise the reality that we are already within The Great Reset. But what just as many of us still don’t realise, understand or accept, is the direction that the Establishment and the World Elites want us all to go is only their aim. It’s not ours or what is best for us in any way.

The risk that we all face for our future, is that the apathy of the many, and the lack of direction suffered by the few who have already awoken will end the opportunity for all people to take back control of our future, before any real fight to do so has even began.

However, we have the choice to take back control and decide what we, as people and as a Community, wish the outcome of this period of unavoidable change to be.

The Grassroots Manifesto provides the reader with an outline and direction of what real people-centric change will look and feel like, and what for us all personally and as members of the Community, meaningful change that will benefit everyone will mean.

The book focuses on the pathway to a genuine Reestablishment through changes and transformation to our system of Governance and includes:

  • Establishing a New Democratic & Electoral System.
  • The use of Universal Frameworks that provide equity for all forms of Governance
  • A series of suggested Public Policies that provide a guide to what legislation will look like when created by the people, for the people and implemented from the Grassroots-Up.

Whether you are looking for answers or have already committed yourself to being the change, The Grassroots Manifesto will open a door for you and is a must read, whether you are resident in the UK or not.

Levelling Level | Full Text

Published as an eBook for Kindle on Amazon on 31 March 2022, Levelling Level follows here in the form of the original text, with some minor editing principally to allow publishing in PDF form and this online format.

Much has changed in the political environment over the 3 years since the original publication and it is important for the reader to bear this in mind. Not only because of the 2024 change in government and change of name for the ‘Levelling Up’ Agenda, which certainly still exists. But because only 8 months on from the end of the Tory government, many have already forgotten what the Conservatives did.

The one thing that will become clear, if it hasn’t done so already, is that the answers, solutions and outcomes that will solve all the problems will not come from any of the political parties that we know in their current form (as at 3 March 2025) and it is just as likely, if not certain that a better future will only be reached under the stewardship, guidance and leadership of something that doesn’t resemble anything we recognise in today’s political terms at all.

Thank you for your interest.

AT, Cheltenham, UK. 3 March 2025

Introduction

The aim of Levelling Level

Levelling Level has been written to discuss the need for change so that life actually works for the poorest and most disadvantaged in our society, and how we will achieve that change by making the very best of events and circumstances that are out of our control to do so.

It is the ability of the poorest and those on the lowest incomes to be self-sufficient, without external intervention or without their situation having a negative impact upon wider society, that reflects just how healthy we are as communities, as a nation and how together we operate and work.

To achieve the aim of real equality, there are many problems that our society faces. Problems that must be fixed.

You cannot fix any problem unless you understand both the effects of it and how the problem was caused.

You cannot fix any problem unless you have people in charge at the top of Government who know what to do to fix that and every problem, and are prepared to do it too.

Creating a balanced and fair society, where everyone has access to what they genuinely need, but not necessarily all that they might actually want, cannot and will not be achieved by a process of levelling up or by levelling down.

Levelling down or levelling up are the only solutions that the politicians we currently have can offer as solutions to the problems that increasing numbers of us have quietly been facing for decades, and that many more of us are beginning to experience now.

Levelling Level will be the outcome of solving many problems together. Not by looking at them one at a time

As someone who reads a lot of very different material, I understand how appealing it can be to have a quick look through the index and then cherry pick the bits that I think I might like to read, when there is a specific topic or answer that I’m trying to find. I would ask you to resist doing so if you can.

Levelling Level, or what Levelling Level will really mean will only be achieved as a whole outcome by those with the leadership skills and power to influence change for the better.

The power within that influence can only come from fully understanding the real problem, or rather, by gaining complete fluency of the real causes of the problems that we face, and the relationship with other problems, that each of the problems we face really has.

The problems that we face today have been created by taking a bit by bit, step by step or piecemeal approach. We can only deal with the problems that this has created by dealing with every problem that has been created as a whole, in a joined-up and wholly comprehensive way.

Levelling level is an outcome that will only be achieved by considering the types of solutions and options that will be open to us under good leadership, and then drawing conclusions of our own, before we then seek to work together as a community with everyone who feels the same way as us.

The subject matter of Levelling Level is massively complex. So complex in fact, that the technical intricacies that have developed which allow such a broken system to exist and function are, or will seem to many, too elaborate or even illogical to believe.

The best way to get the value from this book and the proposed outline of Levelling Level as it is intended, is to read it right the way through, and look at the trees before drawing any conclusions about the whole wood.

This is a long book, deliberately made short

As a blogger, I have frequently fallen into the trap of writing with the aim that the reader should reach the end and have a clear understanding of the message that I conveyed.

To some degree, depending on the audience, this is always likely to be a fool’s errand. After all, every reader views the subject through the lens of their own experience – even if the topic is completely new to them.

Nonetheless, it has meant that the length of the blogs I write are often 800-1000 words long, instead of the 400-600 words that is regarded by some to make the generally accepted blog-style of writing accessible to all.

In the case of Levelling Level, the topic is complicated to say the least. Yet it is one that everyone will soon need to understand. Regrettably, people are going to understand it very well – once circumstances have made everyone look at the world around us all in a very different way – when the messages of Levelling Level will make a lot more sense.

For this reason, I have deliberately written a long story into the shortest book possible.

Whilst I have suggested solutions to many of the problems we face, they are in no way as comprehensive as the coming changes will require. They are a starting point, not the end.

See, hear and think about the messages of Levelling Level first

If you find yourself focusing on sentence structure, spellings, grammar, absence of some detail or conclusions or solutions that in isolation don’t seem to work. Or you are getting upset because Levelling Level proposes a way of thinking which opposes any comfortable and accepted thoughts of your own, you may be falling into the trap of missing the point.

This book is not intended to be perfect. It is not here to offer up a polished political manifesto or golden age philosophy that tells everyone what they now need to do. It contains messages to help and guide as changes in the world around us force us all to have a very big rethink.

Please do proceed through Levelling Level with the Principle of Charity in mind as you do so.

Levelling Level is intended to be nothing more than a lighthouse, switched on now in an attempt to try and stop the ships that represent our different journeys hitting some very perilous rocks.

Levelling Level gives enough of the detail to identify the real problem and warn everyone of what we need to be aware of in the dark that lies ahead and within the storm around us.

Together, collectively, as a community and as the grassroots up, we must now create the daylight that removes the darkness around us and brings awareness to the detail of the new world, new normal and the future that lies ahead and begins immediately in front of us all.

Each and every one of us are the captains of our own ship; a ship that must be navigated.

Yet even within a framework or directional choice like that which Levelling Level proposes in the pages to come, the way we respond and navigate around the experiences that life provides always gives us two choices.

In the spirit it is intended, I would ask that you read Levelling Level, come to your own conclusions and then reflect on what has happened, what is happening, and what will really work best for us all as we journey through very turbulent times into the world that lies ahead.

Levelling Up or Levelling Down: It’s only by Levelling Level where real balance and fairness across society will be found

The so-called success of our politicians revolves around the use of soundbites.

It’s been a problem since the time of the Blairite New Labour Government of 1997-2010. There was an identifiable shift from politics being about the end result (when at least some of our politicians had the wherewithal to get things done themselves), to becoming all about the message itself.

So bewildered was the Conservative Party by the (New) Labour landslide victory of 1997, they decided the only way to beat them was to play them at their own game.

As power has shifted back from the Blairite years (1997-2010) of the left-wing wolf dressed in right wing clothing, to the Johnsonian Conservative Party of the right that today is even more left than the left, a new low in the meaninglessness of what our political classes do [to us] to retain their power in this Country has finally been reached.

As I write in early 2022, one such soundbite in daily use is that of ‘Levelling Up’.

Suspicions that Boris Johnson and the current crop of Parliamentary Tories are pushing the Levelling Up agenda just as one way to survive, the element of truth that makes the term feel valuable to anyone with ears to listen, is that our political classes do at least appear to know that there is a problem.

All the while, the Labour Left pursue an agenda and way of thinking that through the changes and implementation of public policy achieve nothing but levelling down.

Levelling Up or levelling down; it doesn’t matter. Unless there is balance and fairness in the form of a level playing field at the point where we all step off, there will always be too many of us who lose out, whilst the same old few will end up with a win.

Regrettably, the truth that sits beyond that knowledge, is that none of the MPs sitting on the green benches in our Parliament know or understand the breadth and depth of the problem, or how the problem actually works.

That is why they are playing around with a soundbite that suggests the problem can easily be fixed.

Our public representatives don’t understand the lives of the Public they are supposed to represent

None of the politicians that we have today either understand or want to understand how the real problems that create an unjust and imbalanced society can or will be fixed.

The greatest travesty is that those we have elected to deal with such problems on our behalf are failing to do so.

Our politicians cannot deal with the problems that we face, because they are incapable of fulfilling the roles and responsibilities that they have been given, or self-interest leaves them wilfully blind to actually doing so.

The British Political System is broken

Politics has become the end, rather than being the means to the end.

The UK is the person with major health problems. It’s in a beauty salon, where every wannabe politician must be seen as top dog by everyone. But this political class are just the Saturday morning trainees, only able to sweep up and comb hair*. They smile sweetly and tell the Country that having a great look is all it takes to fix the problems experienced by all. Meanwhile, what the UK really needs is every form of medical surgery known, with the mental health care and physical rehabilitation necessary to make every part of our system work together, returning the UK to full fitness and providing fair and balanced lives for everyone in the shortest time possible.

For as long as this broken political culture and way of thinking in UK governance is allowed to continue, no soundbite or promise that it contains to us all, will ever end up delivering in any way as we believe it was intended, or indeed in any of the ways it really should.

The stepping off point towards Levelling Level: where we find ourselves now

In the pages of Part 1 that follows, I will cover the real problems that have led to the Johnsonian Tories pursuing their ‘Levelling Up’ agenda, whilst over recent decades, the influence of the Left has been the pernicious approach and impact of ‘Levelling Down’.

I will discuss why the nebulous policies of both Left and Right end up making the problems that society faces worse for everyone – if they actually help in any way at all, and why the problems that nothing more than political tinkering around the edges creates only serves to obfuscate and hide the real causes of the problems that we all now face.

With the changes to the world and the way that we live now coming, In Part 2 I will then move on to talk about the issues that the next generation of politicians will face.

I will offer some solutions and ways to begin addressing the imbalances that exists across society, and the early steps that must be taken if we are all to experience a future that is fruitful for all, is sustainable, healthy and above all actually works.

*The qualified hairdressers are the government officers and civil servants, or people who like to ‘nudge’

Part 1 – Living in the past and our broken system today

In so much as it has been possible to do so, given the very complex nature of the problems that we face and the solutions that will necessarily follow, Levelling Level has been split into two main parts.

Part 1 covers the fundamental breaks and flaws of the existing system that we have in the UK and discusses why things have become this way and why things don’t work as they should.

Levelling Up – The Myth that Money & Markets make everything right (for the Conservatives and the Right)

‘Levelling Up’ is a clever term – and it’s meant to be so.

For most of us, levelling up sounds very much like we are going to see everything we experience being pushed upwards. It suggests that the point of balance in our lives is somewhere higher than where our current experience actually is.

But what does ‘levelling up’ really mean?

Why the Tories are pushing the ‘Levelling Up’ agenda

Before anything, it’s important to understand just how important the Levelling Up agenda really is to the Conservative Party today.

Politics in the UK has changed from what it was. The European Referendum or ‘Brexit’ Vote in the summer of 2016 was a watershed moment. One that tells anyone paying real attention to the change that nothing in British Politics could be the same again – that is even before the arrival of the Covid Pandemic, the invasion of Ukraine and everything that happens next.

The real result of the European Referendum Vote

Up until the summer of 2016, the tried and tested methods of creating and controlling us with an establishment narrative had always worked.

Those methods were expected to work with the European Referendum Vote too.

Lies and stories were concocted and mixed up with a few threats and a little fear. It was all focused on maintaining the easy way of living and the nice experiences that normal people would otherwise lose if they didn’t conform to what the establishment wanted to achieve from the Vote.

Yet the script that had been written for even greater integration with the European Union didn’t work.

The majority of the British People found instead that they identified with a different way of interpreting the future and voted democratically for the UK to leave the European Union.

The result of the Referendum set in motion what was to become a three-year battle between the democratic will of the people and the unwritten agenda of an establishment and a perceived loss that it still refuses to understand.

Brexit was born.

A Parliamentary logjam that began to make people think

Three years of political infighting and undemocratic behavior in our Parliament began the process of lifting the stone and shining light on everything that is wrong with politics in the UK today.

It meant that those amongst the General Public who were most frustrated by the ineptitude and contempt shown by our politicians were ready and waiting for the opportunity to change things.

Normal, everyday people became wide open to soundbites, whether they spoke to certain truths or indeed contained the sweetest lies.

The end of Trident Tongued Theresa and a new period of demise begins with Boris’ reign

With Prime Minister Theresa May unable to convince anyone that she could lead objectively enough to keep her Remain and EU Member heart at bay, the summer of 2019 saw the arrival of Boris Johnson.

With him came what we can now argue has been a whole series of whoppers wrapped around soundbites such as a deal with the EU that was ‘Oven Ready’.

Soundbites that not only emboldened him to go to the Country, but they also saw him win an 80-seat majority in the General Election the following December and secure his tenure in No.10.

The Red Wall dictates Tory Policy for all

The dynamics of that General Election win were very different to what anyone had really expected.

Of the constituency seats that gave Boris an overall working majority win, many of them were gained in areas that had previously been Labour held. It was because of this that they are now known as the Red Wall.

Whilst an 80-seat majority is something not to be sniffed at, anything-for-an-easy-life Boris found himself with a list of new MPs that in Tory terms were never supposed to be there.

These new ‘Red Wall MPs’ had been the candidates that were never expected to win. They were certainly a long way from the A-List mentality that sees Conservative Central Office parachute ‘beautiful’ people into so-called safe seats where the chosen few are guaranteed entry to Parliament and will do absolutely everything they are told, and everything they can to toe the party line.

The Red Wall Tory MPs typically represent areas where the working class and financially poorer demographics dominate.

Suddenly, avoidance of issues like social mobility, food poverty and the imbalance across society were no longer an easy choice for the Tory hierarchy and strategists to avoid.

Levelling Up: The Johnsonian Tories fag-packet plan

We will talk about the role of money as part of the crisis that we face in more detail later.

For now, it is important to understand that the Tories of today believe that every problem they face can either be fixed by using money, or by moving money around.

Levelling Up is literally the plan that Tory High Command has come up with, using money to try and cement the non-existent bonds between an out of touch political elite and the realities that people who lent them their vote in 2019 face each and every day.

It relies primarily on buying communities and constituencies lots of nice things, or what in political circles are known as sops.

The success of the Johnsonian Tory Levelling Up plan is built on the premise that problems disappear when people can be bought.

Sops don’t improve life. But they do look really nice as it passes you by

Buying people or being bought might work for the Tories who have got to the top. But for those at the base of the pyramid, it’s a very different world that exists.

If you were looking for a lesson or demonstration of how out of touch our political classes really are, there probably would be no better example than what the Tories are employing with their Levelling Up Agenda.

Contemporary ‘Conservative’ thinking (which is arguably not in any way ‘conservative’ at all’) in terms of tackling financial and income inequality hinges on a massively fallacious belief:

This ‘conservative’ Government operates on the belief that poverty is synonymous with unemployment. Or, rather, Johnsonian Tories believe that being poor and having no job is exactly the same thing.

As this brick is thrown into the societal pond, the tidal waves ripple out with ridiculous suggestions that our politicians genuinely believe, such as all jobs are the same and everyone with a job will be fine.

Then, the tsunami of their unreal world thinking hits: The Tory strategists and the leaders they influence conclude that life can be improved for the poor if government buys the things that their communities would otherwise be unable to afford.

Parallel Worlds

Never mind the reality that spending other people’s money to solve problems with solutions that only make sense to Tory strategists and politicians is a travesty of public representation in its most tragic sense.

With the Levelling Up Agenda, the Conservatives have quite literally banked on maintaining and consolidating votes that will keep them in power by using our own money to buy our communities gifts.

The Conservatives believe that they will achieve this and win the next General Election by building new roads, creating new tiers of government with new Mayors or by gifting deprived communities’ new sports centres, school buildings and swimming pools.

Yes, all these things look nice, and they sound great. But they don’t change any of the deep-seated issues that are really at work.

In fact, if anything, for those of us experiencing the problems within our society that should really matter to any politician, these hollow acts of abusing the power we have gifted to these so-called public representatives, in order to help us, just make our problems even worse.

Through the implementation of the Levelling Up plan, people without the lives we all deserve are being conditioned to think that everything is improving in the world around them.

But Levelling Up will leave them with the rather troubling question; Why is nothing really improving for us in life, or how we really feel about everything – despite what everyone is being told?

What the Tory ‘Levelling Up’ agenda is hiding in plain sight

To say that our political classes do not understand the lives of the people they represent would be a massive understatement.

It is a situation that would perhaps not be quite as bad if the ‘experts’ politicians rely on to advise them and dream up the strategies they then implement, had an understanding of life that would make up for the lack of life experience of their own.

But they don’t.

Original thinking in British Politics no longer exists

Political Philosophies and textbooks are the go-to advice guide, where both our politicians and the people who advise them are concerned.

The people leading the UK are all led by the nose, by ideas and ways of thinking that appeal to them only because of what they offer as the suggested result.

Yet those results were usually written about or defined in very different times.

None of the philosophies and ideas that drive Left or Right have proved successful in real life

Whilst socialism has been pursued to the point of human and societal destruction by communist leaders such as Stalin and is then written off by socialists in the west with words that suggest it only ‘failed’ because it wasn’t executed in the right way, the right have also been pursuing a social experiment of their own.

For the past 50 years or more, the right has led what is in reality a socio-economic experiment based on an alternative set of ideas called Neoliberalism.

Yet for past successive UK governments of that time and from all political sides, Neoliberalism is the foundation upon which all of their legacies are defined.

The myth that less help results in there being more for the poor

Neoliberalism perpetrates the lie that egalitarian living can be achieved by letting the ‘knowing few’ run riot with minimum restraint. That by allowing them to control everything through their own interpretation of any rules, everyone and the public good will be truly well-served.

Yet the reality is that by deregulating markets and financial activities to the extent that they already successfully have, the power that should be in the hands of legislators and policy makers on behalf of us all, has been passed to private interests whose priority is profit and not the public interest instead.

The extension and growth of Neoliberalism is dependent upon reducing the reach and impact of government at every level.

It doesn’t matter what process is followed or becomes necessary for the outcome to be achieved.

Smaller Government is a Neoliberalist aim. The outcomes for the people who need good governance most will only get worse under the Neoliberal view of smaller government, as even the status quo will no longer be maintained.

Talk of Smaller Government

‘Smaller Government’ or what is in fact much less government or what is interpreted as the reduction of the restrictions that prevent so-called wealth creators from creating wealth are the fundamental basis of what Neoliberal thinking is about.

The Tories really do believe that by pumping money into schemes and infrastructure across society, that the investment encourages an uplift in commercial and capitalist activity that will benefit the poor – because that’s what Neoliberal scholars tell them it will do.

It all comes under the guise that free markets and free flowing money look after the public interest when they are left unhindered by the state.

Neoliberalism: The intoxicating lies of the powerful

Regrettably, our Politicians are too stupid to understand what the ideas underpinning neoliberalism are really all about.

Neoliberalism and free markets are all about bringing more wealth to those who are wealthy already and nothing more.

Neoliberalism when adopted at the state level is a tool to sanitise and legitimise selfishness at the highest level.

Neoliberalist thinking has helped make it ok to do anything that is legal, even when that legality exists because it has been created only by and for those who benefit from it.

The end result is that others suffer at incalculable number of levels or degrees of separation. Because ethics have been replaced by the idea that you should do things because you can and not because you should.

Neoliberalism is basically a philosophy of creating misery and exploiting others so that those who are able, can benefit from that choice.

Neoliberalism is the modern form of mass slavery, where oppression and suppression has been sold to everyone as freedom and choice.

Levelling Down – Rights, Equalities, Educational same-ism and how the UK is hamstrung by the impractical idealism of the Left

The words that the Tories don’t use to describe what they mean about change tell us that they believe that they can simply drag everyone up to a better life by changing the environment around them.

It’s as if politicians believe they have the power to dictate and then control how we think by changing only some of the things we can see.

They don’t.

Whilst both the Left and the Right share the same ridiculous idea that lack of, or absence of money in life are the only problems people face that any government need to fix, the Left are also blissfully unaware of how many problems the policies they have implemented and pursued over recent decades have actually created, made worse and continue to create for us each and every day.

To work effectively, rights must be the same and result in exactly the same for all

The damage that the Left have inflicted on the UK has developed around their obsession with rights and how they operate.

The left creates, pursues and implements policy based on the idea that those who appear to be ahead or in a position of advantage must be restricted or held back so that others can succeed.

It is a wholly naïve view of the way that the world works.

Instead of succeeding by bringing everyone up to a better level of existence as they suggest, their philosophy has only ever succeeded in levelling down. Culminating in a process which can only be described as putting the lowest common denominator first.

The process doesn’t stop there. In fact, the process has become so very skewed that the policies that the Left pursue actually defy practical reality.

The Labour Party and the left-wing today display and live by a lack of understanding not only of how people think, but how businesses and operations must operate not only to exist, so that they can succeed in achieving just the basic aims or purposes that they exist for.

The good that the Left has achieved

A hundred years ago, the work and existence of the Labour movement made a lot of sense. The inequality that existed between the working classes and the elites that existed then were stark.

But the differences and inequalities that existed across society in the early Twentieth Century are not the same as they are today.

The problems within the working environment for people were far worse. But they were addressed.

This was in no small part due to the Labour movement and the work of the Labour Party.

Passing the point of balance means doing harm in a different way

The good achieved by what we now know as the Labour Party and the Left that surrounds it came to its natural zenith decades ago, when businesses and organisations accepted the duty of care that they have to all staff, their safety and welfare at work.

But like most things political, when that point was reached, the practicality that had driven meaningful change was replaced by impractical idealism. Probably for no better reason that the movement needed to find reasons that justified it continuing to hold the position it had and gave it a legitimate reason to exist.

Whilst there should always be a system of checks and balances to ensure that benchmarks for acceptable management practices exist, what few have realised is just how damaging it was when the Left adopted a new path which was the pursuit of rights.

Rights of any kind, but employment rights in particular have always been a popular cause.

It is after all pretty normal to be happy if you feel you are being given something for nothing, no matter that at a very different level, no such equation for employers and their bottom lines exists.

Businesses and organisations exist to provide goods and services; their primary aim is not the creation of jobs

People are now literally led to believe by the Left that their job and their conditions are more important than the objectives of the business or the organisation that they work for.

Businesses and organisations exist only to provide the services, produce the goods or achieve the very specific aims that they were set up for or developed to do.

Job creation is literally a happy coincidence or consequence of this process.

Creating employment never was nor never could be a meaningful strategic aim for any organisation or business that has a real purpose, unless that purpose is itself simply to keep people employed.

The creation of non-jobs and the rejection of common responsibility

When appreciated, the reality that businesses exist for a purpose other than being an employer begins to shed a lot of light on the lack of understanding and cynicism of politicians when they spend so much time projecting out soundbites about creating jobs.

Ironically however, the rights culture mentality that the constant narrative has created has on one hand made people afraid of their own shadows – as they begin to question whether their normal behaviour is actually right, whilst within the workplace, employees – particularly within the left-wing dominated public sector, have increasingly refused to accept responsibilities that are not within the confines or parameters of their own jobs.

This process has itself heralded the creation of ‘non-jobs’ such as human resources, and many additional posts that were never previously necessary and carried out as part of general management responsibilities, before the situation began to exist where employees may not explicitly say it, but through their actions, they are telling their employer and customers that ‘this isn’t my job’, and opportunists have been more than happy to step in and fill the gaps.

Idealism in the workplace creates a dysfunctional practical reality

The culture shift from practical reality to idealism in the workplace has been exhaustively counterproductive.

Within the NHS alone, the creation of non-jobs and a mind-boggling array of roles that have been invented so that more and more responsibility becomes specific, means that the whole emphasis on what hospitals and health organisations are there to really do has been effectively lost.

Not only this. All of these jobs attract massive additional costs to manage. Not least of all the very generous pension schemes that jobs right across the Public Sector attract.

The point should not be ignored that each and every public sector organization has to use our money to pay for all of these additional and in many cases unnecessary employment costs BEFORE any of their real work actually begins.

The public sector has forgotten its true purpose

Government and the Public Sector exist to allow every part of our wider community to function in ways that are beneficial and considerate of all.

Yet it is in no small part due to the policies of the Left and through the actions of levelling down, that the entire public sector and structure of government functions as a sclerotic monolith.

Protectionism exists right down to the personal level of the employee or worker.

This means that in terms of priorities or what the true purpose of the public sector is, the end user or customer – that’s us – in many ways simply no longer exists.

The true costs of Left-wing rights culture in the Public Sector

It is too easy to overlook and forget just how much impact and influence the Public Sector has on our lives.

To put the impact of having a completely dysfunctional Public Sector in perspective, it is perhaps best to try and provide at least some context by providing a list of how the work the public sector and the structures of government does, touches our lives:

  • Hospitals
  • Ambulances
  • Schools
  • Fixing Roads
  • Building Roads
  • Police
  • Fire Brigade
  • Parish & Town Councils
  • Borough & District Councils
  • County Councils & Unitary Authorities
  • Driving Licenses
  • Passports
  • Vehicle Licensing
  • Tax
  • Planning
  • Alcohol Licensing
  • Health & Safety
  • Flood Management
  • Environmental Health
  • The Courts
  • Jobcentres
  • Social Services
  • Emptying the bins
  • Erecting bins and dog bins
  • Bus Stops
  • Public Transport
  • NGOs (Non-Government Organisations)
  • [Army]
  • [Royal Navy]
  • [Royal Air Force]

The list goes on. Not least of all because even the functions that I have touched on here are managed by a wide range of different Public Sector bodies. They are all managed by organisations that have offices, structures, hierarchies and in many cases operational service departments to manage beneath and beyond them.

The bill to the Taxpayer (That’s us) for all of this is massive. In fact, it is currently thought to be the case that you actually work until late May or early June each year, just to pay the bill for all of this through the taxes that you pay.

Yes – that means you aren’t actually earning a penny for yourself for around five to six months of each year that you work.

What today’s culture in the Public Sector means for us

Before we even consider the financial cost of maintaining the public sector as it is today in financial terms, it is important to begin thinking about what it really means for us when not just one employee, not just one individual organisation, but the entire Public Sector is not doing its job with its true purpose in mind.

Although it is now 20 years since I worked professionally as a Local Government Officer myself, I recognised then that without the pernicious culture that had already taken over at that time, one person should be able to do the work of four others and be four times as productive, IF they were allowed and encouraged to actually do their jobs properly.

Over 12 years of being a Councillor and in the years that have passed since, I have seen nothing that has changed my mind about this, other than to say that the situation or problem has increasingly gone from bad to worse.

Public service delivery – and the people who actually deliver the public service to us – are not the priority.

It is the frameworks around those jobs that have become most important to Public Sector organisations and the Public Servants who work within them. For us, that only results in loss.

The Public Sector costs far more than it should because of the culture that the Left have instilled within it. And it is not even carrying out the work that it should.

The snake eats its own tail: The cost of Left-wing rights on their own agenda

Having created a situation where the public sector literally can no longer do its job with the income it has because of its wages and pensions bill, the very rights and employment laws that Labour, the left and the EU it championed have created and have culturally installed, has made it impossible to function efficiently.

The irony is that Public Sector organisations such as the NHS can therefore no longer function without the use of contractors and employment agencies.

In the first instance or at the first level, this is the real so-called ‘privatisation’ that the Left continually shouts about and so loudly blames the Right for.

Idealism has no solution to the problems it creates

The burden that the Left has created is at first glance the polar opposite of the light-touch approach to government that the Tories would like us to believe works better.

Yet for reasons that are completely self-serving, this whole political class overlooks the consequences of their own policies and actions. Then when problems arise – which they inevitably do – they play around with the effects of the problems they created, without ever accepting or having the sense or indeed taking the risk to deal with the cause.

Public Sector Reform: The necessity and the need

We previously discussed the Neoliberal purposes and motives to create smaller government that underpin what the Johnsonian Conservatives, the Right and even New Labour Policy does.

In the context of the ongoing damage that the Left has done, the argument certainly exists to support cutting back on many of the dysfunctional aspects of Public Sector delivery that their idealistic ideology has helped to create.

But the true purposes of the Right and the Left when it comes to public service provision and government itself must never be confused.

The reason that public services existed are as good now as when they were created.

Yes, the needs may have changed as different aspects of the way we live have changed too. But addressing the need for there to be a proactive and responsive approach to the needs that we collectively share across our communities is an intrinsic part of what makes a society fair.

However, that provision is not fair when any or all of the functions of the Public Sector are not working as they should.

That extends right down to the way that an entry level employee thinks about the purpose and the responsibilities of their role.

There is no doubt that the structures and the functions of the Public Sector have to be comprehensively reformed.

But Levelling Level is also about changing the way that Public Servants think.

Public Sector Reform: Our politicians are the biggest problem

The underlying reason that our Politicians talk about reform and change of public services, but then just throw more money at the public sector is because of the legislative complexities that will be required to be reviewed and changed in order to deliver that reform.

To be able to make services such as the NHS operate and function as they should, and for the priority and emphasis to be returned to front line delivery and the staff that deliver it as it should, it will mean unpicking and rescinding much of the legislation and the crippling rights that have been created and instigated by politicians of the Left.

It will also mean removing the private interests and the laws that facilitate profit-making opportunities from public service delivery for the friends of those on the Right.

Neither ‘side’ of the political divide as it stands today perceives there being any benefit to tackling the real issues that lie behind the problems that the Public Sector faces.

This entire political class believes that it would be electoral suicide to do so.

Changing the way that politicians see the issues that stop them – because they have a habit of being issues that we have no reason to tackle too – are a big part of the dilemma that we now face.

Recognise somebody’s right and if there’s no policy, simply make it so

The issues with the rights culture that the Left has created that I have already covered relate to the creation and changes in Public Policy in their most basic sense.

But the changes that the Left have made on the basis that rights can fill the gaps where those without can quickly become those that have, took perhaps their most profound turn, when Blairite New Labour decided to turn the education system on its head.

Heads or Hands: The stupidity of pretending we are all academically equal

Given that the Labour movement was built around the needs of the working class, there is plenty of irony in the approach that the Blairite Labour Party pursued in its attempt to create an environment where everyone could achieve an undergraduate degree.

Whoever you are and whatever background you are from, you will know from experience that academic learning and attainment is not a process that works for all.

In fact, recognising, accepting and indeed celebrating the benefits that come from understanding and then harnessing the reality that in educational terms, both practical and academic learning has equal but different value, is something we should really see as being highly advantageous to a modern economy.

Yet for Labour and the Left, the obsession with ‘equal rights’ have also made them blind to the reality that different learning pathways not only have the potential to be very good for business and the economy. They are also much fairer and considerate of the individual learner too.

Worthless Degrees and lower standards

To be fair to the Blairites, Labour and the Left had previous form. Their assault on our formally word-class system of education began with the assault on Grammar Schools or so-called ‘elite education’ over a period of decades before.

But their new and more advanced form of imposing idealistic equality on the population took the meddling of the Left into an entirely different league when in their obsession with imposing a solution over the right to a higher education for all.

In fact, they overlooked the reality that the reason so many people didn’t have degrees wasn’t just because of their background, where they come from or how much money they had.

In the majority of cases, lack of academic attainment is down to many other factors. Not least of all that perhaps 50% of the population or many more are not academically inclined.

In one stroke of Labour-defined genius, entire generations of young people in this Country had their futures compromised.

The higher education system itself became focused on the bottom line rather than the quality of teaching as money became the focus, rather than the quality of what anyone learned.

New graduates were condemned to at best begin their professional working lives saddled with what for some will be never-repayable debt.

An educational system that was once envied across the world, found itself forced to create more and more worthless degrees and dumb down the process of academic attainment as schooling was commercialised and we forgot what ‘universal learning’ was really there for.

All so that students who should never have needed to walk through the doors of a university to ‘qualify’ themselves in someone else’s idealistic eyes, would always be guaranteed a pass.

Levelling down reduces the function and utility of society

Perhaps within all of the policies that the Left have inflicted upon people and communities across the UK, levelling down standards in education may well prove to be the worst that they have done in time.

Never mind that Industry is now facing a crisis based on the reality that a degree-level education can no longer be relied upon as the educational benchmark that it once was.

We are now facing a situation where young people leave university with degrees, they believe will entitle them to opportunities and riches that simply do not exist in the real world. Simply because the world of business employs staff to carry out the functions that they are able to, and not what a piece of paper tells the world they can do.

The lie that qualifications solve all social problems is indeed one of the sweetest from the Left that we have heard. But it has been a massive contributor to the disaster we now face.

Today, as things stand, this legacy of the left is destined to last.

The Cost-of-Living Crisis: Why we can’t afford to live

The chances are that as you read this today, your perception of money is that money is a thing. That is because you can save money in a piggy bank or look at the bank balance that you have, money exists and is definitely real.

You might believe that money is the key to everything, and that with enough of it, money can solve any problem.

If this summary sounds familiar or would be a good description of your own view, it may be of comfort to know that you are certainly not alone.

To be fair, this is pretty much how the whole world thinks and how everyone perceives money today.

What you may not realise is that whilst this may be representative of majority thinking today, it certainly hasn’t always been this way.

In fact, the relationship we have with money and the way it now runs our lives isn’t that old at all.

The Money Problem

I’m guessing that your immediate response to the question ‘what is the money problem’ is likely to be ‘I haven’t got enough!’.

But why do we need more of anything when so many of us have already got so much?

The relationship that people have with money has been changed by the way we have been and are being conditioned to think.

We are programmed by just about every stream of information that comes at us to believe that there is always something better that we can have and that what we really need is the money to get it.

The truth is that right now, we are all part of a society that functions upon and is driven by envy. We live and breathe the mantra that more wants more.

The fundamental problem with money today is that we believe that the value of everything can now be calculated or measured in financial terms.

The value of our time or the time that it takes to carry out work or a job, the goods, food, clothes, phones, computers, bikes, cars, houses, holidays, professional services and even the education that we can buy is now considered by us all in terms of what it will cost us – or in monetary terms alone.

The qualitative has become all about the quantitative

We have quite literally moved from valuing effort, experience and the end result or outcomes, to what cost or income the process will generate.

We do so in such a way that we now overlook or simply forget the qualitative aspects of any process, and this is why so many of us so often find ourselves questioning why the customer service or the way that we are treated by anyone we buy a service or goods from, seems to be increasingly poor.

The control of money is where the true power lies – but only because of the way we think

When we have reached the point where money is the only thing that is important, it naturally follows that whoever controls money, the rules that govern money and the supply of money itself, will be the person or the people who are ultimately in charge of EVERYTHING – right down to what we do, think and say.

Because we revere money and wealth in the ways that we do today, the very democratic system that we believe to be in place to serve our best interests, doesn’t really exist.

Contrary to conspiracists talk and views, there is not some hidden world power that lies at the heart of everything and all public policy decision making, with someone sitting in a bunker on a mountainside pulling every world leader’s strings.

Yes, a simple look at the way money rules everything, does make it seem logical that such a power exists. But the real power and influence that now lies in the hands of others who have or control money, and therefore have control over us all comes down to the way that we ALL think about money.

It is the way we think about money that surrenders our own power and control over life and everything else.

Why isn’t life working fairly for all

Life isn’t working fairly for all, because those who control money and therefore the lives of everyone are not thinking fairly. They think only of themselves.

It is important to understand that freedom, as we perceive it in the world today, doesn’t actually exist.

Our so-called freedoms are all dictated by money and the systems that manage money. Those money systems are managed and controlled by people who do not have our best interests at heart.

Each and every part of our life is controlled by the actions of others, as is even the way that we think – IF we accept the validity and credibility of every information source that we choose.

This isn’t freedom.

If we do not question the information we are given and then live or go about our lives acting upon whatever we have been told, we have accepted someone else’s truth or narrative as our own.

This isn’t freedom.

Everything that we need and that is made available to us so that we can live our lives comes into our lives under someone else’s control.

This isn’t freedom.

We should not be fooled into thinking that because we are able to buy a nice car or an expensive house, we are the ones who are in control, when to do so we have had to ask someone else for a loan and they have then told us that we can afford to do so.

This isn’t freedom.

We should not fool ourselves with the idea that a qualification of any kind makes us different to anyone else. It only makes us different in someone else’s eyes.

This isn’t freedom.

In fact, if we conduct ourselves in any way that reflects the impression we will make on others or the world that lies beyond our doors, or we qualify anything we do or say by the way that others react or we believe that they will see us, we are not the ones who are in control.

This isn’t freedom.

If we are not free to be, say and do as we please without cost or impact upon others, life for us will never actually be fair.

The truth about Jobs and non-Jobs, and that in a just society you cannot have both

In the doublespeak of politicians that we hear today, the Tories have made unemployment synonymous with poverty.

Yet in today’s world, not having a job and not having enough money do not correlate in any way. They are massively different things and are not even sat on the same page.

With the political class being as obsessed with labels and soundbites as they are, politicians have somehow managed to pick up and run with the rather cynical idea that everyone will be ok and can get on with their lives, as long as they have got a job.

Yet no two jobs are the same.

We will return to the question of what it costs to live and how a benchmark minimum wage should really work later. But for now, it is important to recognise that under the way legislation in the UK currently works, there are jobs that just don’t pay people enough to live self-sufficiently in the current business and economic environment. But there are also jobs that aren’t really jobs on even these terms at all.

The gig economy

One of the most sinister and indeed cynical aspects of industry today, is to look at the laws that exist using highly paid legal professionals, and then find the gaps or loopholes that are not covered, and then identify the opportunities that they can exploit.

Under the guise of being self-employed, many people who want to work are drawn into ‘employment’ that may appear to pay well in terms of hourly rates. But the companies hiring them – who are actually just dodging the additional costs associated with employing people frequently fail to make clear that the rider, courier, driver or whatever trendy name their role has been given has to cover the costs of carrying out whatever work they do from whatever they are given too.

What the media don’t tell us – as good investigative journalists operating without fear of the consequences would do, is that many of the companies that function within or are wholly dependent upon the gig economy can only exist because they have found these loopholes to exploit people legally and therefore make their platforms profitable when they wouldn’t be in any other way.

Many of these companies are now very well known. They may well be bringing something you have ordered using an app to your door today. Yet the people coming to all of our doors to provide these services are being exploited in potentially many ways, whilst our politicians champion such ‘opportunities’ as being ‘jobs’.

Regrettably, the reason the gig economy exists is a) because the people behind them have a lot of money and influence over our politicians and b) because we like having easy and quick access to whatever we want and especially so when we believe that for us its ‘cheap’.

The loophole which is the Minimum Wage

The creation of the minimum wage – which was another Blairite policy that was implemented in April 1999 – heralded the arrival of what we were told by the government would be the end of the days of old, where unscrupulous employers would be able to get away with paying their staff whatever they liked.

Once again, a policy based more on the successful impact of the messaging and the soundbite in the media, to the employee, the implementation of a minimum wage always has and probably will always sound good.

But there was also a flipside. The Labour policy was once again no more than an act of tinkering around the edges that ended up creating many more problems than the one that it never really fixed.

The minimum wage has been a way to keep wages low

This particular way of benchmarking gave employers a moral get-out clause. So, if they could demonstrate that employees were always in receipt of the minimum wage or its equivalent, they simply didn’t feel obliged to worry about anything else.

Salaries have been used to hide the fact that employees were being paid less than the minimum wage when things like the hours actually worked were calculated, making what appear to be generous levels of pay turn out to be anything but.

By creating more and more laws in an attempt to cover every eventuality, our politicians just give the unscrupulous more and more loopholes to find.

Social Mobility

I should probably be a poster boy for the Social Mobility cause:

I grew up in social housing in a very troubled household, received free school meals and clothing vouchers and didn’t spend any time with my dad until I was 13.

I left school at 16 with no qualifications and then talked my way late into the GCSE year at the local technology college when I was 20 – and ready – for the academic part of my lifelong learning to begin.

I was a Regional Manager for a National Charity in my late 20’s, Managing Director of my own specialist transport business contracted to a National Newspaper Group at 30 and Chair of a Licensing Authority where I was also an elected member, all before I was 40.

I laugh – sadly for all the wrong reasons – whenever I hear self-aggrandizing politicians regurgitating the term ‘Social Mobility’.

I know, only too well, that very few, if any of them, understand the real and many different reasons that so many of us do not achieve our real potential – if they should actually choose to try and do so.

The people we have running the Country certainly don’t appreciate that there is a lot more to the solution than the so far futile idealistic attempts to impose a fix

Social Mobility cannot be fixed without understanding the problem

What many do not understand is that the Social Mobility issue is one that sits along the same road travelled by all of the different prejudices that have become such great celebrity causes.

The only difference is that the prejudices that create barriers to social mobility have been ringfenced by the reality that it is not fashionable for those who are rich and popular with public voices to challenge public thinking by championing the fight against poverty and the boundaries that surround it as a cause in any meaningful way.

Sadly, like many of the ills that society faces, tackling Social Mobility issues requires decision makers to actually understand the problem and then use the tools at their disposal to affect change surrounding a range of interconnected problems that are not and never can be directly in their hands.

It doesn’t matter how many initiatives that Government or the Social Mobility Commission come up with on their behalf.

It doesn’t matter how many rules or laws are created or changed to force what politicians believe to be the doors of opportunity wide open.

There is not one initiative that will work for everyone who needs help, until we have all accepted and learned to change the way that we think about anyone of anything about them that is different to what we consider to be normal – in the sense of how we see ourselves and how we were brought up or conditioned to be.

Replacing negative prejudices with positive prejudices is just swapping one set of prejudices for another. So, the result will always be unfair.

Environmental factors contribute to, but are not the Social Mobility problem

So, there’s a young couple, let’s say in their late teens or very early twenties. They are unmarried, left school with nothing more than a token GCSE each. They haven’t worked a day since they left school. They already have a baby, and another is on the way. They are in a flat provided by the local social housing association. They both drink and smoke cannabis.

If I ask you to visualise the future of those two children in your mind, what do you think?

The chances are that you, or if not you, then the majority of people you know who are like you will immediately think ‘They are totally f*****d’ – or something equally obtuse. Nonetheless, it will be VERY conclusive in terms of how that future will be defined.

And that response – or indeed anything like it in terms of Social Mobility for those children, their parents and indeed anyone else who needs help to achieve and to be the best that they can be – is a real problem for us all.

The smallest prejudices can have the greatest cost

The really challenging aspect of the answer to the Social Mobility question is the acceptance that we all have a part to play in helping others to get on.

More often than not, the part we have to play is resisting the innate prejudices that we all have – that call on us to obstruct people from progressing or accessing opportunities who we identify as being different and therefore a threat to us in some way.

Yes, the term ‘innate prejudices’ is yet another term that has and is being actively misused by the rights lobby today, simply because you cannot legislate to change the way that people think.

The spurious attempts regulate against innate prejudices are counterproductive. They make light of the reality that every one of us has innate prejudices that affect everything we do and every interaction that we have.

It is basic programming or software that constitutes the way that we think. Without modification through life learning and broad experience, it will have either been there, have been created or have been developing since the day that we were born.

We all have a part to play

The reality is that everyone has a part to play in being more considerate in the way we think about and therefore respond to others.

Social Mobility is an issue that affects people of all ages. Contrary to accepted thinking, Social Mobility is also an issue that affects people from ALL backgrounds too. Yet again, we fall into the trap of believing that Social Mobility issues only affect people that society classes as being financially poor.

For example, at one end of the spectrum:

A schoolteacher, early in their career, who lacks self-awareness and perhaps confidence too, can easily create challenges for a student that they find difficult, that they wouldn’t create if they had the benefit of understanding that wasn’t available to them that day. That student could indeed be one of those children who had come from a very challenging home environment, where the support for academic learning simply wasn’t available. Their poor behaviour was nothing more than a behavioural cry out for help and support, when they had neither the maturity nor the ability to elucidate what was going on for them. They probably worried about what the reaction of other students or the teacher would be if they even tried to do so and then when they are punished or singled out, they just have the feeling that they are not worth anyone’s time confirmed, and the whole process just becomes one further step entrenched and yet another step away from them ever finding a way out.

Then:

A senior manager is interviewing external candidates for a junior to middle management role in a corporate environment. The shortlisting went well and there are 5 candidates that on paper all achieved score levels against each and every part of the Job Description that indicates they are good for the job – subject to who comes first on interview day. The manager is looking forward to meeting one of the candidates, as beyond the scope of the questions he believes that she has experience that would bring added value to the role and has the potential to make him look very good. When the candidate walks in, the first thing that the Senior Manager notices is not the smile, or the effort that the girl makes to greet everyone with the confidence that reflects her qualifications and experience that was acknowledged by here invitation to attend interview, it’s the fact that she is tattooed from head to toe. The manager sees and hears nothing else apart from the internal dialogue that’s suggesting what an animal and source of trouble this woman could now be. It didn’t matter that the girl would have taken the Managers sales targets into a different league by the end of month 3, or that he would have had a promotion after six months because of how good his recruitment had been. It certainly didn’t matter that the girl had broken every societal shibboleth to get to that interview, having been the first from her family to even get GCSEs or A Levels – let alone the postgraduate degrees that had taken years of extra working part time jobs. His decision based on nothing but that innate prejudice against tattoos and what being tattooed actually means, meant that the company, all the people who worked there and all of their customers had lost out on years of growth and innovative product development, because instead of recruiting the best candidate because they looked different, they recruited a man who looked the part, but would not seven years later become the divisional head and later Company CEO.

Tech and the HR/Recruitment Industry has a role in the Social Mobility issue too

Okay, so the two examples I’ve just provided may have been a little long-winded. But by now you are probably beginning to get the point. If you had not been some of the way there already.

But there is another dimension to the Social Mobility question that is a very long way from the list of populist issues.

It deals with people who are in the jobs market already, rather than the pathway and barriers they experience on their journey to get there.  

This problem MUST be addressed if we are to achieve the outcome of Levelling Level and treat everyone in every situation just the same.

In terms of those who have completed their education and are at any point of their careers, the social mobility barrier that many people face are the systems that business, organisations and industries now use to recruit people and get them into interviews.

Methods that are leaving businesses and organisations short-changed in terms of their talent pool, keeping exceptional candidates out of roles they would be perfect for, and giving people who are unsuited to the role they are given, opportunities which just end up being everyone’s loss.

The issue that I am referring to is the tech-based and light-touch methods that companies, their HR people and the agents they employ to recruit people for them now use.

Software tools take the effort out of reading CVs in a way that never allow for the nuances relating to how every individual writes differently – based upon their experience. It makes no allowances for the subtleties that may be as simple as one or two industry terms being absent from a CV or covering letter, therefore not allowing all of the preprogrammed tick boxes to be completed when it comes to setting the search word terms.

The mindset across the recruitment sector has, like everything else, become obsessed with the bottom line too.

When it is not uncommon for fees to be in the range of 20-40% of the salary for the role they are recruiting, the desire to reduce risk whilst maximising profit means that using a tick box system basically guarantees that the results for the recruiter are assured, with little effort being involved.

All industries now recruit on the basis of looking for reasons to rule people out of a recruitment process, rather than looking for reasons such as the added value they bring to rule them in.

That must change if Social Mobility is to be achieved and the way we are all to be treated at every stage of our lives is both balanced and fair.

The Broken System of Governance

At some point in the very distant and historic past, somebody somewhere recognised the need for some kind of service to be provided for everyone in the community, on our collective behalf.

Through a process that probably began under the control of those with money, power and influence, the pathway of civilization brought us to a place where instead of there being services that everyone needed that were maintained under the control of specific or vested interests, services like sewage and waste management, the provision of water, looking after our roads and even our policing came under public control in the form of elected bodies that were there to represent the interests of us all.

Whilst it is staggering to know this, it is only within the past one hundred years or so that we finally reached the point where services that everyone needed every day or that everyone needed access to in the very same universal way, became fully under ‘public control’. In no small part due to the impact from and because we had to fight the Second World War.

Yes, the NHS was only born and created as a universal public health service just after WW2. An act that probably saw the zenith of public service provision, in terms of our system of government having full control over all of the public services.

It ensured that everyone had the same access, opportunities and support available to them both as individuals, but also in terms of anything -such as looking after infrastructure, where our collective interests were involved.

With a public services system or ‘public sector’ that had by this stage become so big, it was perhaps inevitable that it would take on a meaning or persona of its own.

That was of course, before politics became involved.

The abuse of power

The behavior of our MPs, the political class, the establishment that sits behind it and activist movements such as unions are the key or common components of all the problems that we now face.

Some will choose to see the last two years of our political history as the only contributing factor in terms of all the problems that are set to come.

But the uncomfortable truth for many is that the kinds of problems that society faces today are born of a rich tapestry of poor decision after poor decision, made by the wrong people being in positions of power and influence for all the wrong reasons.

Rather like the whole being greater than the sum of the parts, together all of these bad decisions have had a cumulative effect, we are now in the early stages of experiencing the related disaster unfold.

To overlook the causes of problems, or to pursue policy of any kind because of bias or influence – even because it’s the way politicians think or because of what politicians believe – rather than making decisions simply because those decisions are right for people they represent – are a massive abuse of power. It is as if a totalitarian dictatorship had been formed.

Our politicians may actually believe that they are doing the right things. But if they are not aware of themselves and their own thinking to a level where they can see where what’s good for people starts and where their self-interest ends, we are, as a Country, as communities and as individuals, pretty much damned.

And that, I am afraid to say, is where the UK finds itself today.

Seat Blocking: The wrong parties, the wrong politicians, the wrong results and a door to democracy and good leadership that is welded shut

The top-down system that thrives on a culture of assumed deference to those in positions of influence, power or roles that traditionally attract cross-community respect is broken.

Our system of governance is now dysfunctional to the point where many of the people who we should be able to trust for their integrity, purpose and ability are in fact imposters.

Yet we still have this ridiculous and illogical respect for those individuals by default – simply because of the way we have been conditioned to perceive their role.

There is no example of this problem that is more profound than the way that the British Political System and access to every level of choice and decision making with any real meaning in government across the UK is in the hands of just a few political parties that together monopolise the system and have effectively made it a closed shop.

To change how we are governed, we must change the people who govern us first

Taking the situation as it stands today and changing the system to one that works fairly for all as it should, cannot be achieved if it remains in the hands of anyone who either benefits from the system as it works today, or indeed believes that they could.

Politicians cannot deliver balanced policies that are fair to all if they are not balanced and fair in the way they look at the tasks and opportunities that face them.

Political Parties

We face a situation today where there will be no real choice for any of us when and if we choose to vote at the next General Election.

Conservative, Labour, Liberal Democrat, it doesn’t matter. They are all cut from the same cloth and have all played their part in creating the problems that we have got.

Without change – and that means having an alternative to all of them to vote for which isn’t just the same as any of them but with a different name, things will certainly change as it is inevitable that they will do so, but in terms of the societal injustice and unfairness that we are all now beginning to understand, the imbalance will simply go on in the same ways, hitting us very hard, all over again.

Because of the way that the system currently works, the political parties that we know, effectively have a monopoly on who gets into Parliament and onto local Councils too.

That means it is the political parties that decide who is best to represent us, not us. And that means that when you vote for any Conservative, Labour or Liberal candidate, they will be speaking with their party’s voice – not yours.

We all have responsibility for the people that we elect

With the majority of us having a level interest in politics and the quality or background of the people we vote for in elections being little more than surface deep, the political parties have been able to develop a system where politicians ranging from local councillors right up to the ministers who effectively run the Country today may have no relevant understanding or experience.

They offer the public nothing that makes them suitable as leaders or qualifies them to hold the responsibility that they have been given.

Whilst they may quickly move home to a constituency when they become a ‘candidate’, the reality is that few of the MPs we have in Parliament today, really have any real interest in the areas or genuine affiliation with locality they represent – other what they have created – so that they can obtain and then keep the job.

The political system today does not work on the basis of us being able to elect the best and most able public representative to serve on behalf of our community and serve our collective interest – as it should.

The people we are able to choose from on our ballot papers at elections are selected only on the basis of how likely they are to serve the purposes of their political party.

The interests our politicians represent today are not our own.

Poor Politicians = Poor Public Sector Management = Poor Public Services

When the going gets tough, the tough get going was an adage long before the arrival of the Billy Ocean pop song of the same name in the 1980’s.

Regrettably, it alludes to the reality that when times are difficult, we need strong leadership to see us through.

What it doesn’t suggest, is that the flip side to this two-edged sword is that in times of peace or stability, it is very easy for poor and weak leaders to do anything they want to try and make themselves look tough.

Until the Russian invasion of Ukraine (Which is underway as I write) the UK and most of the world had experienced and enjoyed over seventy-five years of continued peace.

Sadly, whilst challenging times – and by this, I mean genuinely challenging times, such as a World War – have the capacity to bring out the best in leadership. Whereas for us all, a period of peacetime – when circumstances and the accepted narrative suggest that our every need is taken care of – lead to complacency for anyone and everyone who is not being touched by problems that to everyone else remain unseen.

Birds of a feather flock together, and a system filled with the poorest leaders only attracts more of the same with diminishing quality that makes everything get progressively worse.

We have forgotten to value everything that is important

In the period of time immediately following the Second World War, people in this Country genuinely appreciated all that they had. Not in terms of material wealth – as rationing continued to exist into the 1950’s – but in appreciating others, their sense of community and in simply just being alive.

This didn’t last long. As the consumerist drive of the 1950’s and beyond took control, life lost the real meaning that it had.

This societal change was reflected in the development and evolution of post-war British Politics too.

The prolonged period of peace without anything but easy options being taken by the political classes – because genuine leadership has only been seen in peacetime as an option, rather than a requirement – has led to the present-day political system that has thrived on ‘easy’ being the only thing to do.

In fact, so long has the Political Party system been furloughed away from the need to provide what we would recognise as real leadership at a challenging time or within a period of National Crisis, the political class has managed to make it impossible for genuine leaders to come through and join their parliamentary ranks.

The darkness that surrounds small-minded and self-interested control freaks in public offices has led them to do everything they can to prevent light of any kind shining through that will expose them for the charlatans that they really are.

Weak leaders don’t take tough decisions. They lead by taking easy decisions and then tell us that we should believe they are tough.

Weak Political Management

Management or rather good management is not a skill that can be taught in a school, college or university.

Good management skills are based on experience that can only be gained by managing others in a real-life environment where people can only fully utilise their own skills when outcomes are clearly set, and the frameworks are policed so that delivery is achieved.

The political system that we have today doesn’t value this reality as it should.

MPs are typically drawn from the ranks of activists, think-tankers, people working in Westminster or on the Parliamentary Estate. They are people who have probably chosen to pursue politics as a career, when in reality, public service and public representation cannot be and should never be treated as any such thing.

The people we have leading us today, in the majority, have no real experience of life. They have no real experience of managing others. They certainly do not have the understanding of looking at the way an organisation or operation functions, and then being able to delegate through instruction to others, what they need to do in order to achieve a result or to just make a service work.

This has regrettably led to a situation where we have MPs and people running the Country who do not have the wherewithal to ‘make things happen’. They certainly do not know what to do other than to say yes, when a civil servant, government officer or an advisor says no.

So long has this process within the wheels of government now been at work, that civil servants, government officers and advisors are now able to dictate the direction that public policy goes.

This is undemocratic. It means that decisions are not being made for all.

The self-idolatry of the Public Sector

Without good leadership and the oversight that goes with it, the public sector – or rather the executive, administrative of operational functions of it, have effectively been allowed to run riot.

Indeed, it is no accident that the public sector has become the sclerotic money pit that it has. The situation now exists where public sector organisations take a view on the public policies that are generated from above, and then interpret this in the way that it works best for them (the managers).

The complete lack of commerciality means that there is no reference point or incentive to find more cost-effective ways of operating. Instead, the public sector has been actively encouraged to become bloated on the staffing side, with the bill to the public purse being again and again massively enlarged.

Without the system of checks and balances that political leadership with real-life and real-world experience offers, the mentality of the public sector has become very much that ‘we are the ones who are in charge’.

Laws for laws sake

We have a public sector that runs and operates for all the wrong reasons. We have a political system that sits above it as its political master, that is filled with politicians who will not tackle the issues or take the decisions that they are there to take.

When politicians and public sector organisations aren’t doing their job or rather have nothing to do, they feel obliged to justify their existence, simply so that they can continue doing whatever they actually do, rather than what we are told they do.

This process inevitably leads to the creation of problems or even the division of existing problems to create new ones. Processes exist that literally go in search or more problems, so that politicians and Public Sector organisations can find new ways to justify why they actually exist.

As all of these functions are established on the basis of public policy, it therefore becomes necessary that more public policy or more laws are created to enable them to continue to exist.

The need for regulatory balance

If politicians and public servants were being completely honest about their jobs and responsibilities, they would already be doing a lot more than they already do.

They would also recognise that they don’t need more responsibility than they already have.

They would in fact understand that they would be better giving much of that power back.

However, once again there is a complete avoidable battle between the ideology of the Left that created this mission-creep culture, and that of the slash and burn approach adopted by the Right

Earlier, we discussed the approach or philosophy that drives the Right that we know as Neoliberalism.

One of the tenets of this highly flawed and self-serving philosophy is the removal or reduction of rules, laws and red tape – or what is commonly known as the process of deregulation.

In context, the push from the Right would see not only the unnecessary rules and regulations that have been created by the Left-wing rights culture destroyed. It would also see the removal of many of the regulatory tools and devices that provide genuine checks and balances across society – the ones that are actually serving us right.

Business & Finance: The tail that really wags the dog

Politics, the politicians that we have and the way that they do politics are the root cause of the problems that we have.

But they are closely aided and abetted by the role that the monster they have created in the form of the public sector plays.

Government provides services through the public sector, and it legislates or sets the rules that provide the framework for how everything else works too.

Whilst so many of our problems have been created by Government and the Public Sector through their obsessive fervor to try and control everything by creating rules on top of rules, their approach to business and money has been very different.

In the case of business and in particular the UK Financial and Banking Sector, successive governments have stepped further and further away from legislating to govern how the money men behave.

They have done so to the point where this massively overvalued sector is basically allowed to set its own rules.

Neoliberalism, Free Markets and Modern Monetary Theory (MMT) are only able to function if government is involved as little as possible. This is achieved through the spinning of the myth that everything that bankers and financiers do is done with our best interests at heart, and that their increased freedom is balanced by the altruistic nature of unbridled market forces which replace the need for government intervention and care.

(SPOILER: They certainly don’t)

When our political classes have bought in to the lie that money is the only thing that can really solve any problem, and those same politicians are basically blind to the way that the money system works, it means that we have money men not only able to exert such influence on politicians that they actually have a different set of rules for them than those we have for us, they are also able to set the rules that govern the value, our access to and the way that money works for all of us.

Money doesn’t exist

It is worth repeating many times over.

Money doesn’t exist.

Money has no value.

Money is nothing more than a medium of exchange or what began as a very practical way to create a universal system of exchange that meant we were only two transactions from offering what we have in exchange for what we want.

Up until 1971, a system called the Gold Standard existed. Any money that we had in our hands – whether it was in the form of notes, or coins of whatever value, actually corresponded to the same amount of gold, which was then held in the vaults at the Bank of England (or wherever the safest place at any particular time to store a very large amount of Gold actually was).

At the behest of people with big ideas who knew better, following many of the ways of thinking that ultimately have dictated the way that we now live, the Gold Standard was effectively abolished and the money in circulation was no longer tied or anchored to anything of real value.

The removal of this anchor or tie, gave the money men the scope to invent more and more elaborate and complicated ways to create, hide and multiply the value of the money they managed. Even though and especially so, that to all intents and purposes, the money they use to buy things, pay each other and yes, lend to all of us at substantial rates of interest – doesn’t actually exist.

The world we live in revolves around the value that we attribute to money.

We have made our way of living all about belief in something that doesn’t actually exist.

And we have got to this place because we are all victims of what is likely to be the greatest confidence trick that the World has ever seen.

Credit

The reality that money not only doesn’t exist, but that bankers and financiers actually create it out of thin air is so troubling that for many of us, even the suggestion of this is too ridiculous to believe.

If that is hard enough, the next twist of the knife that the few have been cutting and abusing us all with is that they also manage, control and police credit ratings, credit checks and the rules that govern your credit worthiness too.

In a world that we are conditioned to believe revolves around money, this means that the people who create money are the very same people who control everything that relates to what we believe to be our wealth and financial status – right down to the value of the smallest thing that we own.

If you have never had to worry about paying a bill, paying the balance of your credit card off at the end of every month, or had to go to a bank (if you are one of the lucky ones) or a loan shark (if you are not) to get a loan, I can only really say that’s great, have a high-five and good for you.

Regrettably, very many of us have and do have those worries.

Right now, the number of people having to look this experience in the eye is growing, more and more each day, as the impact of the cost-of-living crisis comes firmly into sight.

Truth is stranger than fiction

The pernicious irony of all this is that the people who have created or played key roles in the creation of the cost-of-living crisis are the same people who are setting the terms and requirements of credit and loans.

As a society that overtly prides itself on fair play (or historically has done so), we recognise that balance and fairness is not normally achieved when the beneficiaries of a system are also the managers of that system, and the rules have been developed so that it appears to be legitimate for them to ‘self-police’.

Yet this is exactly where we are.

Lies only work until you don’t believe them anymore

The good news is that the money lie is coming to its end. In fact, the purpose of this book is to discuss what happens next and the good we will all have the power to do both for ourselves and for others, after the lie is fully revealed and this damning chapter of our history comes to its end.

The bad news – or at least the temporary bad news – is that we all have to wake up from the drug addiction that we have to wealth and money. The change that our politicians and leaders have made inevitable is change the change that we need. But the circumstances that accompany the process of that change will require that we all do cold turkey, and that will be painful for a period of time.

Yes, events happening around us are dictating change and the pace of that change. It is our experience of those events and the light that they will shine on how politicians, decision makers and influencers really behave and how they have been behaving, that will expose the corrupt system that we have to thought-changing truth.

Opinion, Fake News, Spin and the role of the Media

The incompetence of our politicians would not have been the success that it has been, without the media having had the role it has and having been there to tell us that it is so.

So little of the news that we see and hear on so-called mainstream channels and stations is actually news, that propaganda should really be switched with news as the recognisable term for all that well known current-affairs mediums actually do.

Whether it is the agendas of the owners or political masters of the channels and platforms that set directional agendas, or just the personal motives and the experience of life that drives then journalists and presenters themselves, the reality that we face is that opinion and news have long since become a wholly interchangeable term.

The irony is that the opinion which is probably as much as 90% if not more of what the content of mainstream news and current affairs commentary really now consists of, is in reality a sanctioned or legitimised flow of fake news.

The only thing that makes mainstream sources any different to the content which comes from YouTubers, TikTokkers and social media commentators who are attempting to share helpful programming – other than the fact that the 10% news is even less that the alternative – is the fact that the programming is seen as reliable BECAUSE it is the mainstream.

‘Bullshit has its own sound’

Of course, as individuals looking out on the world as it is today, we can too easily be led to believe that it is only us – and strange as it may seem, the few people around us that we care to talk to – who see everything that is wrong in the world around us and with the narratives that we continually hear.

What I can tell you now is that this is a very long way from being the case. It is only the way that we are surrounded by a flow of information, coming at us from each and every direction in the information technology age – that tells us and then repeatedly confirms to us – that the narratives which override our own common sense and what our instincts tell us – are able to thrive and continue to exist.

Bullshit really does have its own sound, and the sources and perpetrators of the lies that have made life so unbearable for many, in so many different ways, – whilst suggesting that we are the only ones who think that way or even worse, that we are actually alone – are in the process of being uncovered and shown to us all for what they really are.

Focusing on difference creates division itself

Within the narrative that has slowly but surely been tearing British culture apart, whilst giving just about every one of us an identity crisis as we try to fathom out the question of whether we should feel guilty for simply being the people that we really are and should be proud to be, there is a self-serving and self-propagating process at work.

Actually, it’s a rather large elephant that sits in this room, and it’s the reality that whenever we focus on any difference between anyone, we are highlighting or amplifying that difference, and creating division or further divisions between us or between members of society as we do.

We are all different to each other, whether those differences are physical or just in the way that we think. And the damage that wokeism and political correctness is doing only fails to be evident, because the success of this subversive culture is less than surface deep and championed only by sleepwalking groupthink.

Part 2 – The future and the stepping off point today into change

Part 2 covers the realities of dealing with the changes that the collapse of everything we know will bring and how the changing world and the need for very different processes and ways of living will make this necessary.

We will look at how we can use these experiences positively to improve our own lives and as the benchmark for the process of Levelling Level to create a system that doesn’t allow or tolerate involuntary disadvantage for anyone and creates a system that is balanced and fair for all.

The Great Correction

As I write, two years of the Covid Pandemic, the impact of Government Covid Measures and even the Partygate scandal that was looking more and more as if it was about to unseat Prime Minister Boris Johnson, all seem to have disappeared or somehow morphed straight into the Russian invasion of Ukraine.

The Media are already beginning to create or rather craft a new narrative around what the politicians are doing that will frame the Ukraine Crisis as the real reason for what will soon become a systemic and financial collapse that touches just about everything that we know.

The problems that we will have to face will be so big and so profound that there will be no narrative that even the cleverest of the people working on ‘nudges’ and manipulation of the kind used on us all during the Covid Pandemic will be able to use to cover their political masters’ tracks.

The Government will not be able to make people look at the problems they face differently. Because we will have moved from being manipulated by the fear of what could be, to dealing with the pain and impact of what already is in our lives.

The Great Correction will not be a single event that we recognise as being what it is that has arrived in one moment or we woke up to following its arrival overnight.

The Great Correction is already underway. Kicked off by the handling of events that will prove to have been catalyst because of the way they have been handled, they are the culmination of many other events and hinge on decades of bad decisions being made before.

We are experiencing the first stages of the Great Correction in the price rises, cost of living crisis and everything that is beginning to happen around us. Each and every part will add up to change which when we look back many years from now will be seen in a way that we will not believe that we have lived through and experienced ourselves.

Unsustainable Living. Unsustainable everything. Unsustainable for too long.

Together, it doesn’t matter whether it’s the cost-of-living crisis, energy prices, the way that Covid was handled, food poverty and hunger, social mobility issues, climate change, housing shortages, immigration or indeed any other problem that we can see.

These problems have been developing, growing and creating even more issues through their knock-on effects over a period of many years.

Today, more and more people are asking questions about why things really are the way that they are, rather than simply accepting them as being normal, as we have been doing – and have been encouraged to do so by narratives – for a very long time.

Regrettably, bad decision making can take a very long time to work through and can remain unhindered up until the end result. It can and will cause a lot of pain to innocent people, before it finally does.

No public policy – or the effect thereof – that hurts people or is unfair to anyone is sustainable in the long term. And the long term can be a very long time indeed.

Even then, when vested interests benefit from the existence of that policy or that approach, they will do all that they can to keep that opportunity open – or to maintain that narrative, often being consciously unaware of or blind to the pain that they cause to so many others by doing so.

Many different things haven’t been working as they should – and have been hurting people as a result – for all that time.

So many, in fact, that there is very little public policy that now exists or works proactively to create or maintain a balanced way of living in any genuine way.

What is remarkable about this situation is just how ridiculous the situation has become, where so much has been wrong about the way that we live, but at the same time, because of just how bad things are, the wrong people have been able to succeed at keeping things as they are, or indeed actually making them worse.

The fact is that the wrong leaders give us the wrong results.

Business as usual, is over

Perhaps the most critical dimension of writing Levelling Level, has been the challenge of putting on paper what some will read or perceive as being predictions at best and complete nonsense at its absolute worst.

However, all of the information and evidence that now makes Levelling Level necessary has been hiding in plain sight for as long as the decisions and actions creating the need for change have one-by-one, taken place. The direction of travel is very real indeed.

People are very comfortable with the way that the world has been working for a period of time that for many equates to the same thing as living memory.

Let’s face it. When things are good, why would you believe that they could ever change?

Of course, just like the enjoyment of alcohol and the massive influence that it holds on the lifestyles of so many of us, when we are enjoying something, we rarely think about or acknowledge the harm that it may also be doing us too. Yet these are real harms that far outweigh what are only the perceived benefits that we only believe to be making us happy, but are in fact storing up disasters for us in a myriad of other ways.

The obsession with material wealth and the use of money and finance as the benchmark of life that it has become, revolves around the very worst and self-serving aspects of capitalism.

Through the manipulation that underpins consumerism and fashion, unchecked capitalism has effectively taken control of our lives – even dictating the pain and punishment that arrives by default, at the doors of those who for whatever reason cannot afford to actively take part.

To many, this is just the way things are, or what some see as ‘Business as Usual’.

Yet what those of us are so heavily invested in this way of living and what we believe to be the benefits it gives us don’t yet accept or understand is that Business as usual is already over.

The collapse that will lead to this all changing is already underway.

Politicians caused the mess. But they have no control over what happens next

Many of us scoff at or simply do not like the idea that there are forces at work that are out of our control.

The reality is that the reason that terms such as ‘The Hand of God’ or The Invisible Hand’ make a lot of sense to those who observe how events come together and then create particular results, is because there will often be no logical reason or excuse that can be seen to explain how things ended up the way that they did, or the chain or events or decisions that made them so.

Our default setting is to look for the first excuse or reason that makes sense of anything.

That is why in an age when our leaders, the establishment and the media don’t normally speak with sincerity or truth, many of us are both open and vulnerable to the idea or suggestion of conspiracies that come from what we consider to be any credible voice.

Yet, the reality is that the unsustainable way of living that greed and the obsession with money has imposed across the world, has, under the guidance of the wrong politicians, come at a considerable cost to us all. Not just because of the end results like you and I experience. But because their actions have pushed everything about life and the world we live in out of balance.

It is natural that the balance has to be restored.

Ironically for our leaders, it is their own way of looking at the world and the decisions that they make in each and every moment, that has created the circumstances where all of the problems that they have created and maintained are coming to a head.

Brexit, Covid & Ukraine: The Catalysts of Change

Not everyone understands or accepts the principles of the Butterfly Effect or the Ripple Effect.

But as I wrote and discussed in my e-book Small Decisions have Big Consequences, the significant issues that we face today will have come about as the result of many different decisions that those taking them would never had such consequences in mind.

At the time of writing, most of the voices that I hear or read have become obsessed with the invasion of Ukraine.

Yet their obsession is about the now, and what it means in the future for them.

There is little in terms of thought being given to what the events we are experiencing in Ukraine really signify. Or more importantly, what influence the Ukraine Crisis and how it is handled by our politicians will mean in relation to what happened before, and where the world and how we live will go next – once the immediate crisis has itself disappeared from the news.

David Cameron led to the EU Membership Referendum. The EU Membership Referendum led to Brexit. Brexit led to Theresa May. Theresa May led to the near three-year Parliamentary logjam. The near three-year Parliamentary logjam led to Boris Johnson. Boris Johnson led to the unnecessary Covid Measures. The unnecessary Covid measures precipitated the coming collapse and cost of living crisis. And then Vladimir Putin got involved…

These are events that are in public view. They are happening at the ‘macro level’. But their implications and consequences, along with the influences that guide their next steps, are happening concurrently at the ‘micro level’ – that’s in all of our lives – too.

As this book is about the process and outcome of Levelling Level – and what we will experience in the coming years or during what comes ‘next’, I will not dwell on the mechanics of Brexit, Covid, or even todays Crisis in Ukraine – especially as I have covered these in other Books and within my Blogs.

However, Brexit was the first stage of what in future is likely to prove to be a trilogy of key events, that through the actions, responses and decisions of our politicians, through the Covid Pandemic and the Covid Measures that they imposed, and then on to the way they have handled Ukraine and used it with other purposes in mind, they have effectively sealed the deal on the Great Correction – that bit by bit will change life as we know it, probably for many years to come.

The Correction of all that we know and the end of Top-Down hierarchy

Reset might be an easier word to use when it comes to discussing a review of everything that changes every part of the system so that it works better than it has been doing.

But as I have come to realise as I have been writing about the coming correction over a growing period of time, the term reset also suggests keeping the same system that we have – and with it comes the suggestion of keeping the same system of government and leadership, with just the levels or the measures within the system being reset.

That simply will not work. It will not benefit us in any way.

As Einstein said, ‘Insanity is doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results’, and this, without question, applies to the top-heavy hierarchical system and the people we today have at the top.

Everything quite literally needs to be corrected, so that we are once again back on the right path.

The right path is about appreciating and feeling good about the things in life that are really important.

It has got nothing to do with what we own, what we earn, or what we have.

Systemic Collapse

There is little doubt that to many reading this book around the time that it is published, the content will reflect what looks like an entirely different world to the one that we see around us.

Yet our lives continuously revolve around acts and events that create change. It’s just very difficult to see and appreciate – with the way that the world works today – that the kind of change that is now required – can only come about through a series of events or experiences that are equal to a complete systemic collapse. A collapse that causes enough pain that we all accept that we have to act.

That collapse is already underway. It is reaching us through the experiences that we have had through the Covid Years. It is reaching us through what we see happening in Ukraine. It is reaching us through the cost-of-living crisis that is unfolding around us.

It is now time to accept that things will never be the same again.

As the impact of these events that are happening on our TV Screens and on our social media feeds begin to physically touch our real lives, more and more of us will realise that what has been happening is wrong.

We won’t only accept we need it, but we will also actively encourage and then embrace change.

The biggest change that we will have to encounter and travel through will be in relation to the way that we think.

Once we have again learned to value what is important and value each other as we really always should, then we can begin the process of rebuilding the world around us, correcting everything that touches our lives and the lives of others, so that the system we live in works as it really should.

Every solution or suggestion for Levelling Level addresses the issues or effects of problems by dealing with the causes

Every problem that has been discussed in this book alludes to ways of being, laws, regulations, policies and the actions or activities of politicians that have either allowed or encouraged these problems to exist.

They are the apparent causes of many of the problems that we face, yet they themselves are in many cases only the effects.

Many of the problems that exist have been made worse by the fact that politicians and leaders have treated the effects of problems as if they themselves are the cause.

We have literally found ourselves in the mess that we are now, because the effect of one problem has been addressed as if it’s the cause, leading to another or more effects which have then been treated the same. Meanwhile, all the time this has been happening, nobody has ever dealt with the real or root cause.

The suggestions I have made all relate to where the root or real cause of all the problems lie.

When it comes down to it, the real change is one for all of us and that change is about our approach to life.

Always do the right thing

Like just about everything in this world, even ‘doing the right thing’ is a term that is open to interpretation, depending on way you think, or the priorities in your life that are involved.

In fact, so ridiculously grey is the area or cloud that surrounds ‘doing the right thing’, that if you were to sit down with the politicians running the UK today, or the journalists and commentators reporting on it in the media, and then ask them, ‘do you always do the right thing?’, the chances are that they could look you straight in the eye and honestly answer you yes.

And they wouldn’t be lying either. The difference is that they would always be doing the right thing for them. They wouldn’t be doing the right thing for everyone else.

Yes. There is a massive difference. But the two get massively confused.

Doing the right things for them is how politicians and people with influence and power got us all into the mess that we are in.

They have made decision after decision, based on the consequences they foresaw for themselves as a result of doing whatever they have then done, rather than basing those decisions on what would be the effect or consequences for us all.

The problem has always been that no decision is made with isolated consequences, particularly at public level. And every decision that has been made to benefit specific rather than the public interest, has been made with consideration only for the impact or consequences for that specific few and without any consideration for the impact upon everyone else – who will inevitably also be involved.

Actions always have consequences, and we all need to adopt a way of thinking that enables us to discern between whether the actions we are about to take have consequences for anyone other than us who may directly or indirectly become involved.

Whilst many may try to do so, we can never guarantee the options or choices that will be made available to us even two steps down the line.

In fact, there are no guarantees that even the consequences of the next decision that we make in the here and now will turn out exactly as we had anticipated or as we would like.

If we learn to take each and every decision in life based only on what we know our best judgement on what the impact of that specific choice in the moment will be, and then make the right choice for everyone who will be touched by that decision, we will always end up in the best place that we can be – no matter how hard we anticipate that choice will turn out to be for us personally.

The Great Reset & The New World Order Conspiracy

It’s difficult to talk about the change that is already underway, without acknowledging the story of the ‘Great Reset’ that has been propagated by people within organisations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF).

The problem with the conspiracy theory about a world takeover that accompanies it, is that at present, the model that the WEF is promoting is likely to become reality. Not because these people have any real power. But because they have enough about them to predict what the public reaction to change of the kind we have already begun to experience over the past two years, and what comes next will be.

Hats off to them, the elites know that we are now in a period of significant change. But no matter how much they may desire to manage and own that change, so that they can remain in control of the ‘new world [order]’ that is to come, the Achilles heel that will down them is that they are the architects of all of these problems and the problems they have created are too big for small minded and selfish people to control.

Just remember that in a system that works for them as it now feels it always has, the elites will always appear to be in charge until the very moment that everyone else accepts that they are not.

Do conspiracy theories have any grounding in all this?

As I have just touched on the WEF and New World Order conspiracy, it’s only fair that I mention not only the apparently large number of conspiracy theories that are around at the moment – particularly in relation to Vaccinations and the ‘Covid Measures’, but also the question that surrounds the reasons why people we would otherwise believe to be sensible and grounded, appear to have jumped right in.

If you have read this far into Levelling Level, you will almost certainly have begun to appreciate how different things really are in terms of the way the UK is managed, as opposed to how they either appear to be, or how we are told they are.

People are not stupid. In fact, even those without big words, technical understanding or the academic or experiential grounding that it often takes to be able to take public policy apart, know and understand at an intrinsic or visceral level that something is fundamentally wrong and that things simply don’t add up.

In the absence of good leaders who have built their foundations and messages on truth, people awakening to the presence of a government culture built on spin, messaging or outright lies, begin looking for alternative voices and information that feels credible and explains or gives some logic to why things are happening the way that they are.

The most regrettable part about the rise in popularity of conspiracy theories is that many of those looking for answers or someone to blame in an environment like we have right now, find it too easy to believe that many of the voices on social media that offer an alternative route to the one our current politicians offer, are leaders who can be trusted.

A New Practical Reality

Circumstances will dictate the changes that lie ahead.

The changes we face will not be dictated by politicians or the elites as we know them in any form.

The Ideas and ideologies, often written by people who have never even experienced the times we are living in, that have previously driven our system of leadership and the direction that it then takes all of us, will be replaced by public policy and a way of living that based on practical need, rather than the impractical idealism that our current political culture represents.

That isn’t to say that we will not always be looking for ways to improve our lives and the world around us.

It will simply be that the motives and reasoning for doing so will be based only on improving life for everyone, rather than because of the benefit to self-interest or profit margins as is predominantly the case with everything now.

The Correction of Prices

It is important to not get hung up on the terminologies being used.

Words have different meanings and different uses for different people, and in no industry or situation have so many esoteric terms been in use with the deliberate intent of suggesting that magicians are at work as there are today within the financial or banking trades.

Money behaves as it does today and the goods and services that we need and used are priced as they are, because it has been in somebody’s interest – usually making profit – for them to work in that way.

As we established earlier, a reset in its most literal form will not help anyone as we go forward.

It would simply mean that we have the same players and influences sat at the top of a system where nothing works as well and in fact gets progressively worse for every level of the hierarchy, as you travel down.

The collapse of everything that is underway will, through a chain of events, reach a place where we will all accept that the financial system that we have and the way that money is managed and used to control every part of life, cannot continue as it has.

The prices of everything that is essential to live and to survive will have to reflect its true cost to produce or provide, with the least number of separate interests in that system of supply – or the supply chain that is involved.

This inevitable process or correction of prices will result in what appears to be a devaluation of the Pound.

But as a process that compressively corrects the pricing of everything and takes it back to a level that reflects its true value, the value of everything that we own will remain exactly the same in relative terms.

It is just the case that the way we calculate costs, profitability and how we are taxed on what we have or possess from that point onwards that will no longer be the same.

True Value

In the future, prices will reflect what they really cost to produce and get to you, with only an appropriate layer of profit added at the minimum number of stages of the supply chain that are necessary for any essential goods or service provision to reach you.

For instance, you buy a loaf of bread from the baker. The baker buys the flour from the miller. The miller buys the wheat from the farmer. That’s three necessary points in the supply chain that get you a loaf of bread.

What we don’t then need is a broker buying the wheat from the farmer that he hasn’t even grown yet, and then selling it on to a grain merchant when it has actually been produced, with both of these two stages themselves adding unnecessary work and additional profit for themselves, all adding to the end cost for you.

This example is a very simplified view – and deliberately so.

Try to visualise just how many different interests have and are able to become involved with the process or supply chain providing goods and services, where global and even UK-wide supply chains are at work.

The prices of everything have been massively overinflated without any additional value being added to the end product.

This is one of the key reasons why we will return to supply chains that are as local as it is possible for them to be, and a system where only recognisable players – who are adding value to the end product – are actually involved.

The Debt Jubilee

Within the Great Correction, the change from a system that has been skewed in the favour of the money men and the belief in money and wealth, will require the way that everything we own is also valued. This necessarily means reevaluating how we see and manage past debt.

The best way to ensure fairness – in a system where money lenders have been lending out money that has no value and charging interest for it, is to reimagine that debt and recalculate it so that it no longer exists.

This isn’t a suggestion that we all embark on some giant game of musical chairs where we all suddenly own outright what is in our possession when the music of the old system stops.

But it does mean that ownership of everything must be revalued to be proportionate.

Where major assets such as land and resources are concerned, if they are not to be returned to or held in public or community hands, the new system of taxation will reflect the benefit to the private owner, so that the benefit from its utility is shared via the community for the benefit of us all.

A new age based on speaking the truth

Whilst there are many problems that are being caused by the impact and reach of social media, the availability of information and the evolution of how it is affecting life is a process that politicians are unable to control.

The example of Vladimir Putin’s attempts to tell the West that the bombing of Ukraine was fake news being the case in point.

No matter how hard any controlling politician tries, they will not prevent the dissemination of information within audiences that they wish to control.

Ironically, whilst fake news – or what in mainstream media terms is the publishing of opinion that we are then told is news – is causing governments around the world all sorts of problems, the end destination of what we are witnessing will be a new reality for truth and openness. One where leaders will only be able to function by telling is the truth, as the sheer weight of numbers of information sources will make it impossible for them to do otherwise.

The myth that wage rises are the only way we can afford to live

If you are reading this from the perspective of one of so many of us who are today feeling the pinch and are becoming more and more aware of just how expensive it is becoming to live, the fact is that a rise in your income level – whatever that income might be – is probably the one thing or the one solution for you that will make immediate and overwhelming sense.

Whilst a rise in income is always dependent upon factors that are external to us – for instance how much we can get our employer to raise our weekly wage, we nonetheless feel that it is directly within our control, because our income is directly linked to what we personally do or what assets or investments we personally control.

Income is within our personal bubble or sphere of responsibility. So, when we believe we have enough income to cover all of our costs and all the things that we want, we can easily – and happily – conclude that all is ok in terms of our relationship with the world.

Yet the problem with us only thinking about money in terms of whether we have enough of it to pay for whatever it is we want to bring into our lives, means that our state of happiness is constantly and continuously being dictated by the prices – and therefore the decisions made by others out in that world.

In reality, we do not have control over our happiness, because the affordability of everything that we need and want is inevitably under someone else’s control. And what is more, our ability to afford all of it is also set by someone else too.

OK, so I can almost hear the thought bounding back at me here that says, ‘that’s just how the world works’ or ‘that’s just the way things work’. And yes, on the face of it, that is how it is.

But ‘that’s just the way it is’ exists, only because that’s what we have so far been prepared to accept.

We accept it because that’s how we have been taught, conditioned or programmed to think.

It was or would only ever be safe to think this way, IF we could trust the people who are in power to ensure that all of those influences and the power that dictates the prices we pay and the income that we receive were fair. That they were genuinely representative of what things cost, and that the ‘system’ was being managed in exactly the way that it should be.

But the people we trust who we have trusted with OUR power are not doing their jobs. In fact, they either don’t know how to do their jobs or are deliberately not doing them – because it benefits them in some way to turn a blind eye.

Life must be affordable for all

Prices and the cost of living are out of control because nobody is running a system of checks and balances that actually works or operates on the basis that life actually needs to be affordable for all.

Just because you can, doesn’t mean you should

Furthermore, those who are able to dictate prices are not doing so on the basis of taking only what they need. For the same reasons as that absence of checks and balances, they charge whatever they want and take whatever they want not because they should or because they need to, but because they can.

It is the responsibility of government to create and police a framework for an affordable life that works

The people whose responsibility to make sure that we don’t have to worry about prices, inflation and why everything inexplicably costs as much as it does, are our politicians – nobody else.

Our politicians are the people who put themselves forward to all of us for election on the basis that they are qualified, have the wherewithal or that they possess the experience, understanding and skills that are necessary to interpret everything that is going on in the world that impacts each and every one of our lives. They also do so on the basis that they have the vision and leadership skills to then come up with solutions and changes in the form of public policies that are not only fair and balanced for everyone – but they also actually work.

With the existing political culture that we have in power and occupying seats in our Parliament, within the devolved Administrations and within every Council across the Country today, none of the issues that are having a real impact on our lives that could be addressed, are being tackled as they should.

In fact, the majority of the politicians who have been elected by us have no idea or concept of the power that they actually have and are entitled to use on our behalf.

Others willfully choose not to do so, because for reasons of self-interest or because they have been influenced wrongly by others, taking action that can actually make a difference to the people they are supposed to be representing is something that will not help them, themselves.

Nobody has the right to make a profit

Nobody has the right to make a profit. They certainly do not have the right to make a profit by exploiting others, or by forcing them into arrangements that they simply cannot afford.

Yet this is the situation that exists in this Country today, simply because our MPs and Politicians – the people we have trusted to look after us – are not doing and are not up to the job.

Prices are at the highs that they are and are now rising all the time, because it is in the interests of others for them to do so.

The prices that we are being asked to pay, simply do not reflect the real – and much lower costs.

Self-interest is a powerful influence, because those who are driven to do everything that benefits themselves are more than happy to bring others into their plans so that one becomes just a few who benefit from the result.

Levelling Level is about genuine social justice, not pursuing socialism itself

I am acutely aware that those particularly on the right, which will include those who are keen exponents of Neoliberal thinking and policy, will deliberately see the drive and direction of this book as being socialist.

Yet socialism has already failed, despite the ridiculous protestations from the Left that it only failed because it’s never been done right.

Socialism has failed, because we all have an inner capitalist within.

The whole drive and direction of this work is the creation and implementation of what will be nothing more than a level playing field. So that those who are creative, hardworking and entrepreneurial can ethically thrive, whilst those who are driven differently and for whatever reason are just happy to exist, can do so, without those who are in a dreamed-up race to the top continually changing the rules of the game so that less ends up being even less, whilst more just adds more.

Contrary to current and unethical capitalist thinking, you do not need to attain or maintain excessive personal wealth in order to thrive.

If the rules of the game are fair to everyone, the players in the background can still enjoy taking part, whilst those who have pushed themselves will always have the opportunity to cross the line and feel like they have achieved a win.

Ethical Capitalism: Prioritising good, happy lives for everyone over profit for the few

It doesn’t matter what goods you buy, or what services you need to hire in. There isn’t one industry that exists now that hasn’t had the desire the people within it have to be the best at what they do and deliver the best they can for the customers they serve, replaced by the prioritisation that work is all about what they can make (£).

People used to think about careers in terms of the enjoyment, satisfaction and sense of personal achievement that it would bring them. Now, young people look at qualifications, courses, careers and social media in terms of what money, glory and celebrity will give them instead.

Money and wealth are the motivation and underlying aim in all that we do. So even the few who do desire to continue working ethically are now restricted from doing so, because the community or industry that they function within no longer operates in the same way that they wish to.

In a world where all systems and ways of working will be brought back into balance – which is what this document here proposes – there will be no reason for anyone to not function and to approach their work ethically, always looking at what they do in terms of the effect, consequences and benefits not just for them, but for everyone.

The reality is that profit should always be the happy consequence of doing any job well.

Profit or personal gain should never be the sole aim of doing anything.

The Spiritual or Religious side of this new age

Whilst not everyone chooses to broadcast the fact, increasing numbers of us see ourselves as being Spiritual rather than religious, and within that bandwidth, follow a wide range of ways of thinking that have basically replaced the place that faith in a religion previously held for us all in some way.

Like religion before it, new age thinking has created a ringfenced system of piousness where talk of great awakenings, raising consciousness and personal journeys, encouraged by astrology, tarot and ‘enlightened thinking’ still encourages people to completely miss the point.

The point of getting life right for us as individuals is that our own progress is about playing our part in getting life right for us all.

We cannot run away from the role that we have to play in creating a new, balanced and fair world for all. by only focusing on what is good for us. This is just another way of prioritising our own self-interest in what only looks like being a different way to what everyone else has been doing or already does.

The events and the changes that are happening around us will inevitably be interpreted in many different ways.

But in practical terms or objective ways of thinking, the new way of living or the new world that we will experience once we come out of the other side of all this will overtly look and feel very much the same.

The key is finding peace and acceptance with who we are in all this, rather than who we believe we should be.

Taxing value rather than effort

Taxation is one of those things that everyone hates but accepts under what is perhaps the most ridiculous use of the shibboleth, it’s just how it is’.

In a response to one of my blogs I wrote a few years ago, a student suggested that taxation was a ‘voluntary’ process. I replied that the reason people paid their taxes without any apparent friction, was because it is the law for them to pay tax and to do so – not because it’s a voluntarily act.

At a deeper level, the student was arguably right. Because the fact that we don’t question the ridiculously extensive nature of the UK Tax Codes does indeed mean that in a counterintuitive way, we have voluntarily accepted the complexity and therefore the unfairness of the system that we have got.

Of course, it is the complexity, and the sheer volume of the UK Tax Code which stands at over seventeen thousand pages (17,000) and over a million words in length, demonstrates perhaps uniquely well how the more detail you have in legislation, the more holes you create for an entire industry of highly paid accountants to get their wealthy clients through.

The fairest way to pay tax, is for everyone to be treated exactly the same, and that means that everyone pays in the same way – which will always be the simplest way.

We occasionally hear talk of a ‘flat tax’, that is known to be a topic that our politicians avoid like the plague. They avoid it because of the upset it would cause the people who currently have so much influence over them and do so well from finding their way through those complexities that we have just discussed.

But a flat tax – which would mean everyone, and everything is taxed at the same rate, will not in itself go anywhere near enough to achieve the outcome of Levelling Level itself.

For reasons – which yes, once again, only benefit the rich and those with considerable wealth – the whole direction of Taxation in the UK today, is skewed towards productivity and output, rather than what anyone owns, manages or has sat idle in some form that is stashed away.

Taxing work and effort is a foolish thing to do, that contributes greatly to the difficulties and challenges that those on lower levels of pay face. It also works against social mobility, as it restricts the money available for people to ‘better themselves’ – perhaps by investing or starting a business – that would allow them to achieve and realise the aims they have – which should then be the focus of a much fairer and balanced system of tax.

Because the UK doesn’t currently tax land and resources that are held in private hands but provide the raw materials that are essential to daily life, those few that ‘own’ them suffer no discouragement from charging exactly what they like – and making no proportional payment back into the community pot as they do.

Equally, as public investment in infrastructure such as roads, railways, airports bring business to new areas and adds value to premises those private interests own, there is currently no system in place to tax the benefit to the company or the individual that they have gained for no reason other than it being the right time and the right place.

The argument that taxes are too complicated to overhaul holds no water. Like everything else, the only reason for arguing against change or for our politicians refusing to do so when they understand, is because there are powerful vested interests that benefit from not being taxed on capital and land, and an entire industry or profession exists that was created and developed to make the tax burden less and less painful, depending proportionately upon how much you are able to pay.

This must change.

The Basic Living Standard

Adults, working a full working week in any job at any level, must be able to feed, house, clothe and provide adequately for their own transport needs, whilst providing basic necessities such as communication themselves, without the need for credit, loans, benefits or third-party support of any kind.

This Basic Living Standard Statement provides the benchmark that politicians and government must pursue in order to achieve and deliver on the aim of providing a societal and economic structure for the UK which is genuinely fair to all.

Those who tell you this aim is impossible have reasons for not wanting to have a fully balanced society with systems that are fair to all.

The reason they don’t want this may be as simple as they believe that such an aim is simply too hard or too difficult to deliver. That the way things are today are the way that things have always been done.

More likely however, it will be because they are comfortable with the way things work today, because there is a benefit or pay off for them in some way.

Such thinking is in itself a big part of the problem.

It is the complexity that the self-serving have created over a very long period of time, that now has to be unpicked so that everything outside of life itself is there to serve life and the way that we live. Rather than how it is now, where everything in life is focused outside of ourselves and dictates that we exist rather than live.

The key step to Levelling Level

Levelling Level is built on the foundation of life being affordable for all.

The key step to achieving this is recognising that it is both the influences around life that are the problem and the influences around life that will also provide the solution.

Both the Tories Levelling Up and the Lefts Levelling Down are obsessively focused on addressing the perceived needs of the individual, literally looking at the problem from the top-down.

Levelling Level is the process of creating a level playing field by ensuring that the stepping off point in our lives for everyone is exactly the same – in terms of the practical circumstances that we are in or would be in, IF everyone started off with nothing or no advantages of any kind.

Anyone, no matter their beginning, always has the potential to achieve the best they can do for themselves, provided the environment and circumstances around them do not obstruct them or disadvantage them in some way.

However, when the environment or circumstances around anyone place them in a situation where their priority is simply to exist or to survive, and every part of that system around them is set to work against them in ways that suggest the disadvantage they are experiencing is wrong, the people in that situation are effectively damned from the very start.

Whilst laws and regulations may make the many factors and behaviors of others who in many cases unwittingly control this process technically legal, there is nothing good, ethical, or morally right about the way that this works.

The real change for us all that leads to Levelling Level must be the change in the way that we view the problems of others.

We must accept that creating the level playing field so that nobody has to fight just to exist is the most beneficial way that we can come together to help others. Only then will everyone have the choice between existing happily – which should be everyone’s right to do so, or alternatively to take every step that they can to thrive – in so far as their own abilities and outlook at any time will allow.

The role of government or the community in all of this, is quite literally to become or provide the system of checks and balances to create this level playing field, so that Levelling Level becomes the change in the way that we all think, and we really do have a system that is genuinely fair to all.

A Universal Basic Wage (UBW)

To bring parity or income equality to all, isn’t to ensure that everyone is being paid the same to do the same job. It is to ensure that the lowest paid are able to function self-sufficiently, without any kind of additional support.

Attempting to define what the UBW would be in today’s terms is of course possible. But the rate that it would be, would be higher than any business leader or politician would be prepared to consider. Because they would see that wage being in terms of what the financial or price levels in the UK at the present time now are.

They would also assume that in order to accommodate such a change, they would then be forced to raise the prices of everything, so that their own margins and way of operating remain relative on par – and in real terms just the same.

This is why the price correction (rather than reset) that we have already discussed is an essential part of the mix. So that the way that we price and value goods and services – or rather the way we allow them to be priced and valued, is brought back to a correct level in monetary terms (where prices are no longer ludicrously inflated).

Once the price correction has been implemented and legislated for as it should be, we then have the technical and policy devices in place to ensure the regulatory measures exist that move the focus of all transactions away from the bottom line, to being about the quality of the experience that every transaction provides.

It is at this stage that the rate for UBW can be set, based proportionally against the cost of a Basic Living Standard, relative to true cost and the amount that must be earned by the lowest paid for the equivalent of a full working week.

The aim of the economy should always be to provide all of the goods and services that the people and businesses that operate within it need. Its aim should never be focused primarily on what people want, and it should certainly never be driven by the whims of just the selfish few.

To ensure that UBW cannot only exist, but then be maintained, it will be essential that certain goods and services have their pricing levels corrected and then maintained. These ‘essential’ goods and services should be provided and supplied by entire supply chains that operate within the exact same set of rules.

Suppliers of these essential goods should always have the option to provide the same offerings in a more ‘luxurious’ form, but this process itself should never come at the cost of the quality or experience of what they offer to end users in the essential form.

As envy or seeking to make others envious is a critical driver of the problems that we already face, no supplier should only be able to focus solely on the production or supply of luxurious goods or services, if indeed an essential form of those goods or services exists.

The provision of essential goods and services that are accessible to everyone must always come first.

Essential Goods and Services

As I begin to write this chapter, I am chuckling at the thought of those who read this and will immediately conclude that I am advocating nothing less than a fully legitimised nanny state.

After all, if you are telling people what foods, goods and services are deemed essential to live, you are by the very act of doing so, telling them that they live frivolous lives, aren’t you?

Well, in some respects yes. But very few would be able to look you in the eye and not acknowledge that fact that we should always prioritise what everyone needs before what an individual wants if you were to put them on the spot and ask.

The point is not about bringing anyone down to a poorer person’s level. We would all like to have the best of everything that is readily available.

It is about creating a benchmark level for what our society accepts that it takes to live and function self-sufficiently in the most basic way(s) that are possible.

Be under no illusion that the Basic Living Standard and UBW are benchmarks for life that we would all very quickly want to have in place and available to us personally as a safety net, if and when we should for any reason find ourselves down on our luck.

The collapse of everything we know will teach us about the essential basics

The process of everything changing around us that is now underway will lead to what some will recognise as a wartime economy – whether or not we have by that stage become involved in any larger conflict that has been set off as a result of the response to the Invasion of Ukraine.

The availability of food and goods and the prices of those foods and goods that are available to us in anything like the way that we are used to will diminish and this will quickly lead to empty shelves. Shelves that will not be replenished with the same products that they previously held.

The twist to the evolution of this situation is that it will in effect recreate ground zero for the provision of what we actually need to live. Rather than what we believe that we need to obtain in order to maintain the type of lifestyle that we believe that we are entitled to.

Whether it is food, water, waste care, communication, clothing, housing, transport or anything else, circumstances – that have been created by the long-term mismanagement of life by politicians and influencers with vested interests – will create the experience that will demonstrate what is actually important for anyone to have available to them as a basic standard.

This real-time demonstration will prove to be a genuine reminder to everyone of what people really need available to them to be able to function and exist at a time when they are down on their luck.

This demonstration will show us what everyone needs to be able to have as a basic requirement to live and will illustrate in a very practical way just what anyone should be able to buy or pay for without debt, support or subsidy, on a basic full-time wage.

What will in effect be a return to rationing will indeed have a significant silver ling in terms of the process of Levelling Level.

The outcome of Levelling Level will only be achievable because the majority of people will have no choice but to experience the basic hardship that is now inevitable, before they will understand, accept and then embrace the change that will ultimately benefit everyone fairly and in a very balanced way.

Rationing: A way of sharing the basics fairly, so there is enough for all

The days of unnecessary food production and manufacturing, prioritised only on the basis of repeat financial turnover and profit-making are done – even if that doesn’t appear to be the case right now.

As we experienced being the case in the early days and weeks after the first Covid Lockdown was called in March 2020, foods and goods such as flour, some vegetables, some fruits and toilet rolls are likely to be in short supply. The reality is that they will be the first of a growing and ultimately extensive list.

The rationing that will quickly become a necessity, will also be a sign of things to come. Our industries, production and manufacturing will have to be redeveloped and reestablished to support UK self-sufficiency in its most comprehensive and practical form.

Yes, rationing sounds horrible to anyone who has never been without or has never known what it is like to not be able to eat a meal, because the food that they need is something that they cannot afford.

Yet there are real people – possibly people that you or I pass in the street each and every day, who are already living what to you might see your own worst nightmare AND they are forced by the way that the system = works now to make the best of it. They literally have no choice but to accept it and do whatever the world requires of them to at least try and get by.

The silver lining of the situation that we all face, where the foods, goods and services that are essential to daily life will be rationed at least temporarily for all of us, is that it will provide us all with a real-life understanding of what we and therefore everyone needs as a basic standard in order to ‘just get by’.

This level, or the accumulation of the different basic foods, essential goods and services that an adult needs to be able to obtain in order to survive and maintain their exitance, is the benchmark level to which a basic full-time or weekly wage should thereafter correspond and then be maintained, once the Great Correction is complete.

Grow your own

Whilst we will discuss the need for UK self-sufficiency elsewhere, circumstances that will demand that we are limited only to what is available and what we genuinely need, will encourage those of us with access to gardens, allotments and even window boxes, to start growing our own food.

Real localism is set to take off (and return) in a way that we have never known before, and whilst the way that commercial farming will have to be refocused to provide foods in the most efficient and cost-effective way possible ‘from farm to fork’, the new localised marketplace and economy will provide opportunities for everyone to sell or exchange foods and goods that they have grown and produced.

Price Controls

Greedy influencers hate price controls, because they effectively tell them how much they can earn.

Indeed, it would be rare for anyone who reacts with stories of how everything goes wrong when prices are controlled or set by a government, to acknowledge the impact on end users and just about everyone that sits within or at the end of a supply chain, when prices are unrestricted, ethics have gone, and greed is in control.

During the period of change that lies ahead, price controls and rationing will be necessary too.

However, once we emerge on the other side, it will only be the factors that influence prices that will need to be controlled by legislators – as it is their responsibility to do – and not the prices of the goods themselves that will directly need to be controlled.

The Basic Standard: what everyone should have – and be able to afford to have

Change will define what we need, rather than everything being about what we want

The point we shouldn’t miss is that a Financial and Systemic collapse of the kind where everything we know changes, will result in everyone having to share what is available. Access will not be based on what anyone can or cannot afford.

The coming changes will necessitate not only restrictions on what we have available to eat and to use, but in some cases will remove access to them altogether.

The experience will enable everyone to understand the difference between what we need and what we want. It will define what each of us needs as being what each of us should be able to afford.

The collapse around us will precipitate changes, not only to what is available to us, but also what we should no longer think of as goods and services that ‘we need’ – and which we actually just ‘want’.

Basic Foods

We do not need the wide range, nor the wide variety of foods that are available to us today, in order to survive.

In fact, the majority, if not all of the food that any of us require to have a very healthy and nutritious diet, can be produced, provided, or is already available to us all from not only within the UK, but in all likelihood from within the local areas around our homes.

The prospect of a ‘meat and two veg’ kind of lifestyle may sound abhorrent to many. But if you are hungry and have very little of anything, a good meal of anything will make you happy – if it is something that you can afford to buy and to prepare.

The thing that will surprise many, is that the issues we face with obesity, food allergies or food intolerances and the rise in many of the illnesses that people suffer as they go through life, are all related to the foods we eat and the way that we eat them. We have been actively encouraged to move away from very simple and straightforward foods, to highly processed versions that rely on many additional ingredients and that often involve massive supply chains in some way.

If food is grown or produced locally, and then only preparation which is strictly necessary is carried out locally too, the need for packaging, preservatives and further processing is VERY limited indeed.

We may not be living in a time where life can be put in a time machine and literally transported back to when we had a butcher, fishmonger, baker, saddler, blacksmith or any other specialist provider of the basic goods or services we need, located in shops or premises around the village green or in the Town Marketplace. But the reality of what we actually need AND what will be good for us all, will be a result that in 21st Century Terms, ends up being practically the same.

As quickly as possible and in order to alleviate the unnecessary pain that will come from delays, we need to refocus the priorities of food production to the shortest journey and shortest time possible ‘from farm to fork’.

Where possible, farms and farmers should be encouraged and supported to become able to make the foods and goods they produce available at either their own gate, or to work closely and collaboratively with other local producers and retailers through localised cooperative systems to ensure that any necessary supply chain is a local as it can be.

The technology and understanding exists for all ancillary services such as abattoirs and such like to exist at the highest standards possible on a much smaller and much more localised scale than ever before, and it is here that the real support for UK Farmers, Growers and the Fishing Industry from government and our communities should now be.

Home Building

Contrary to current Housing Policy and the obsession that the political classes today have with building new homes as being the answer to solve all ills, we do not actually need to be building new homes of either the kind, or of the number that we have been or that we have been told that we need to be building.

The only reason that the obsession with new housebuilding exists is because our politicians are not prepared to manage existing housing in a better and fairer way, based on the reality that nobody needs or requires more than one home in order to live or exist.

As part of the whole process of restoring values and creating a system that achieves Levelling Level so that life for all is where it should actually be, we must recognise that homes are essential for all.

The provision of homes is therefore and should never be the basis upon which massive profit-making industries should be able or allowed to exist.

When we value what we really have, and value the important things in life, we do not need additional homes in the country, by the sea or in places around the world – wherever they may be.

Just because some of us can afford second homes and in many cases pay more than they are actually worth to buy and maintain them, it doesn’t necessarily follow that it is right to do so.

In these circumstances, it is the unnecessary use of the advantage we have that disadvantages others. This is what is leading and enabling others to create a push for housebuilding and a whole set of avoidable circumstances that makes those who need housing they can afford, easy to exploit.

Taxation can and must be used as an effective tool to immediately make better and more effective use of the housing stock across the UK that we already have.

It is not a question of taking from those that have and giving it to those who don’t. It is just a question of ensuring that excessive and unnecessary ownership is priced out of fashion, so that lives are not being disturbed or even ruined on the basis of what is no more than a whim.

Home Rental

We have become culturally obsessed with the idea that homes are something that we need to own.

We don’t.

We should all have the opportunity to rent homes affordably.

But as homes are essential to our Basic Living Standard, home rental should only be available through not-for-profit and ideally community-owned providers, with there being no opportunity for any form of profit to be made from the transaction being involved.

Personal transport

The age when every member of any household owned and ran a car is over. Inflationary price changes are telling you this right now, even if you don’t want to think about it yet.

We do not need to travel in the ways that we have been doing so.

It is extremely costly for us both personally and for the world to be travelling around as we have been.

As it is only large corporate interests that now really profit from our being able to do so – whether it’s through the provision of fuel, energy, roads, cars, insurance or anything else associated with their purchase, running or maintenance, the need for personal transport that may have existed at one point no longer exists.

It is inevitable that our perceived reliance and love affair with having our own car must stop.

The way forward for us all – where any kind of longer journey is required – is to focus on better, more efficient and more reliable public transport – that MUST be in public or rather community hands.

Where transport by car (or small commercial vehicle) is the only sensible way to undertake a journey, because of the destination, purpose or time of the day, we should be using shared environmentally friendly vehicles through community lending or carpooling rather than commercial rental services, so that any profit-making element is removed from the provision of transport services that must be available to us all.

Community lending should extend to the loan or non-profit rental of electric bikes too.

The most effective way for every community to go forward would be for parish & town councils or their equivalent in local areas, to own and manage their own personal transport hubs.

Petrol & Diesel

Petrol and Diesel will only remain essential for personal use as long as we maintain the unnecessary use of cars that run on these fuels.

As we reduce the number of cars that households own, the practical need or requirement for the use of fossil fuels for vehicles that cannot be used efficiently or reliably using emerging technologies – such as buses, trains, agricultural vehicles, heavy goods and delivery vehicles, will quickly become a lot more sustainable than it currently is.

Basic Clothing & Footwear

Perhaps one of the most challenging areas covering basic needs provision will be that of the supply of affordable shoes and clothing.

If there is one area of industry that has been outsourced to other Countries more than any other, it will surely be the production of clothes and shoes.

Whilst many today look scornfully at shops such as Sports Direct, the reality is that retailers of this type are today providing goods at a price that keep people on low incomes clothed.

The irony is that whilst cheap and cheerful, the price reflects the quality of the materials and the manufacturing. It is not uncommon for such items to require regular replacement and over time, for the customer to have paid out much more on multiple purchases of the same items at a lower cost, than it would have done over the same period IF they had been able to afford a better-quality version of the same thing.

Whilst cotton will always be imported to the UK as a raw material, wool and other materials are not. There will be a need to redevelop the British Textiles industry with a primary focus on the materials that we have readily available from our own production, or which can be supplied without significant reliance on international supply chains from our traditional trading partners.

Make do and Mend

Fashion is of course a commercially driven concept that promotes the perception that it is important to obtain and use the latest versions of goods. We buy fashion that we envy in the possession of others or buy it to make others envious of us.

Buying clothes purely for the purpose of how they look is not a sustainable practice. The types of clothing that have made fashion possible in the very extensive way that it has reached will not be available to the few who may be able to afford it, without compromising the requirement to always address everyone’s needs too.

Rationing of the materials to make clothing is a clear possibility. Just as our forebears did during the Second World War, we are going to have to embrace a culture of Make do and Mend, where we are literally making the best of the clothing that we already possess through repair, reuse and recycling, enjoying the prospect of upcycling as we do.

Clothing Libraries

For those occasions when a special outfit is required, we will need to develop clothing libraries, lending or rental services that work to support the cultural shift to making the very best use of everything that everyone has already got.

Single use clothing purchases are out.

Basic Entertainment

The need for basic entertainment for anyone can be met without the need for any paid-for streaming services, visits to the cinema, ticketed gigs or any other form of live entertainment that attracts heavy one-off gate fees.

The only recognisable need to maintain a basic standard in access to entertainment for anyone will be the provision of broadband quality internet services, along with the minimum amount of appropriate equipment to view and access it.

Communication

Communication is changing and evolving all the time. It is the one service that has bucked the trend in terms of price explosion and in order to ensure that the new localised and community driven world can function adequately for all, it is essential that everyone has access to a universal basic package.

Essential Services to the Public

As discussed earlier, public services have become a political football and plaything for politicians, public sector workers and those with a financial interest in them alike.

Man cannot have two masters, just as you cannot put two saddles on the same horse. Services that are provided for the benefit of the public must have the benefit to the public as their primary aim and their overriding priority. As soon as private interests are involved, profit is the master, so public services must always be in public or community hands.

In order for everyone to have unfettered, affordable and reliable access to services that should be accessible in the same way for everyone, no matter where they live, it is essential that certain public services that are currently ‘owned’ and managed by ‘private’ and therefore ‘profit making’ interests are returned to public – or rather community hands.

The caveat is that legislation enabling unions to influence working practices at any level within public services of any kind must be rescinded.

Any responsibility for complaints relating to public sector employment practices not covered elsewhere by the Levelling Level proposal must be addressed by a third-party body, that cannot influence day-to-day operations and public service provision in any way.

Utilities

The entire utility infrastructure must be returned to public and preferably community hands. So that issues such as repairs and the impact that they have on other areas of life are managed in a far more thoughtful, responsive, localised and therefore intelligent way.

Transport

The rail network must be fully returned to public or community led operating companies, holding responsibility for all activities on the most localised basis possible.

Each local County level authority should become a bus operator, ensuring that service coverage is universally provided by a system that allows equal basic access to everyone, whether they live in a city, town or village location.

Parish and town councils (or their equivalent) should be supported to establish community bike and carpool hubs, providing access to those of us who have a legitimate requirement to access personal transport.

They must, on behalf of the local community, be able to set by-laws which govern their access and use.

Luxurious Goods & Services

Many of the foods, goods and services some currently see as being essential are in fact luxuries that we do not need.

They would not be essential to any of us, even if and when we can easily afford to pay for them.

These non-essential foods, goods and services must be recognised and defined as being the luxuries and lifestyle choice that they are, as part of the process of identifying what people need, as opposed to being the things that people simply want.

What we really need

Likely to be the most controversial part of Levelling Level, the following list that covers the food, goods and services that we actually need, will look and sound alien to many reading the contents right now.

However, what we need and what we want or believe that we should have are two very different things.

This list outlines what we need as a basic standard for ourselves, and therefore what we should recognise as the benchmark level for anyone else to be able to provide for themselves without going into debt or without the requirement of support of any kind – when they are able to live and function with a normal life.

Food:

In reality, people need no more than two (2x) meals per day.

Clean eating may have become a recent fad. But clean eating is also prescient and a precursor of what necessarily lies ahead.

Contrary to what all the commercial and big money interests will keep telling us for as long as they can, we do not need rich, heavily processed foods in our diets. In fact, it would be much better for our own health if we did not.

A healthy adult requires no more than two (2x) meals per day. These should consist of basic foods of an origin that is as a rule, identifiable once prepared from its original form – i.e. you can see that a meal is made up of fish, meat, potatoes, carrots, greens or whatever, with only light-touch (manual or traditionally-based) production methods being used to provide ancillary foods such as butter, cheese and bread, which will clearly look different to what it would to in its original form.

Accommodation:

The basic standard for any accommodation would be that its warm, dry, safe, secure, accessible to local amenities and public transport links (or appropriate alternatives), with an environment that facilitates and allows healthy living and provides appropriate space and facilities for the number of people who are permanent residents within the household.

Transport:

The basic standard for transport would be access to regular public transport services that will not place restrictions on accessing employment during normal working hours, with access to electric bike hire from 14 years and to community carpools as appropriate.

Clothing:

The basic standard for personal clothing provision would be to be able to maintain 2/3 sets of clothing for general use. To have 1 set of all-weather clothing and to have 1 set of clothing for special events.

Beyond this, all communities should have their own lending library or service for clothes.

Healthcare:

The basic standard for personal healthcare will be for any person to have access to a minimum of two different healthcare providers (either public run service and/or commercially provided under fixed per head premium), that everyone is required to pay their contribution towards at their source of income.

The basic standard for personal healthcare would necessitate that dentistry is provided in the same way as general healthcare.

Utilities:

The basic standard of utility provision for each person would be electricity to provide light and power for all basic requirements and no more. Gas for basic heating and cooking requirements and no more. Water for basic consumption and hygiene requirements and no more:

Communication:

The basic standard for communication requirements would be to have unrestricted access to broadband quality internet provision. To have one (1x) computer or combined PC/TV device that can be used to complete personal administration, shop online, access job applications and free to view TV/News Services/Digital Radio/social media.

Entertainment:

As a basic standard, everyone should have access to a community sports hub within a short distance of home, where the widest range of different sports clubs should be available for that location.

Everyone should have unlimited access to free to view TV and Digital Radio.

Savings, Investments & Other Eventualities:

As the basic standard, everyone should have access to a basic non-contributory pension scheme (Employer administered when working), paid into the community ‘pot’

Education

Hopefully, by now, you will understand that one of the underlying messages about Levelling Level is that you and I are as important as each other. It’s the way we think that gets in the way.

Earlier, within the chapters where we discussed the Left-wing approach of levelling down, we covered the problems with today’s education system and where the myth of intellectual genericism has resulted in nothing but loss, the lowering of standards and yes – the removal of opportunities for some of those that need them the most, resulting in a net downward spiral for all.

Making the most of the differences in the way that we learn

So here comes one of those highly controversial moments. Yes, I am going to say that we really need to embrace and make the very best of the differences in the way that we learn – just as we did without really thinking about it in the past.

People really are either heads or hands. I.e., people are either more academic or they are more practical in the way that they learn.

Whereas the current Education System is skewed to academic attainment and learning – even in what we are told are its vocational qualifications – we must return and redevelop a genuine twin or parallel educational pathway with an academic route and a genuinely vocational route for learning and attainment that begins at the age of 14.

Life skills and educational ‘basics’

One of the things that the Left-wing takeover of education since they began the attack on Grammar Schools has resulted in, has been the growing assumption that the educational basics (language and arithmetic) just arrive for everyone at the same time. That life skills are only something that poor learners (the more practical) or those with special education needs should be given focused time for – as everyone who is ‘able’ just picks these things up as they go along.

Sadly, they don’t.

We have arrived at a point where the idea that everyone can have a degree has reached a critical fork in the road where graduates – yes, that’s young people who have already gained a degree – don’t have the basics. They are, as such, therefore not fit for work.

Pre-14 education has simply become too diversified for it to treat everyone fairly and in a wholly balanced way.

There needs to be a shift back to ensuring that every young person achieves an acceptable level of fluency in English and Math’s – but more importantly a basic understanding of how life works and how they can function effectively in the world of today by being taught real life skills such as critical thinking, so that everyone can support themselves adequately in the 21st Century UK.

Celebrating the achievement of academic success and being ‘time served’

Whilst we may no longer be experiencing a time when a young person can or should be indentured in the way that an apprentice blacksmith, saddler, farrier, wheelwright or cabinet maker once would have been, the reality is that history has a lot of good things to teach us about the way that our system of education can and should now operate.

No, these trade crafts may not reflect the opportunities en masse that are available in the modern age.

Yes, the industries we have today may look and sound very different. But if we have brought the priorities of why businesses exist back to providing for life for all and away from providing profit for the few, we will soon find ourselves with genuine opportunities to create a parallel vocational apprenticeship pathway alongside the academic route from the ages of 14 to 21, that will be good for the apprentice, good for business and good for the wider community and the UK too.

A seven-year apprenticeship would allow young people of a practical orientation to literally learn their skills – with light touch support from tertiary or technical colleges, whilst their training could easily involve additional training such as driving licenses and industry standard qualifications. All the time providing a low-cost source of basic labour for industries in return.

At the age of 21, the parallel pathways would both end at the same time. And whilst degrees would have had their real value in the eyes of industry restored, there would also be an equivalent pool of candidates who were just as valuable, but qualified differently, with skills and experience that could only come through the process of being ‘time served’.

Protectionism – Putting UK Jobs, Goods & Services FIRST

Sold as beneficial, because it makes everything we want ‘cheap’ to buy, ‘globalisation’ and the ‘global economy’ have always been a myth that only appeared to work out well for us because that was what we were being told by the people and companies that benefitted from us all believing so.

As the impact of employment and working rights created and pursued by the Left have hit harder and harder and impacted further and further on company bottom lines, closely followed by the piles of red tape that went into a different league when EU Membership became involved, many companies made the commercial choice to begin buying or producing goods of their own in Countries, and therefore environments, that provided conditions which were much more conducive to growing and extending profit margins.

Focused only on what the things we buy actually cost us, the only people to notice this massive industrial shift were those of us directly touched by the change. And in this case, it was always local British workers who immediately felt that pain.

No longer able to exploit British workers in the way that they wanted to do so, there was effectively a cheaper option to do so abroad. But what we were not told about this move was that the obsession with the bottom line that drove this change also meant that the companies would be exploiting much lower paid workers who this time didn’t – and in many cases still don’t have a voice.

It was a double whammy. Because the savings and benefits from paying ridiculously low wages that in some cases even offset the need to invest in newer cleaner technologies, was also consolidated by the reality that many of the countries that these companies had moved operations to, simply had few or no considerations on the impact on the environment that these industrial processes involved.

Out of sight, out of mind

So, as the Left have steadily driven us to become obsessive about rights that go way beyond anything that benefits anyone or any industry or sector at all, the real problems facing workers that they had successfully dealt with here in the UK long ago, were simply shipped abroad or even recreated for very poor people abroad, so that the money orientated could just keep on making their money at an increasing cost to us all.

All the time, the growing problems have been out of sight and out of mind.

Everything is relative

Whilst we were told that the cost of everything would be lowered by Globalisation and the economies of scale that centralisation of the kind that naturally follows then presents, the reality of building a global economy was that it hasn’t been helpful to the UK or to any of us in any way.

Purchase prices have never really fallen. But the prices of production have. And it was this very small truth hidden within what has been a very big lie, that has created difference in the views of the benefits and disadvantages of globalisation, and what has made the perpetual myth work

The move to globalisation was never based on the reasoning that it was supposed to be. It was and still is only about profit and nothing more.

The true cost of globalisation

Yes, the driver was always the increase in profits for every company that played or that plays a role in the supply chains that are involved.

But the true cost of globalisation has been the loss of jobs, the loss of skills, the loss of training opportunities, the loss of businesses, the loss of communities, the loss of self-sufficiency, the impact on the environment, the impact on quality of life. And yes, the list goes on extensively to cover all of the impacts and consequences related to every part of that list which is involved.

The only real beneficiary of globalisation is self-interest and greed

Globalisation was seen to work because we have all been fed the story that it benefits our self-interest in some way.

Yet the only beneficiaries from the process of globalization were and always have been the people and corporate interests that have created, developed and directly profited from an unethical system that exploited everyone in some way – and that includes even those directly involved at every part of the chain.

De-Globalisation and the end of Globalisation is already underway

Globalisation and the model of global business and supply chains that existed at the end of 2019 – before the Covid Pandemic hit us, no longer exists as it did then in functional or operational terms.

In the same way that our system of government and the political system that supposedly drives it has built itself by putting sticking plaster on top of sticking plaster when it comes to public policy and building it into the dysfunctional system that exists today, the way that industry and the global business system has been developed also been without thought for consequences or impact at even the closest degrees of separation.

What we have ended up with is a so-called global economy that is in fact a house of cards that has little in terms of foundations and is already on the verge of collapse in many different ways.

Horizon scanning: What’s Horizon scanning?

So obsessive has the motivation of greed for profit been, that those driving this way of doing business have come up with ever more creative ways to defy the practical realities of business and production.

These have included the development of ‘Just in Time’ methodologies and ‘Lean Manufacturing’, which are heralded as brilliant ways to manage profit driven commercial business. But pay very little heed to world events or what any kind of unforeseen circumstance might have in store.

The response of different governments around the world to the Covid Pandemic, quite literally brought many parts of the global supply chain to a halt.

The massive costs and margins of this ridiculously fragile system had been dependent on every part of it continuing to work endlessly – as it was always expected to do so – with only what we would consider to be the minimum of contingencies having been planned for.

So, when a worldwide virus that inept political leaders completely overreacted to and used fear to make populations think that it was much worse than it actually is became involved, the global supply chain was exposed in a way that was rather like the first of a squillion dominoes that had been set up to knock each other down being flicked.

And so has begun a process of destruction. Beginning slowly with those dominoes falling one by one.

When a car you love is failing, you keep doing what you can to keep it on the road

Covid set off the power within a latent chain reaction that anyone who understood the fragility of the global system was waiting for.

The reason the global supply chain hasn’t just stopped overnight – which to be quite fair is exactly what many onlookers would naturally expect – is because those who have a vested interest in it are doing all that they can to try and rescue it in order to make it work.

For those invested in it, the invasion of Ukraine came along at what they believe to be a very fortuitous time.

Maintaining the narrative

In the Terence Trent D’arby (Sananda Maitreya) song ‘If you all get to Heaven’, sits the immortal line ‘Old men’s cigars puff up the wars to protect their fuck ups again’.

Whilst one of the alternative truths growing considerable traction in recent years has been that the United States has in effect created wars around the globe, simply so that the corporate interests that fund the politicians can keep profiting, the reality is that war has been used as a very costly distraction and as a way of taking attention away from the public, from what is really going on around us all at home.

As I write this in early 2022, Russia has just invaded Ukraine. It is already clear that Western Governments are going to use the crisis as a way to cover up the damage that they are responsible for. Prolonged mismanagement that has led to all the problems that we are facing now.

When people at the top have gained so much through a system that exists on the basis that it exploits the greater part of the population without them realising that they are being used, it is in the interests of those people at the top to ensure that the  truth never comes out a) so that they don’t get blamed when it fails and b) so that no one will attempt to stop them doing all that they can to return the whole system to how it previously worked – even when they are too stupid to realise that it is now impossible to do.

Dependency on Foreign supplies compromises UK security

Perhaps the biggest cost of globalisation that has never been factored into the equation (or more likely it has deliberately been left out), has been the issue of what happens when a Country becomes dependent upon supplies of goods or services that come from another Country, or Countries that may not always have interests that are mutually aligned or have like for like benefits with the UK at their heart.

The best example of where dependency can compromise the security of a country or of the interests of that country is very current and comes in the form of the dependency that Germany has on Russia for its supplies of natural gas.

During the Ukraine crisis (late February 2022), Western Countries excluded Russia from the SWIFT International Banking System as a punishment (also known as a sanction) for invading Ukraine. Yet Germany had a special dispensation to not do so, as it would not have been able to continue paying the Russians for gas supplies, if it had continued to be involved.

Whilst Germany was most compromised by becoming dependent upon Russia for energy supplies, the reality is that as a Country, the UK is far too dependent upon other Countries for the supply of essential goods and services too.

For as long as this situation exists, and for as long as we have politicians in control of the UK who either cannot or will not take tough decisions on energy supplies or the supply of anything that is essential to us as a matter of course, we will remain at risk of high-level compromise with countries that supply us and can therefore bribe us, as our security as a Nation will remain exposed.

Full UK Self Sufficiency must now be the aim

Of all the myths created by those with an interest in building and maintaining an alternative narrative, the one that our changing world now requires us to completely rethink is our dependency upon any essential products or foods from anywhere abroad.

The UK possesses the basic resources and environment necessary to support and provide for all of our basic needs. We require very little and can make do without minimal ongoing input from supply chains that are not localised or our own – if that is, we really even need it at all.

Recycle, Reuse, Repair

We only believe that we have to continually have new things all of the time, because it has been in the interests of somebody else to create and propagate the myth that this is so.

Products of all kinds that we use daily or very often could and should last much longer than they do. In fact, they could even be repaired or renewed, if the companies that produce them didn’t have regular repeat sales – and therefore profits always first in their minds.

The process behind this is called Planned Obsolescence.

Planned Obsolescence is one of the most cynical, exploitative and unnecessary processes that industry and big business has ever designed. All with making money in mind. It’s not green or in any way environmentally friendly, and the knock-on effects over decades have been massive amounts of production that we didn’t need, that we have had to pay for and that has used inestimable levels of resources around the world, for no genuine cause.

Going Green: The happy consequence

I have not specifically focused on climate change, going green and the fallacious government policy they call ‘Net Zero’ itself for a reason.

That reason is that by addressing or embracing all of the changes that the Levelling Level process will require, many of the issues relating to the damage that our unsustainable way of living has been causing the environment will be addressed.

Yes, many changes lie ahead, and we will have to embrace new technologies and habits as they arrive. However, the changes to the way that we live and think that may not seem to be linked to green issues today play a much more significant part in the problem than it has been in vested interests to allow us to be aware of or to think about.

As we divorce ourselves from the system of old, the changes will buy us the time to take a much more realistic and practical approach to adopting any changes that are then left for the UK (and the World) to embrace.

The importance of Community in all things

Our distraction is no accident

If you want people to forget who they are, what they want or what they need, give them bread and circuses.

Surprisingly, these words have been around since Roman times. They reflect one of the key ways of thinking that cynical and poor leaders use to prevent people from revolting and engaging in civil unrest, when things are not going well or as they really should.

During the Covid Pandemic, we were repeatedly misled by the Johnson Government and its ‘nudge unit’, that used behavioural science, to play around with the basic fears that operate often at an unconscious level inside our heads.

By keeping everyone, or rather, the majority distracted from focusing on their own inability to lead, by keeping everyone focused on what we were being told was everyone’s duty to fight for everyone else’s life whilst putting our own lives on hold, they have so far managed to walk away from crippling the UK financially and destroying many people’s futures scot-free.

The programming that the government and the media use only works, because of the way that our society now works.

People don’t interact with others from an early age in the many different ways that they used to. So, when it comes to learning what’s real, what’s unreal, what makes sense, or what it’s in our best interests to do, unless we listen without question to family and the people who are close to us when we consider everything, the politicians and the media that support them have within all of us, an open book.

Community is key

We learn the value of everything through what we consider ‘real experience’ to be. Life works best and most beneficially for all, when the interactions that we have with everyone and with everything have real meaning and have real value for all of those involved.

Over time, politicians and our system of government haver worked progressively to take the power and influence that we had or should have further and further away from us, so that the social learning and opportunity to understand other people and different people in our neighbourhoods and communities are longer available to us as they once were.

This ‘progression’ has meant that decisions are always made from the top looking down. Often at great distance and in a way that helps those same vested interests to get away with doing all the things that they do, without ever having to see or experience the end results which by now you will be beginning to understand are always painful for us.

Contributing to the Community

Another area of life today that must change so that we can achieve a workable Basic Living Standard for all, is our relationship with charity giving, how we pay for services in the community, and how we all give back or contribute in a way that gives us ownership or a stake in the success of the society that functions around us.

The fairest, most sensible way to achieve both a buy-in for us personally and a pay-off with impact on the world around us that we can actually see, will be for us all to give the community 10% of our working time or income – or the equivalent of one-half day working per week.

Most of us could use the specialist skills and experience that we have to offer three and a half hours of massive impact and contribution, or just volunteer to support charities and public organisations with whatever help they may need where we cannot.

Alternatively, if we believe that it would be more helpful to do so, we could donate 10% of our income too.

By providing such help and support, through a new local community services hub which is linked to the revamped and localised system of governance, we will easily reduce the cost of the local public services that we still actually need, reduce the reliance on ‘professional’ government staff, and all be able to play a part in improving the experience that we all have of our local environment, which will help us all to regain a healthy amount of pride.

Governance from the Community up; not from Westminster down

As you read through this book, you are increasingly likely to see that there is a vein of commonalty running through many of the issues or policies that Levelling Level looks to unpick.

That commonality is the mechanics of a top-down, or centralised structure.

The ongoing power-grab

We have been conditioned historically to give what is an assumed deference to anyone who we consider to be in a position of influence or power.

No matter how ridiculous the people we find ourselves showing that deference to may seem be, the fact that they are in those positions of influence or power, somehow and for some reason unknown makes us willfully blind to quite how stupid such people can be. It certainly obscures the reality that underpins how self-serving and focused upon themselves they actually are.

Yes, we have had some great leaders and great people in positions of influence across society in the past.

But as time has gone on, more and more have them have been all about themselves. It naturally follows that when you have that many insecure people with power who simply shouldn’t have it, they will work together to consolidate that position and stay exactly where they are.

The easiest way to consolidate the power that poor leaders have when they are the top, is to bring more and more of that power towards the centre and to them – or what is in reality the top. They deliberately take it away from the people who they condescendingly believe aren’t equipped to handle that responsibility properly, but in reality, they see it as a distinct threat to their power, their control and to themselves.

We never ask the right questions

Top-down or centralised hierarchies depend on everyone other than those who benefit from the structures not being interested in the real detail of what is going on. They thrive when we aren’t asking the right questions about who really are the main beneficiaries of the process that is unfolding round us.

We quite literally have a rather dangerous habit of simply accepting that the changes around us are actually needed, and that they will be beneficial or work better for us all.

The best example is that of how we are all being manipulated into thinking that power is being given back to us when it isn’t, is through the creation of Metropolitan and Regional Mayors.

In reality, the levels of government already exist where the decisions that these very political roles will be gifted with should in fact be taken. That is what parish and town councils, borough and district councils, and what county councils are already there for.

The big budgets will always be controlled from above, and the function of these unnecessary roles relies on sucking power and influence away from the lowest tiers of government, where the most risk to politicians from being exposed to real democracy is involved.

More layers of government mean more layers of insulation to protect those at the top.

You may have seen how messages get changed if an instruction or information is given to one person, and then passed on to another who didn’t hear the first conversation, with the process then being repeated several times.

The way that a multilayered system of government works when it is as highly politicised as the structure of government in the UK now is, means that it is incredibly easy for the real purpose or intent of overarching public policy to become confused – not always intentionally, but through stupidity  – with something that will actually work, once it is implemented at the bottom of what in some cases can be a long and convoluted chain.

Rest assured that if those at the top are being insulated from risk to themselves and their positions by how messages can be obscured on their way down, whilst being taken up passionately by those who believe they are doing their job, the reality is that the information and feedback that should be informing public policy and really making a difference through public structures that comes from the bottom, is certainly not reaching the top, or being taken seriously on the rare occasion that it does.

Cost is the way that everything bad is excused

Government is a complicated business. But it has become far more complicated than it should be, and that is because it suits the needs and purposes for those involved, and specifically so at the top.

What they don’t tell you is just how much of that complication isn’t really needed, and what the cost of that complication really is.

The only argument that gives any legitimacy to the operational structure of government and the public sector that we have today is the cost and keeping the cost as low as it can be every day.

Obsessed with money as we now are, our collective viewpoint plays straight into the unworthy politicians’ hands. As we allow that obsession to make us focus on the cost of public service provision, rather than the quality of it, or in many regrettable cases whether it doesn’t even need to exist – if we don’t actually use that service ourselves.

Decisions should always be taken at the level where they will achieve the most good

Contrary to what our political masters would like us all to believe, we do not have people leading us from London who have a better understanding of how life works, or how we see, experience and feel about the lives that we live.

Yet the way that government works and the way that the public services and structures that support our lives operate, would suggest that people not only in London, but in a range of different public sector organisations do actually know better than we do when it comes to everything that we deal with and face each and every day.

Whilst there will always be decisions that not only need to be but also must be made at the relative collective level – for example, our National Defence, the reality is that far more of the decisions that affect our daily lives are made further away from us than they either should, or actually need to be.

Defence is of course a subject that we hope to never have to think about, and it is certainly not one that we expect to face in daily life (unless of course we are employed by or within the military, or there is a base of some kind located close to where we live)

And this is very much the point. It is only decisions that don’t touch us – or more importantly any of those like us – at the relevant level of our community or what it is we have in common – that should rest in the hands of anyone beyond.

Unity at the level its best to get things done, Control back into the hands of everything

There are always going to be sensible exceptions to every rule. When it comes to governance, we should always strive for unity, cooperation and collaboration when it comes to working together with others to achieve mutual aims – even to the degree that we might work globally to deliver help or outcomes that will be of benefit to the entire world.

What there is no need to do, and what we should never do, is accept that such unity is dependent upon the surrender of control.

Your influence is yours to give and to be answered to

We cannot all be politicians. In fact, very few of us would even want to be politicians. But that doesn’t mean they shouldn’t be accessible to us, especially when they are making the decision on our behalf that affects us all.

We all have an equal stake in society. In our communities. In our Country at large.

Contrary to what those who benefit from us thinking otherwise may believe, money, wealth and power do not make anyone more worthy than anyone else, and they certainly should not have access to more power or control.

We should all be able to access and communicate with the people making decisions on our behalf.

The argument that we can no longer have free access to top politicians because it is not safe for them, underpins the reality that power has now been focused and concentrated too far away from us and towards too few for the decisions that affect us every day to make any real sense to those who are supposed to be solving our problems.

When decisions that have meaning in our life are taken by people we can access and talk to, we feel and have a much greater sense of responsibility and of being in control. Yes, there will always be exceptions, and there will always be people at every level of government or who have responsibility who will be intoxicated by any power and influence that they have got.

But by bringing every decision back to the level of community or the relevant level where people and businesses can actually see and feel their influence at work or see the real-life stories and experience that give them the opportunity to learn and think differently, society will work better for us all.

From the grassroots up

We quite literally need to look at every part of government and what the public sector does, and rethink who should be making the decisions about how they function and what they do, based on the who, the why, the what, and with only the delivery itself becoming an issue of cost.

The technology now exists to ensure that even if operational delivery is implemented at a broader level or by a service delivery organisation of some kind, the decisions about that delivery can now be taken as locally as it is possible for them to be.

The right people in politics = the right decisions on behalf of us all

With so much that needs to be corrected and changed for the better, it may seem a little trivial to go full circle back to the issue of how politics works, where Levelling Level first began.

However, we are in the mess that we are in, and we are faced with the huge challenge of addressing that mess, because we have had the wrong people in politics for such a long time.

We have touched on the reasons for this issue in different places throughout this book, but the problems that poor leaders create for the rest of us will not be solved and will just be changed or transformed into a different form of those problems, for as long as we don’t set values-based rules or boundaries around the quality and ability of the people that we choose to elect.

Like everything else today, too many politicians are recruited by the existing political parties based on how their candidacy will look. The majority don’t have the life skills or experience to make decisions that will have an effect on other people’s lives, and even those who could offer something useful don’t have the conviction and confidence to stand up to a system that rejects or ejects those who do not conform.

Politics or rather public representation is NOT a job. Despite having a system or accepted career pathway for wannabes who have decided they will be Prime Minister when they are children and then do degrees and early career jobs that line them up as perfect tick-box candidates for the existing political parties, public representation or being an MP is NOT a career too.

We have fallen into the trap of thinking that things like popularity, the ability to speak or argue in public and being able to stay on message are the attributes that make a politician good.

But they are not good for anyone, when the key attribute of a good politician is having a real understanding and appreciation of how life works for different people in very different circumstances, and what strategy looks and feels like for others, when it is implemented and then put to work.

If our political system is to be healthy and work on behalf of us all, rather than be maintained by people who are only out for themselves, we must only elect people who see the role of being a public representative as a vocation or calling based on rich and meaningful life experience, and not on personal agendas in any form.

The role and voice of Young People

The often-unrecognised strand and dynamic of top-down politics is the reality that the people we currently have at the top are usually at the end of their career (or beyond), and that those even in the lower stages of this perverse hierarchy are themselves in or approaching middle age.

Yes, there are exceptions as there are in anything. But when you have a system that maintains itself and functions by using the same thinking continuously – and that thinking reflects only the selfish wants and needs and outlooks of the older people who are at the top, it stands to reason that there is a massive gap not only in policy, but also within the messaging that makes sense to or can be identified with by the young.

The issue of life experience and the impractical idealism of the young will always run contrary to policies and practical solutions that consider everything and work as they should for all. But that doesn’t mean that the outcomes and aims that Younger People have in mind shouldn’t be heard, or indeed incorporated into wider policies that reflect practical reality and therefore become solutions that can and do actually work.

Just as power must be restored to the level of government and decision making that is most relevant to the collective voice, Young People must be considered within that process too, with youth or young people’s councils meeting as part of and feeding into each tier of government and being used as an effective tool to influence and inform.

Common Sense and the lightest touch of Law and Regulation

Whilst I have made a big thing of the need to both regulate and monitor the ethical conduct of any industry or service that provides any goods, services or has an influence on the factors which are essential to a Basic Living Standard, we must in general terms step back from the culture of having laws for laws sake.

A basic framework for everyone’s conduct is of course essential. But the laws and regulations that do exist must only be there because they are essential for good order and good conduct to exist. Not because weak minded leaders are attempting to control.

People must be treated as the adults that they actually are. People must be allowed to live freely and able to exercise common sense in as many areas of their lives as possible.

The principle that we should all be guided by is that:

We should always be free to exist, to do, be and think as we may want, provided that our actions and influence do not impinge on the right of any other person to be exactly the same.

The Courts

One area of public service that could easily become a book all of its own is the future and direction of the Law Courts across the UK, whether they are dealing with Criminal, Civil or Family Matters.

Both the judiciary and the legal profession have been overtaken by self-interest.

In terms of the judiciary and of magistrates there has been massive blurring of the lines between what standing law actually is, and what they themselves want to see – or feel influenced to allow for there to be, depending upon their own innate prejudices or the fear that currently comes from the culture of group think or the populist voice of what they see as being the relevant crowd.

In terms of the legal profession, the desire and aim of providing the best service possible based on the understanding and knowledge of law that the lawyer, solicitor or barrister has to ensure the least pain possible to the client, has been superseded by the desire to provide the most expensive service over the longest time possible, without any consideration for the qualitative impact that unnecessary, emotive and highly polarising human misery that court cases cause.

In recent years there have been steps to temper the direction of this evolution by the introduction of mediation as a step-requirement in the case of family law, but its success has and will always be dependent upon the commitment and motivation of the primary counsels or solicitors within the process, and so it has been doomed never to reach the height of its potential and do the good that it can for any civil or family law process, for as long as the prioritisation of the bottom line continues to exist.

For a fair and just society to work in a balanced way – as it should – for all, it is essential that we have a healthy and robust court system, supported by a legal profession, which facilities an unquestionably impartial decision-making process and a legal advice system that always puts the interests of the client – and not the bottom line – first.

Such change will be greatly supported by the removal of laws for laws sake, as the Levelling Level approach provides, but it is nonetheless essential that the whole legal system them operates without self-interest of any kind, and that once fixed, it is fully funded as locally as possible, so that it can function as expeditiously as it can in every way.

Policing

Good Policing exists when you are surprised to see a Police Officer, or you don’t have reason to regularly have them in your day-to-day thoughts.

Clearly, I am not talking about what we see or hear on our news streams every day or each night. But the reality is that we have lost confidence in the police, and like the courts and legal profession we have already discussed, we now have good reason to doubt the impartiality and motivation of the decisions that police officers make.

The responsibility is not one that falls on the shoulders of police officers themselves.

The Police are only carrying out and following the instructions that they have been given by our broken political leadership after all.

The responsibility for the problem lies squarely at the feet of politicians, who have instigated and forced targets on a public service to measure the success of the Police, when that success should be defined only when there is nothing to measure at all.

A Police Officer or Police Constable should have the ability, responsibility and power to act using their common sense with the law itself offering the only framework that they use as a management tool.

The processes that have been added to uphold the rights of people who have at the very least temporarily surrendered their right to enjoy the full rights to which any member of society who doesn’t infringe the rights of others should enjoy, have made the laws which govern our response to and the punishment of criminal behavior nothing more than a joke for real criminals. Meanwhile they have cast a very dark shadow for those who have been caught up in very little and instead of losing massively, should have just been told off and then sent home.

Like the many who are practical in their awareness of life and their approach, good Police officers do not need degrees to understand and enforce the law efficiently and very well. They just need a lot of common sense and the moral grounding in any situation to discern what’s wrong or right.

The fear of the controlling few that others cannot be trusted to do such a responsible job without rules that account for every thought and for every action, is reflective of how sclerotic and neurotic our whole society has become.

The Police need the freedom to do their jobs. So that people respect the law again and then fear the sight of a Police Officer, as it was before all the political correctness began.

Benefits

As with the case of taxation, the benefits system in the UK is far more complicated than it either needs to be or should be.

Yes, we should certainly have a system available to support those who cannot work, or for whatever reason cannot genuinely get a job that they are experienced or able to do.

What a benefits system should never do however, is just to provide an alternative way of living, or a way of living that is in effect a lifestyle choice for those who see it as an option.

With The Basic Living Standard functioning and in place, work and the self-sufficiency that goes with it will make the benefits and welfare bubble a very different place to exist.

Those who are there and need benefits of any kind must be supported and supported to the level of the Basic Living Standard. But that support must be given on the terms of wider society and not on the terms which makes that dependency feel like an attractive choice.

The benefits smart card

The only obligation of wider society to those who are in need of support, is for them to be able to maintain a basic lifestyle during their period of need to Basic Living Standard Terms – with the support being given, being itself the only obvious difference.

By making all payments or rather the equivalent of payments using a smart card, or a bank card from the Community Bank that we will move on to cover next, the community can ensure that support is being spent and used as it was intended, and support to cover costs for anything other than items such as food – which even when rationed are a personal choice – should always be paid direct to the supplier, removing the risk of debt that will limit peoples next steps, at a time they are most vulnerable.

Nobody needs anything other than the essentials for living when they are in real need.

If anyone down on their luck has a problem with not being able to eat at McDonalds and having to buy the essential goods that they need, rather than what they want, the chances are that they are taking help and support from others as a lifestyle choice, and not because they are in genuine need.

The additional benefit to the wider community using smart card technology is that a supplier list can be defined that ensures card users make purchases from local businesses. This will ensure that money from the community is used within the community and therefore supports the community at large.

The Community Bank and Local Banking

Whilst we have a ‘Bank of England’, its role as a so-called central bank is a long way from where it could or should be.

The fact that banking in the UK is completely in private hands means that there are no public-centric influences at work across the range of financial services that are essential to life. There are no rules, guidelines or working examples that provide a benchmark in terms of either ethics or fairness and demonstrate to commercial finance houses and banks how financial ‘products’ should actually be.

It is essential that a new ‘Community Banking System’ is created that reflects the genuine and service-based needs of personal banking and small business banking needs – with the need for real start-up and development lending for what is the engine room of UK industry too.

In recent years, the digitisation of money and financial transactions and the reducing reliance on cash, coupled with the obsession with profits rather than customer service, has seen many retail bank premises close.

This process – yet another example of the top-down, profit-before-people approach, must be reversed. It must be replaced with a system that clearly focuses on genuine support for the customer and their financial needs first (service first, profit is the happy consequence)

The UK (government) already owns significant shareholdings in banks that were bailed out (wrongly) around the time of the Great Financial Crisis of 2008. The remaining shareholding of one of these could easily be bought up by the government on our behalf, and then re-tasked for the purpose of being the Community Bank.

Alternatively, a new Community Bank could be established and started from scratch.

Either way, having a public bank that provides all of the services that the current private banks do not, will quickly help the mentality within ‘retail’ banking to change, and probably answer the question of why one doesn’t already exist right now.

Bartering, Exchange and using money in the right way

Money is a unit of exchange that doesn’t hold any value of its own.

However, we have been conditioned to think that it is the money itself and not the goods or services that we use money to exchange with that have no value until such time as they are bought or sold.

This way of thinking only serves the rich, powerful and governments that have an unhealthy desire for control.

In the period of change or transition – or the process of correction that lies ahead, the financial system and the way that money and our currencies are valued today will inevitably change.

The process of that change itself is likely to involve and be driven by inflation of a kind that will at least temporarily make money worthless in every practical sense.

It follows that during a period of turmoil such as the one that we face, the joined-up thinking and continuity of the way that money and finance work that we have been used to and taken for granted will break down.

The successful transition to a new financial system that works fairly and appropriately, and in the right way that it should for everyone, must not become an aim that can be compromised in any way.

Like politics and the system of government structures around it, it is because of the role that money plays – as it will continue to do so, even in its correct form, it is absolutely necessary that the monetary system and the way that financial systems work are dictated and governed from the grassroots up.

To do otherwise, puts all of the power and utility that money and its use as a medium of exchange provides into a third party’s hands.

Bartering and Exchange of what we have for what we want

The point has regrettably long since been missed that the real function of money was to make bartering or the exchange of goods or labour much easier.

For instance, when there was no money: if a fisherman had fish spare but wanted his horses saddle repaired, he might have to exchange  the fish for bread with the baker, the bread with the butcher for meat, and then the meat with the saddler for the time and materials from the Saddler – who might have gone through a similarly convoluted route to secure whatever he needed to live, but also to work.

Like the goods used in this example, labour, skills and the experience that each of us has are also a commodity which has value for others.

It is only because our experience tells us that it’s the money that we receive for providing our labour, skills and experience to others that holds the real value, that we have accepted the way that prices escalate at rates that others decide.

In a period of massive change, when everything that we know or take for granted has stopped, and the great correction is underway, one of the key areas of change will be our relationship with money and the way we pay for the things that we need – and if we are able, that we want.

The refocusing on local production and localism in its truest sense that we will have to embrace will enable a much healthier relationship with money to exist. One where money will be seen again as the unit of exchange that it is, rather than the must-have or endgame in everything that it has sadly become.

The end of money as we know it

Much of Levelling Level has focused on everything that we know around us changing – and the way it will require us to change the way that we think.

With money being the key driver or lifeblood of the system we know; a system that is already in freefall, it is inevitable that the value of the money we use will collapse.

Money as we know it will become worthless in terms of daily use, until the new system is fully operational and the use of money as a functional tool has replaced the role of money driving every part of life and thinking for all.

Whilst there will always be a need for a common currency at National Level, the new way of doing business will like everything else with meaning coming and being created from the grassroots up.

Circumstances really will dictate the need for a correction with money – and what money is really about, to the level of ground zero.

Like everything of value, its people and not the technology of the system itself, that must be used to define what it is all about

Local Currencies & Bartering or Exchange Platforms

When no amount of cash or currency we have available can secure the goods or services that we need, practical need will step in and demand that we exchange whatever we have or can offer to secure whatever we need.

Ultimately, as real creativity, innovation and entrepreneurism begin to thrive at the community level, one thing will again become apparent to us all:

The real base currency is the element that is common to every exchange: The time it has taken somebody to grow, produce, manufacture and transport whatever it is that the end user wants.

In other words, the real base currency is (or will be corrected to become) the value of input that an individual can make themselves, as the basis of an exchange to provide everything that they need to meet the requirement of being self-sufficient.

Local Markets and Online Bartering Exchanges

Fortunately, we have moved into an age where it will be incredibly easy to develop easy to use exchange or system of exchanges that can operate or be restricted to geographically defined areas.

Every member of a community will be able to exchange the goods they have, or the labour, skills and experience they can offer whoever needs them directly for goods, or a common online unit of exchange that can be added if there is a shortfall or received as change if what provided or offered into the exchange is agreed as being worth more than what the other party has to exchange in return.

Yes, I can hear you thinking ‘well that’s why we need the pound we’ve already got!’ – and I agree that on the face of it, that’s what most people would think too.

The problem is that the Pound IS ONLY A UNIT OF EXCHANGE – no matter what anyone tells us or what anyone thinks.

The only reason the Pound works as it has done until now is because of the belief that people like you and I have placed in it. Our currency and financial system is basically a money system built on trust.

That trust has already been broken. But the break and the lie are only now being fully revealed so that all of us can see.

To make any currency work again when there is change of the kind we are facing, its foundations must be based within a system of a size and type where people can actually trust what money is, and what it actually does.

Digital Currency

Digital or crypto currencies will not survive in their current form.

Like the system that cryptocurrencies were created with the best intentions to try and override, it is simply the belief that people have, or the way that people think about cryptocurrencies today that appear to make them work.

The cryptocurrencies that you can buy or trade today may be worth a lot of money. But like the money they might replace, they have absolutely no value at all.

In reality, digital currencies that exist today are as flawed as the FIAT money system itself. They are based on no real value or tangible holding.

It is literally the belief of those who invest in or use the existing blockchain currencies that make them work.

The moment anything happens to shatter the belief in today’s versions of digital currency – as you can be certain that it will – these cryptocurrencies will return to their intrinsic value. That value is zero or nil.

The new ‘local’ way of living will allow the creation of new digital currencies based on real value that is defined by the community that runs it.

That value will be pinned or anchored to the value of input and output (labour, skills, experience) and the true value of the locally produced goods that people genuinely need to live.

We cannot and must not even try to return to a pyramid or hierarchical system that is skewed to allow prices at the foundation of our society to be dictated by actions at the top.

We could very easily and very quickly come to experience a fully functioning system of digital currencies that are locally linked. Currencies that become interchangeable and exchangeable with others, because of how the basic value of input and essential goods are defined.

Media in our new world

Whilst many question the validity of the mainstream media today, very few really question or analyse what our mainstream news mediums really do and how they actually work.

As with the case with money, or the new unit(s) of exchange as we go forward, the great correction will define that media sources with influence must tell the truth and therefore be a medium that the public can trust.

We are already at saturation point when it comes to other people’s narratives, and we desperate to hear leaders and influencers speaking the truth, demonstrating that they are sources that we can trust.

Trust

Trust in the media will only be achieved when there are no agendas at work.

Once again, the best way to achieve this will be to keep channels, platforms or mediums as local as it is possible for them to be.

That way, the interests and motivations of the journalists and managers will be to prioritise the needs and benefits to the community and people within that community they are working for. Not some commercial power that sits above.

Stop the talk, stop the problem

Many of the societal problems that we have today exist in the way or at the level that they do, because of the way that the media focuses on sensationalism (bad news for somebody else).

The whole model functions on a strange kind of vicarious state of being. One that provides people with an instant high when they are able to witness someone else’s pain (All the time being thankful that it’s not them in the frame).

Problems in life, such as crimes will always exist – even if they are thankfully very few. But the way media has been working has been to expand stories of every kind that aren’t a threat or in any way likely to become real for any of us to a disproportionate and overwhelming level where they take over real life – simply because dishonest media has been abusing the trust we have in them and pumping nonsense straight into our front rooms.

People are far more tolerant and understanding of anything and anyone else, when the story they encounter is one that has only come to them as a part of their own journey through normal life, and they are literally ‘looking it in the eye’.

For a genuinely healthy society to exist, we need only to have exposure to news that is based on what is or what has been, and NOT what could or someone else believes should be.

The Internet and Parallel Worlds

Despite a Bill already working its way through the UK Parliament that is overtly designed to deal with issues surrounding how big tech platforms operate and work, the reality is that as is the case with most things, our politicians have only been making lots of noise about the specific issues they believe help them to play to the current crowd. Meanwhile they have deliberately avoided creating, developing or changing any legislation that would be truly fair and beneficial to everyone whilst providing a level of functionality that actually works as it should in real life.

With corporate interests and the role of money as the motivator being dealt with as part of Levelling Level in many different ways, there are three key areas in relation to the role of the Internet, where legislators will need to legislate thoughtfully and effectively.

These three areas are key to Levelling Level, so that the new internet – an internet that is unlikely to resemble what it does today, in a just few years’ time, is a safe place for everyone. One that supports and benefits real life, rather than providing an alternative that is open to abuse and is currently a danger to just about everyone.

Removing Anonymity from any open communication platform

Right now, at the time of writing, the internet is not a terribly nice place. In fact, it can and does literally destroy people for no good reason at all.

Echo chambers and the realities of misperceived influence aside, it is the dehumanising of relationships that every part of the internet enables and creates – illustrated at its very worst in the way that trolling, cancelling and piling-in is facilitated through social media – where many of the societal ills that we face today have exploded into what feel like uncontrollable forms.

There is an immediate need for a code of conduct that reminds everyone to behave in the same way online as if they were interacting with whoever they are communicating with in person face-to-face.

However, this aside. The biggest issue that must be dealt with is the ability for anyone to be able to create an online personality and behave in any way they wish too, without apparent threat or risk to themselves, whilst creating untold harm.

Neither the platform providers nor the government are best suited to managing the solution to the problem. As the requirement for registering personal details to a level that will become a real deterrent to harmful and dangerous behaviour, will enable the user to be tracked in ways that could prove counterproductive and in the wrong hands actually do them harm.

We must have either one or a series of independent agencies that are governed and maintained by their impartiality. Hubs that provide a registration system for everyone who wants to engage and communicate openly on internet platforms. A process of registration that will allow them to do so using their own name – or to speak anonymously, but to do so knowing that they are effectively licensed by that register and the rules that govern it. And that they can be identified if they attack others or behave in any way beyond what communities agree should be acceptable online norms.

The Right to be forgotten

One of the greatest travesties of so much information and history now being stored and publicly available online, is that the history of anyone that has no meaning to anyone other than the individual concerned or to those making mischief or looking for ways to do that person harm can easily be found.

People can be unnecessarily cruel and have little regard for the consequences of their actions when they want to counteract what they see as a threat to them personally, or punish someone else for what they see as a crime against them or someone they care about subjectively. Objectively their targets were more than likely doing nothing wrong and should be dealt with by the appropriate authorities if they were. Indeed, to a fresh set of eyes and ears would more than likely be in the right.

As people travel through life and gain more experience as they live that life, most become well aware of the damage that can be caused when the misperceptions that others have of a stupid or foolish act from the past can have when turned into a crime by being framed or dressed up as such in contemporary thought.

If there has been no crime or act against the community or against others as the law provides for on the part of an individual, or the responding punishment or restrictions of any court they have been given have ended or been spent, that individual should have the opportunity to wipe the slate clean or to have their past forgotten.

Every web page or platform that carries information that an individual believes to their detriment online should be required to remove any related information – once they are aware of the requirement – for someone enacting their right to be forgotten – not continuously or on an ongoing basis. But at perhaps one or two career-changing or life-changing points.

Keeping it unreal in ‘The Metaverse’

Whilst an alarming lack of care is still being shown by todays politicians in regard to the way that people behave on the internet, they are effectively comatose when it comes to what the so-called Metaverse has in store.

Levelling Level will address many of the reasons why so many people find themselves living alternative realities online today, in so many dangerous forms. However, that isn’t to say that the Metaverse and the creation or exitance of an alternative online world that can provide healthy social interaction that reduced travelling, working from home and positive localism does not.

However, like the internet, no matter how ‘real’ it feels or becomes, the Metaverse must always be used as a tool to support the needs and functions of life, and not become an alternative to life in itself.

Homelessness & Wiping the Slate Clean

Successfully creating and maintaining a societal benchmark that prioritises the ability of everyone to be able to sustain themselves and their life and calling it the Basic Living Standard, doesn’t mean that it will be impossible for the circumstances that some people find themselves in to enable them to fall through.

Achieving Levelling Level as a standard should significantly reduce the number of people who find themselves homeless simply because of being in debt, unable to find work or being able to pay for accommodation.

But like anything else anyone does to help others; Levelling Level will not cater for the people who find themselves in difficulty because of addiction – which a fully corrected system should also cater for without being seen.

No system, however well thought out or constructed, will be able to cater for every need of those who become homeless because they quite literally feel they can no longer conform in any way or do not wish to continue ‘taking part’.

If we have achieved the Levelling Level and created a system that is balanced, fair and maintained as such to benefit us all, the people who will find themselves at odds with that system will be remarkably few. But they will always exist.

We therefore need communities to have facilities that are open, without question or the perceived heavy hand of any authority or control to provide sanctuary for those that need it, when they need it without anything – even personal care – being required in exchange.

We also need to create a system where for whatever legitimate reason they might have to do so, any individual can effectively begin all over again with a new identity, in a new place, and without any ties to their former existence, at least once in their life – if they should choose.

The days of being able to choose a monastic or convent-like existence may be over or no longer exist as they once did. But alternatives already do and should be encouraged, so that one way or another, if life has become so unbearable for anyone for any reason, they are not left with living on the streets or taking their own life as the only choices they have, simply because nobody else can understand the pain they are in, because that pain which is very specific to that individual, and is an experience of pain that they themselves have never had.

First Conclusions: Levelling Level Is all about YOU!

What Levelling Level as an outcome will look like

When a system exists that is balanced and fair for all, many of the societal problems that exist and that nobody seems to be able to fix today, will simply vanish or quickly go away.

Poverty, debt, inflation, knife crime, antisocial behaviour, the cost of living, educational standards, drug abuse, theft, restricted social mobility, prejudices, political disenfranchisement, fake news, the lack of community, the failure of public services AND many other issues will be addressed, when enough people understand, accept and are ready embrace the inevitable change that will allow us to help others as we go through a process of helping ourselves.

Levelling Level is all about creating a system that takes care of every individual, every person in the same way no matter how many degrees of separation lie between us.

When we get it right for everyone else, it all comes full circle, and we get it right for ourselves.

No, this is not wishful thinking. It is about giving everyone at every age and from every background the reason to rediscover and give them back a sense of value and self-worth.

The return to values

Values and self-worth reflect in the way that we interact with others and how we come together with respect and care for others as a community.

Levelling Level is a way of being that recognises the only way to achieve and maintain the outcome of having a system that is fair and balanced for us all as individuals and as a community, is to create and secure a system that is fair to the poorest and most vulnerable individuals within our society before anything else.

Keeping it real

This is not about trying to create a system that is perfect.

It is part of the human condition that some of us will step outside the framework of any boundaries that are placed there to help us.

In a society that is fair to everyone, it is essential that it is only when an individual steps outside the framework of that society, that the community then seeks to intervene.

When society does intervene, it must be with the lightest touch possible. Rather than try to regulate against every eventuality – which is how our world around us has now become.

True equality is the level of self-sustainability for all

You cannot make life better for anyone by only attempting to improve the environment around us, calling it levelling up.

You cannot make life better for anyone by attempting to force everyone to believe they are exactly the same, when you cannot change the way people think and so, the only way that you can make everyone appear to be the same is by levelling down.

In the pages of Levelling Level, I have attempted to lift the large rock that covers all of the problems within ‘the system’ or the way that the UK currently operates, that so many of us feel and experience in our daily lives, but at the same time, cannot seem to see.

I have talked about some of the key solutions, new ways of working and new ways of thinking or ways of living similar to them that we will soon have to consider and are likely to be forced by circumstances to adopt anyway.

That is, IF we genuinely desire things to change and wish to experience a world that is as fair to us as we perceive it being fair to all.

Levelling Level has been written from the perspective that it will be read only by you. However, the conclusions, solutions and suggestions are intended to benefit everyone as individuals, as neighbourhoods, communities and collectively as the United Kingdom that together we are.

Why Levelling Level is important now

As the reader will already be aware, we are experiencing and navigating our way through very challenging times.

The problems discussed here are not new. They have been getting progressively worse over a long period of time. They have been hiding menacingly in plain sight.

There has been no self-serving incentive for those who have the responsibility and power to take any meaningful steps towards finding genuine solutions to the problems that society faces and to do everything that is necessary to sort them all out.

Whilst change is happening around us all the time, it often does so without us being consciously aware.

The kind of change that is now required is so profound that it is only a unique set of circumstances that touch everyone and causes pain to each of us in some way, that will provide the incentive for us to think differently.

Only then will we be open to a change in thinking that will create a much healthier way of living for us individually, as well as making fairness and balance a part of everyone’s life.

Such a unique set of circumstances or events now exist and are underway.

A series of events, that began with Brexit, then The Covid Pandemic and now the Invasion of Ukraine, have become the catalysts that have precipitated and accelerated everything that we know to change around us.

They are the first steps of a Financial and Systemic collapse that none of the current political elites have the power to control.

Somewhat ironically, it is the decisions that these same ‘leaders’ have been making in response to these events that are the real cause of all the problems that society faces today. This same malign influence has been at work, not only for the past six or seven years. But for what we must recognise as being decades of time.

These same few are using the term ‘Reset’ or ‘Great Reset’ as a forewarning that we will ignore at our peril.

Their misuse of these terms is a forewarning that the existing elites intend to use the collapse that is underway as an opportunity to reboot the existing system that has benefitted them so well, so that it will work even better for them – all under the auspices of what will be much tighter control.

However, what the elites haven’t banked on, is that things are set to change in such a way, and to such a degree, that all of the reasons and motives that drive these people – at considerable cost to us all – are going to be exposed to daylight. The actions and motives of the elites will then be seen and understood by all.

The unsustainable ways that we have been living under their manipulative leadership will come to an end.

We will be forced to revalue life and what the important parts of it are.

Times ahead are likely to be painful for us. But the pain of experience is how we really learn. And as we learn and realise what the basic essentials for life – in both a practical and mentally healthy way – really are, we will also understand what any of us would need if we found ourselves in circumstances where we were having to ‘just get by’.

The Beginning

Now, over to Us.

Postscript

Right back in the early pages of Levelling Level, I referred to this being a very long book, delivered in a very short form.

Okay, so forty thousand words isn’t all that short.

But the point I was briefly attempting to make then and to which I am returning now is that the technical detail and complexity involved in delivering the wholesale changes to public policy that we MUST have, so that the world around us really is fair and balanced for us all, is so spectacular in its nature, that to many, it just resembles the very worst kind of fog.

What I realised as I wrote and worked on Levelling Level through late February and for most of March 2022, was that almost everything I was writing about, was a topic that I had written about in some isolated way before.

If you have found yourself focused on any of the topics and would like to read more, I would encourage you to visit my Blog www.adamtugwell.blog and use the search facility to find more about what interests you most, or alternatively read my other e-books that are available via the links within the Other Books by this Author list.

I’m always happy to help where possible and can be contacted by e-mail at levellinglevel@gmail.com .

More Reading

Levelling Level was the first part of a series that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022 and also provided the main body of work for the updated version of the book Days of Ends and New Beginnings which was published in April 2024.

Each of the following Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

PDF Download

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

PDF Download

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

 

Manifesto for a Good Dictator | Full Text

Introduction

There are few of us who remain happy with the way that politics, elections, politicians, government, public services and public servant’s work. And that’s when we are just looking at the bits of the whole sorry picture that we understand.

January 2025 saw much hope invested in the returning President and Administration in the USA – with many believing that the arrival of the man in the red hat will signal positive change throughout the world.

Meanwhile, the first 6 months of a new Labour administration in the UK, that has already caused so much public concern, is giving way to polls suggesting that the Reform Party may be on its way to forming the next government. Whenever the next general election comes.

However convincing these narratives may be, they are based only upon what people and the media see. Not what is really happening behind the scenes.

They are surface deep or taken at face value at their best. And because none of the key or leading players in this game have actually changed – but we being told they are, it is likely to be the case that we will all again be feeling very disappointed before long.

Nothing has changed. And as far as any ‘realignment’ is concerned, the only thing that’s realigned is that which has been necessary to change, so that we believe or will at least accept that there has been some kind of change.

Meanwhile, the same people, same motives and same plans are in charge and everything really has stayed the same.

For too long, a few people have been using groups and influence to shape our worlds to serve only themselves. We now need just one person to shape the world so that it serves not only every different group, but each and every person too.

Many will argue that no such thing as a Good Dictator exists and that the term itself is an oxymoron.

However, the world and the impact of systems of governance we are experiencing today are already being run by dictatorships. They are simply presented to us differently and sold to us with narratives, giving them different names which appear to mean very different things.

In the pages of Manifesto for a Good Dictator, I will explain why now is the time for us all to think differently; why it is becoming increasingly likely that only the right person can sort the mess out that we are now in, and what the policies would look like that they would need to implement, so that future generations will be able to experience living in a genuine democracy, that actually works.

Part 1: A Good Dictator is the only option if we want Freedom and a Just, Fair and Balanced world

Politics and the political system in the U.K. are broken.

This means that government and everything that government does is broken too, and that everything we understand as being a public service probably isn’t working for me, for you, or for anyone else that we know either.

It’s a simplistic way of putting it. But the chances are that you can relate to part, if not all of the above sentence.

Whilst few of us may be able to explain why, this is a statement that feels like it makes perfect sense.

Politics is fickle at best. And as far as the relationship that voters have with politics is concerned, we regrettably have very short memories about what politicians are doing. But most importantly about what our politicians have done.

The challenge we face today, is that no matter what happens next in politics, whether we have a General Election, have a different political party running the country, or even adopt a different system of electing politicians from the same pool of political parties, nothing is going to change.

We only need look back to July 2024 and the expectations that people had that Labour would be better because they were different, to see what lies ahead.

It really doesn’t matter what politicians say. It’s what they do that counts.

The problems that we have across society are set to continue.

In all likelihood, they are likely to get considerably worse. Just as they have since July.

But how did we get here? Why are politicians so poor? What would make them different?

Is it possible for the same people and the same system to deliver change?

There are key factors that are common for politicians across today’s political class, no matter which political parties they represent. They have all contributed to the situation that we are now in.

They are:

  • Anger
  • Ambition
  • Avarice
  • Control
  • Corruption
  • Fear
  • Greed
  • Ignorance
  • Lack of care, compassion, humanity and understanding of human value
  • Lack of life experience
  • Lack of self-awareness / awareness of others
  • Nepotism
  • Obsession with power
  • Self-aggrandisement
  • Self interest
  • Selfishness
  • Self-righteousness

If you stop to think about your experiences of anyone you know who you could attribute any, some or all of the above character traits to, the one thing that draws all of them together is the need to put themselves and what is important to them, first.

However, politicians have also become highly skilled in making it sound like whatever they want is in everyone else’s best interests – no matter what the cost of achieving what is important to them might be to everyone else.

Our so-called Democracy is a sham that is now failing each Person that needs it most.

The time has passed when it could be argued that any disquiet, concern and frustration with the political and electoral system that we have can simply be attributed to the Country or our Councils being led by people we didn’t elect.

None of the political parties we have today represent anyone other than themselves and whatever cause is most important to those who lead them at any one time.

Which will either be ambition, ‘job’ security or both.

Politicians representing the political parties themselves are told what to support and what they should vote for. Either by a very strong leader, or by the very small group of usually unelected advisors, experts and specialists that surround those who ‘lead’.

As the decisions on public policy that affect us all are being made by a very limited number of people, we can conclude that we are already living within a dictatorship.

We are therefore living in dictatorship that is hiding in plain sight, being led under false pretences by people we probably don’t know and would never elect.

Getting to this place has been a long journey.

Democracy can work well.

But democracy doesn’t work well unless there is a robust system of checks and balances in place that prevent it being taken over by the imposters who covet and then progress themselves and those they favour towards positions of power and influence.

Unfortunately, the problems with our democracy are neither new nor specific.

The rot extends throughout the whole thing.

The problems with our democracy have happened before and classical philosophers such as Socrates and Plato both talked about the flaws that exist within a democratic system.

A Democracy is only as good as the people who are appointed by it.

If a system of checks and balances cannot maintain an appropriate level of quality through the majority of the representatives, so that the majority of the representatives can hold the existence of that body fully accountable at all times, it is inevitable that democracy will fail in its democratic purpose.

The UK should be run only by those with the appropriate skills, experience, knowledge, attitude, ability and above all by those who are equipped with the morality and ethics and with the integrity necessary to always act in the best interests of everyone.

This holds true, even when decisions may outwardly appear to hurt or disadvantage some so that all can benefit or prosper from the outcome.

This is a very big ask when the UK is in a mess that is getting increasingly worse.

Unfortunately, the cost of failing to act is rising for everyone.

We must ask the question, ‘How long can things continue like this, in the hands of the same people and interests, before what we understand as freedom and the ability for us all to be happy, healthy, safe and secure finally collapses?’

The point we have reached today, when we are aware enough to ask such a question about our so-called democracy is where things begin to get tricky.

All at a time when everything else is getting very tricky too.

Everything across ‘The System’ is broken or has been manipulated to serve specific interests so effectively, that the entire System must be revised, replaced, restored, reinvigorated, re regulated and completely transformed. So that ‘The System’ works for everyone in a Balanced, Fair and Just way.

The people who are today’s politicians or who are impatiently waiting at the electoral door to replace them will not change what really needs to be changed.

Because that would mean changing the politicians and that would mean them stepping aside so that they themselves can be replaced.

The politicians we have, whether elected or in waiting, will not take the steps necessary to change a system that they and their kind either created, facilitated, and even now continue to believe they will benefit from.

If we were to replace every one of the politicians that we have now – with The System that we have, through democratic elections, the politicians we have the ‘option’ or ‘choice’ to replace them with would not collectively possess the understanding of the current system that would be needed to instruct the process of change necessary.

Those ‘replacement’ politicians certainly wouldn’t agree upon the steps necessary to achieve that change, no matter how well they might be guided by those who know.

The complexity and interconnectedness of the problems that span every part of public policy require a level of vision, understanding, determination and leadership that cannot be achieved through a process of reaching collective agreement over every decision that must be made.

Yes, democracy requires that the support or agreement of the majority will make decisions upon who we elect and how we elect them. Whether that be as an individual or as a political party or group.

It then also requires that the ‘elected’ decide who leads them and then in turn how the decisions they are supposed to be responsible for are then made.

However, we are now in such a mess because the version of democracy we have is completely broken.

Our democracy has been so twisted and manipulated to work in the best interests of those who are elected and influence them, that our version of democracy or anything that resembles it cannot fix the problems that it has already created.

And the problems that we now have are snowballing every day, leading to many more.

Whilst many will have sympathy for the argument that the flaw of our democracy is only the biggest group of voters are represented and that it would be fairer for every different view to be represented by the same percentage through Proportional Representation (PR), it’s not the existing First Past the Post (FPTP) system that is the problem.

It’s the ideas and the motives of the people who want and believe they would benefit from PR that are the problem.

Without changing the politicians themselves, PR would only ever appear to benefit many additional sets of ideas and thinking.

However, without changing the politicians and the political mindset, all PR would achieve would be to solidify a situation where even less people will get what they really need from government, the public sector and our system of governance.

With PR, there is even less likely to be a majority within our councils and parliament too.

Meaning that public policy will not resemble anything like that we are promised on the doorsteps and in the party manifestos in the weeks leading up to an election or vote.

The uncomfortable truth that those who want the political jobs but not the representative responsibilities is that as far as making the changes across the entirety of the public sphere that we all now desperately need are concerned, PR would simply give us more of the wrong politicians to make decisions ‘on our behalf’, which would in turn set the problems that we now have very firmly in stone.

A healthy democracy can only be maintained when everyone within that democracy is committed to being responsible for it.

This is not where we are today.

Many genuinely believe that the societal problems that we have will just get sorted out by someone else as they always have done. And that everything that feels uncomfortable at the moment, will soon be put right.

The problem with this approach to politics and surrendering the responsibilities that we have to the wrong people is that any belief that our responsibility ends with a vote, quickly disintegrates upon impact, with the reality that many of the politicians in The System understand and abuse how this situation works.

Those politicians go on to make decisions and take actions that are completely at odds with what anyone could reasonably expect that an honest public representative would do.

Because experience tells them that they can get away with it.

The mess poor politicians create easily gets hidden. Because when there are so many politicians arguing with each other and the system of government itself has become so complex, it is too easy for those with their own agendas to do whatever they want to benefit either themselves or the people they are influenced by.

Meanwhile, politicians hide what they are doing and the harm it is doing to all of us by answering any questions we have with responses such as ‘That’s just the way it is’, ‘That’s how it all works’, or ‘There weren’t enough of us to support the action we wanted to take in that vote’.

Regrettably, an increasing number of people believe the real reason so much seems to be going wrong and problems appear to be springing up everywhere, or public policy is always morphing into new ways that will hurt us, is because there is some kind of giant conspiracy at work.

However, the truth is much simpler.

In fact, the truth is so simple that it is very hard to believe.

The social problems that we have and the way that everything is being taken from us, is simply the consequence of how people with power and influence who are obsessed with money and material wealth, behave when they have become so insulated from the lives of others, they genuinely believe that what they are doing is a justified way to behave.

It is incredible just how quickly any person can lose sight of where they have come from and the role they used to play when they have been elevated to a platform that makes them believe that they are different to others and therefore special in some way.

When people have been insulated from the realities of the lives of others from birth, it makes the detachment and the lack of understanding they have for real life, even worse.

This is human nature at its worst. It’s how people can and will behave, based on the choices that they make.

There are few people in positions of power and influence today who have experienced life from a range of different angles and pathways, who also have the ability, self-awareness and wherewithal to reflect upon what they have seen and how they have lived, and are then able to use that experience objectively for the benefit of others.

To have really lived and experienced the lives that so many are experiencing today, it necessarily follows that genuine leaders will have had to have endured difficulties, challenges and pain, as well as what we might all recognise as being good times.

A genuinely Good Leader would be able to rationalise and take the real learning away from their experiences in ways that would be of genuine help and benefit to others.

More importantly, they would be able to represent those who need proper representation and a real voice.

There isn’t one person alive in the world today who has experienced the same life as anyone else.

There certainly isn’t anyone alive who possesses the life experiences of all other people.

However, there are some who can see how life, business and government works for everyone, who are able to cut through and see what is genuinely just, balanced and fair for everyone.

Beyond the temptation of considering only what is best for themselves.

Let us be very clear. It is not as simple as suggesting that whoever leads us and makes decisions on our behalf needs to be someone who can empathise and cares.

Politicians being seen to be nice to everyone and requiring everyone to be nice to each other is a key part of the problems that the world currently has.

The kind of leadership that we now need must be able to recognise the influences and prejudices of their own human nature, in everything that they do.

A Good Leader will step beyond the restrictions, prejudices and barriers formed in isolation by their own experiences, even when their emotions tell them to take a different path – IF that is the RIGHT thing to do, for everyone who is ultimately involved.

Finding even a small number of people with these kinds of qualities who would be prepared to take on a political or leadership role would be almost impossible with the way that the world works and conditions everyone today.

This means that if such a leader or politician were available and ready to serve in this capacity, we might soon find ourselves having to accept that the Country isn’t led by many people democratically elected.

It may need to be run for a period of time by just one.

We must keep working for anything that’s worth having in our lives.

The same principle works for everything that benefits us at community level too.

It’s because we no longer value real democracy that our democracy is now broken beyond repair in its current form.

Decision making on public policy should always be conducted at the closest level it can be to the people and the communities who will be affected by the decisions being made.

That way, the people making the decisions on our behalf have real understanding of the issues that the community they represent faces.

People making decisions on public policy at local level within our Communities are equipped to consider the idiosyncrasies of the situation, and are close enough to be kept reliably informed in relation to matters that they wouldn’t otherwise be able to understand at the experiential level.

We are so used to the parade or circus of political party candidates – for 6 weeks before an election, that we have lost sight of how important the selection of candidates to run in democratic elections really is – no matter the level or tier of government that they will be elected to represent us.

Posting one-size fits all newsletters through our doors, or people who may not even live locally suddenly becoming all-knowing in the issues that are important to us may be able make candidates look and sound good.

But candidates presented to us on ballot papers as a choice that was made by people from outside the Community with their own agendas is not how credible, reliable and robust public representation can be assured.

It will take time to change a system that has been choosing the people we elect for us, for decades.

Regrettably, we have surrendered the right to check the qualifications, motives, abilities, skills and suitability of the people we elect and left that choice to political parties who generally choose candidates based on whether or not they will toe the party line and do exactly what they are told by the political parties they represent.

Our Communities will need time to adapt to a very different approach to political candidate selection.

An approach that will put power back at the heart of the smallest of our Communities and reverses the damage that has increasingly been done by years of candidate selection driven by people who we don’t know and are likely to never visit the streets or the villages in which we live.

As much power as possible must be brought back to our communities from Westminster.

This will not be achieved through the current political policy of ‘Devolution’, which is Regional Centralisation by another name.

Bringing so much power back and placing it in local hands means we must have a robust system in place to select those people who will use it on our behalf.

This is a process that will take time and careful design to create and implement.

The most pressing issue we have is that we cannot continue to allow poor politicians to operate at any level whilst that change takes place.

But neither can we just assume that people who are completely new to public representation and what that responsibility really means will be ready to take all the steps necessary, when the only example of politics that they have experienced is one that doesn’t work.

There are still too many of us who believe that change will be achieved simply by changing the people who we elect to political office.

Meaning that change will continue to be based solely on the political parties and therefore the ideologies and agendas that they represent.

Many genuinely believe that the problems that the Country faces today have been caused in a matter of months.

Perhaps since the Ukraine War began. Perhaps because of the Covid Pandemic. Or perhaps because of Brexit and the way that the Government responded to that before.

The more political among us might also suggest that problems have only existed in government since Labour were elected in July 2024.

Whilst none of them are wrong in a manner of speaking, or from a particular point of view, they are also far from being correct.

Equally, the way the period of history that we are already experiencing is being referred to in different ways and with names such as The Age of Consequence, The Age of Disorder, The Great Reset and even World War 3 are not correct. But neither are they wrong.

All of these are someone else’s truths.

The study of politics and current affairs will quickly demonstrate that events can be influenced either directly or indirectly by public policies that were implemented and adopted perhaps centuries before the event or issue in question.

It can be argued that the majority of the problems that we face today are built upon an economic theory called Neoliberalism and the adoption of a related monetary system and policy called FIAT throughout the western world in 1971.

However, the reality that we face is that many of the behaviours visited upon the poor and vulnerable by the wealthy and those in power, have also been visited upon the poor and vulnerable for centuries before now.

A process with different names such as capitalism, industrialism, socialism, neoliberalism, corporatism, globalism and communism, that we associate with centuries of history, all relate to the acceptance, adoption and maintenance of a system that is neither fair, just or balanced.

Just as the ability for the elites to influence politics, government, money and manipulate laws exists today, what has always been a very unjust situation for those at the bottom of the wealth pyramid has steadily headed upwards through the classes and the demographics, as the distance between rich and poor has grown.

The wealth divide has become increasingly and progressively worse. Because The System we have can only make the few fantastically wealthy, by making everyone else progressively poor.

The difference between the centuries where change and deterioration was slow and what we are experiencing today, is that the whole period or cycle is now coming to its end.

As it does so, events like Brexit, the response to the Covid Pandemic, the War in Ukraine and the Fiscal and Public Policies of the Labour Government (and the Tories before them…) have simply speeded the process up – much like an overrevving engine will run fastest in the moments just before it explodes.

The political parties that we have to choose from today have nothing new between them that they can offer us or anyone else.

The existing political parties are all committed to the establishment-driven neoliberal model and the free-market idealism that it promotes.

That is why we hear politicians from every side telling us that the success of the country can be measured by ‘growth’.

What many, perhaps even all of the politicians that we have today do not realise is The System that that has been so good to them and all the various interests that have been making huge financial gains by exploiting others and inflicting so much pain, hunger and expense, cannot and will not be able to continue in its current form.

We are and have been living unsustainably across the planet for decades.

Not because we need to.

But so that those who have much already, can make more and more money, without any care for the true cost.

There is no money left.

The Country has technically been bankrupt for years.

Politicians have been creating money out of thin air using little more than accountancy tricks, that have made it necessary for them to make highly damaging policy decisions to justify what they are doing.

The only reason that the financial system hasn’t collapsed yet, is because so many of us still believe that the pretend money that bankers, financiers and governments have created is actually real.

‘The System’ that we have is likely to collapse at any time.

The Collapse could come from any one of a number of different directions, and be set in motion by any one of a range of different things.

It could be because of another pandemic. It could be because of a war. It could be because the FIAT monetary system falls apart first in a country such as the USA.

It could also be because we end up with people on the streets rioting in the UK. Because the Basic and Essential food that they and their loved one’s need for meals each day is no longer something that they can afford.

It won’t matter who we elect when the next General Election comes.

The direction of travel will remain the same. The end result or outcome that results directly from being led by people who couldn’t do anything to help us if they even wanted to, because of the way that the system around them now works, will end up with the same outcome, with everything collapsing just the same.

We already know what the results of having a bad dictator or dictatorship look like.

Because with the broken form of democracy that we have in the UK today, a bad, albeit hidden dictatorship is what we have already got. A Bad Dictatorship is what we are experiencing already.

Even if we can accept that we only have a democracy today in name, the number of us who are ready to accept that the situation that this Country faces is very serious and that events could take over at any time is remarkably small.

This lack of acceptance has led to a lack of preparedness for the future, to uncertainty and a resistance to beneficial change that is directly related to the way of thinking that could be best described as being ‘It couldn’t happen here’.

When public trust in politicians and the establishment is as paper thin as it is today, it will not take much for a majority of people who appear to be completely bought-in to the gaslighting and mind games that the establishment have been playing, to realise that ‘The System’ is no longer one that we can trust.

If and when that happens – and the chances are that without there being significant change, it certainly will – it will happen quickly and is likely to create a political void into which anyone could step in.

Whilst we look back at history as if every event that has taken place was destined to be, or was just a guaranteed thing even before it happened, this certainly has never been the case.

Timelines most definitely exist and in some of their most obvious and basic forms, find their way into our lives as choices that the people who lead us have or will make at key moments in time.

The 1917 Russian Revolution could very easily not have turned out the way that it did.

Because many of the key moments and actions taken were based upon Lenin and the key people around him being bold enough to exploit opportunities at very specific moments in time and in circumstances that others did not.

Had the sequence of events been different, the Russian Royal Family may never have been slain. The Cold War may never have happened and Putin might not have invaded Ukraine.

Pivotal, epoch-changing choices could be made and exploited by people in the future, just because they are in the right place at the right time to do so.

People who we would never want to have in charge of our lives will quickly do everything they can to prevent anyone who opposed them from being anywhere near power over everyone ever again, once they have the power to stop them.

The hidden dictatorship dressed up as democracy that we are experiencing now is bad enough.

Freedom will be gone in every conceivable way, if we should accidently find ourselves with an openly bad dictator who sees everything ahead of them as being about them and their own personal choice. 

Part 2: Why We need a Good Dictator

We have discussed why our current system of government and the way that we elect people to represent us as politicians is no longer working.

We have also discussed why the current political system cannot and will not deliver the change that the UK now needs.

Before we discuss the purpose of this book, or the outcomes we can expect from having a Good Dictator, let’s take a moment for a quick review of the reasoning that has led to this Manifesto for a Good Dictator.

  • The flaws that exist within our democracy have now taken over and overwhelmingly influence the system of politics and governance that we have.
  • The political system in the UK is broken.
  • The politicians that we have and those who wish to replace them will not change the relationship that they have with The System unless they are doing so to solidify their position.
  • Changing the electoral system from First Past the Post to Proportional Representation would only make the issues we have with politics and politicians even worse, if the way we select candidates for elected office hasn’t been changed.
  • Everything in politics today is about a level of compromise that only serves the best interests of the people we elect.
  • Compromise won’t deliver the changes that we now need.
  • The interconnectivity and complexity of the issues surrounding public policy will take too long for any multiple-member council, parliament or other body to address.
  • Changing the public representatives we have just by changing the political party will be no better than keeping those we already have. Because their inexperience will leave them as vulnerable to the advice of civil servants, advisors and specialists as those ‘in power’ now.
  • The level of change necessary now requires a level of commitment and leadership that cannot be delivered on the basis of which argument wins.
  • The risk exists that with a political and leadership void opening up, a dictatorship is now inevitable in some form.
  • If Dictatorship is indeed inevitable, we should make the choice between outright tyranny and leadership that is driven for the right reasons, so that the net outcome for everyone will be A Good Future for Everyone.
  • Only sheer bloody-mindedness, vision, belief and unquestionable integrity on the part of one leader, supported by people who have also left their egos behind, can drive and make the changes necessary to save and expand our freedoms, secure the future and give everyone a Fair, Balanced and Just experience of life.

As you progress through the Policies that follow in this Manifesto for a Good Dictator, you will notice that they are geared towards people and more importantly, towards systems, ways of being, rules and regulations that deliver a system of governance that treats everyone as being equal. Or, that puts People First.

Some will argue that such an approach would be ‘socialist’ or ‘utopian’. And that this form of governance or model for our future society is impractical or chimeric.

However, whilst those voices lined up against the need for change use labels as a simple argument against change that they perceive as likely to result in loss for them, what is proposed in this Manifesto does not restrict creativity, entrepreneurial spirit or freedom in any way.

In fact, it encourages all of it.

Manifesto for a Good Dictator proposes that industriousness is harnessed for the good of all. That any material or monetary reward for doing so will recognise the effort made and the risk taken, without being excessive or coming at unforeseen or deliberately overlooked cost to others.

Those who have exploited people they will never meet, and caused misery, just so that they can accumulate profits and wealth, to levels that they would never need just to live very comfortable life, have no right to prevent anyone else from achieving either the same.

Nor do they have the right to stand in the way of any Person being able to live a life and to experience a standard of living that means they can be content without looking to the community for support, for charity or having to resort to debt, just so that they can survive.

Profit will always come from doing the right thing by everyone.

But profit can be measured in multiple ways.

The majority of the ways that any Person can profit from their actions and ideas, do not relate to money.

The right thing for everyone is for the community to ensure that every person has the opportunity to enter life without immediate financial disadvantage.

It is then the responsibility and choice of the individual that determines where and what steps they will take.

Disadvantage has been used as an excuse for punishment and actions that are no better than punishment against others by those who see themselves as being different for too long.

No Person who finds themselves with advantages in life, should ever be able to exploit those experiencing disadvantage, by choice.

Whether that decision be conscious or without thought.

Anyone who says ‘No’ directly, to a fair, just and balanced system, through the words that they use or the actions they take has forfeited the right to enjoy any privileges that advantage them over others.

Beware any Person or politician with a leadership role who says they have a plan or spends time getting people or other politicians to approve or agree to one.

Plans for government and the public sector are notorious for the failures that they are and that they become.

Simply because any plan made today cannot account for the issues that will arise along the way.

Politicians have either fallen into the trap that fixed plans or strategies inevitably create or have deliberately hidden behind them as a way to apportion blame when anything they cannot avoid committing to isn’t going to work out.

Even a satnav has to deviate from the preferred route that it might provide when we begin a journey. Because the events and issues like accidents and maintenance that get in the way, cannot always be predicted.

Changing the way that public policy and The System works for the better, is very similar to the Satnav. Albeit the complexity and interconnectedness of all the issues that need to be addressed almost guarantee that nobody and not even AI could create a perfect working plan or strategy that would never have to change. Simply because there are going to be so many different unforeseen factors or ‘working parts’ involved.

However, when we use a satnav, the destination always remains the same, no matter the route that we use that actually gets there, or the time that it takes for us to do so.

The desired end result or outcome from using and trusting that satnav, is that we want to reach that certain destination.

We now need a very special kind of satnav for the journey that our Country is on so that we reach A Good Future for Everyone.

We can no longer afford to keep getting lost because somebody somewhere is changing direction along the way.

In order that we achieve the outcomes that we need so that we can achieve a Just, Fair and Balanced way of life for everyone that has genuine equality at its very core, it is essential that we dedicate ourselves to a journey that focuses on the destination, rather than getting bogged down by ridiculous arguments on the best way to get there from the very start.

Today’s political parties and the politicians have proven they cannot do this.

Because their own aims, ambitions, motives and ideas always influence the route that they want to take. With the outcome inevitably being very different from whatever they tell us it is or is going to be.

The drive, determination and dedication necessary to delivering the results and outcomes that will be good for all of us can only be delivered by singlemindedness.

That level of singlemindedness will only be possible and achievable through the acceptance of just one person as leader.

And it is essential that the Leader we have is Good.

It is foolish to believe that change of the magnitude now required can or will be achieved overnight.

The quickest that any form of meaningful change can be achieved would be as the direct result of an event or series of events that make change for everyone necessary.

Meaning that real change will be something that even those who would never consider change otherwise, would then be willing to accept.

This kind of event is not something that any of us should knowingly or willingly wish for.

Such an event is a real prospect however, given the state of the world today and the mess that we are now in.

There is considerable risk that if the void in leadership and governance is extended beyond the political void that we have today, someone or a group will willingly step into it and take us on a path or trajectory that could prove to be even worse than the one that we are already on.

Opportunists rarely take opportunities for anyone other than themselves.

Because doing so at the speed required means that they can only relate the situation faced in terms of the benefits to themselves and what the future would mean for them, if the steps they take were to be successful.

Preventing the intervention of a tyrant, if the future should unfold in this way will be hard enough.

And there are plenty who would argue that we are already beginning to experience such a situation right now.

However, embarking on journey of massive change will also lead to many moments when other opportunists will try to step in and take whatever opportunities they can for themselves.

These interventions will be based on impatience and what may be perceived as a lack of progress, to anyone who cannot see that progress will not always resemble anything and that the progress necessary will be underway as a process over a prolonged period of time.

A civic term in local government today is 4 years.

In parliament, the maximum term of any government cannot extend beyond 5 years.

5 years is not enough time to do anything with the structure of government that exists today.

Because the structure of government that we have today is being used to say no to anything helpful or puts People First at every turn.

We face a situation where government, every part of the public sector and the governance it provides needs to be revised.

Whilst immediate steps can be taken to halt the problems that so much mismanagement has caused, it will take a much longer period to restructure and reform everything and then implement the replacement systems and processes.

All whilst the country continues to function and ideally thrive, and before a new model of democracy is operational and ready to step in.

The timeline of a Good Dictatorship could easily be a period of 20 to 25 years.

20 – 25 years will seem like an eternity to the young who will be the leaders and politicians of tomorrow, by the time that this work has been done.

But it will seem like no time at all to the older generations who have either experienced the realities of time, or have ignored them when they have been the main contributors or architects of all the problems and pain that have been caused.

Whilst it will come as a great shock to those who believe wisdom can only come with age, young people have been taking the lead in recognising that the answers and the solutions to our problems aren’t going to come from anything that we’ve already got.

Many young people like the idea of having a Good or Beneficent Dictator.

When older generations can see from history what Dictatorship could mean, they may well wonder how it could possibly be that younger, inexperienced people are right.

Even though it is older generations that have already allowed a dictatorship to exist that masquerades as a form of democracy that shows it doesn’t work, the moment that you begin to look at how it really functions.

Those who will lead us when the change that we need has been created and delivered will be those we know as millennials, generation Z and then generation alpha.

Older generations are quick to dismiss young people, and the world today gives many reasons why they should.

However, the change that is coming is about everyone.

The change that delivers A Good Future for Everyone will be within everyone.

By the time the process of change is complete, the world and the way that our responsibilities are structured will not be anything like they are or as we understand them to be today.

The model for living and the design for life that we embrace will be crafted for the benefit of everyone as they will expect A Good Future for Everyone to look.

But our future will also be designed with careful consideration of how with age and the addition of experience our perceptions of the world and everything we experience will change.

Part 2: Creating a Democracy and future for each Person that today’s phoney democracy cannot

There are no easy choices, halfway houses or hacks that we can fall back upon when it comes to fixing everything that is broken in the world that we know today.

Change of the magnitude required will take time. It cannot be rushed.

But change will be happening continually throughout the period of time we require A Good Dictator, so that everything and every part of the new system and our new democracy is ready to work, when the Good Dictator steps down.

This period or chapter of our time will not be a revolution as such.

Even though that’s how history will see it.

This period will be a Reestablishment of a System that actually works beneficially for all, and for the purposes of the policy outcomes that follow.

It will deliver A Good Future for Everyone.

Democracy (Policy 1) [P.1.0]

The key outcome and meaningful change that will result from the Good Dictatorship, benefitting everyone in a Balanced, Fair and Just way, will be the replacement of the existing phoney democratic system, electoral system and system of government that exists today.

With the system of Governance that we have working only for itself and for those who benefit from it, The System has passed any point of good it could reach.

The existing system has proven to be too easily corrupted for it to be able to provide the assurance of impartiality that will ensure a truly Balanced, Fair and Just System of Governance for the future, that can be fully accessible to all, and for it to be maintained as such.

The public policies that will provide the foundation of the new democracy:

  1. Democracy will begin at Community level and flow from the Grassroots Up.
  2. Existing tiers of government (Parish, Town, Borough, District, County, Unitary, Assembly, Parliament, Mayorships, Police & Crime Commissioners etc) will cease to exist.
  3. ALL today’s ‘sitting’ politicians are representatives of the old world. The ‘seats’ they were elected to represent will cease to exist.
  4. Today’s elected Politicians will no longer hold any responsibility – assumed, or otherwise – for anything in the public realm.
  5. Political parties will be prohibited because they pursue ideologies and motives not shared by the majority.
  6. No former politician who was a member of any former registered political party will be eligible to become a candidate for election as a Community Representative or to any public office for a minimum period of 12 years.
  7. The creation of the New Democracy shall not rely upon the guidance or ‘expertise’ of today’s establishment figures or any advisor, expert or specialist who has played their part or have been directly responsible for the problems that the UK faces today.
  8. All former establishment leaders will relinquish their posts.
  9. All public policy decisions and the weight of responsibility and power placed by the people under trust shall be placed upon Local Assemblies.
  10. Responsibility for public policy decisions shall only be deferred to a level of Community covering a larger geographical area and include public responsibility for more people where it makes practical sense to do so.
  11. The functional, operational or service delivery aspects of all existing tiers of government (with the exception of what are stand alone or non-government public organisations) shall continue under the management and guidance of the relevant Community Assembly until such time as those services have been removed, reformed, revised or redefined.
  12. Responsibility for the provision of public services provided by stand alone and non-government public service providers will be allocated to Community Assemblies under Public Interest Companies (PIC).
  1. Local Assemblies will be opened to the membership and democratic participation of all adults who reside within a Community or locality.
  2. Local Assemblies shall be responsible for all decision making on public policy that can be carried out and implemented at Community Level.
  3. A Local Assembly area may be defined by what were previously known as Parish or Town Council Wards (Not the whole area of an existing Town or Parish Council catchment – as these may be significant), or by the geographic boundaries of a small village, hamlet or definable suburban or Town area, whichever is smaller.
  4. Where Parish or Town Councils currently do not exist, equivalent areas shall be defined and used as the catchment area for its own Local Assembly.
  5. The Community shall appoint no less than 5 and no more than 7 Community Representatives to take decisions on behalf of the Community, when there is not sufficient time for a Local Assembly to be called.
  6. Community Representatives will be elected to Local Assemblies for terms of 3 years.
  7. Community Representatives can be re-elected to a Local Assembly no more than 6 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative within a Local Assembly for no more than 21 years in total).
  8. Community Representatives shall possess appropriate skills, knowledge and experience that will enable them to answer questions and discuss public policy matters objectively and without bias in a Local Assembly.
  9. Community Representatives will each be appointed to research and gain understanding of public policy areas that fall outside the remit of the Local Assembly itself.
  10. Local Assemblies will meet monthly or as frequently as necessary to ensure that no Community business is carried over for a period exceeding 30 days from when it became known.
  11. With the exception of emergency decisions – which will themselves be defined by the Local Assembly, ALL decisions will be made by majority vote, by all members of the Community present at the relevant meeting of the Local Assembly.
  12. Local Assemblies will elect an Assembly Facilitator for each Year.
  13. Local Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years).
  14. Local Assembly Facilitators will not be permitted to volunteer to for the role again, once they have stepped down.
  15. Local Assemblies will make all local decisions on public policy, with delivery itself undertaken under the operational management and guidance of Community Assemblies.
  16. Local Assemblies shall elect 2 Community Representatives to its Community Assembly.
  17. Community Representatives will become eligible for election to a Community Assembly after serving no less than 54 consecutive months on one of the Local Assemblies that form the same Community Assembly.
  18. Community Representatives will be elected to Community Assemblies for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Community Assembly no more than 5 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative in Community Assembly for no more than 18 years in total).
  1. Community Assemblies will be opened to bring together Community Representatives from all of the Local Assemblies within an area defined by what were previously known as Counties or County areas.
  2. Community Assemblies shall take legislative responsibility for any matters that fall between the Local and National Level for purposes of practicality and no more.
  3. Community Assemblies will meet monthly or as frequently as necessary to ensure that no Community business is carried over for a period exceeding 30 days from when it became known.
  4. Community Assemblies will elect an Assembly Facilitator or Chairperson for each Year.
  5. Community Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years).
  6. Community Assembly Facilitators will not be permitted to volunteer to for the role again, once they have stepped down.
  7. Community Assemblies will take responsibility for operational management of all Local Service Provision and provide all relevant services through Public Interest Companies (PIC) which shall function on a not-for-profit basis.
  8. Community Assemblies will have the joint role of being the relevant legislative body for decision making that sits between Local and National Assemblies, whilst also being the facilitator or provider of all Local Services.
  9. Community Assemblies will have no ability or remit to refuse, change or adjust directives for service provision provided by Local Assemblies.
  10. Community Assemblies shall elect 2 Community Representatives to the National Assembly.
  11. Community Representatives will become eligible for election to The National Assembly after serving no less than 84 consecutive months on one of the Community Assemblies.
  12. Community Representatives will be elected to The National Assembly for terms of 3 years and can be re-elected to a Community Assembly no more than 4 times (allowing them to ‘sit’ as a Community Representative in Community Assembly for no more than 15 years in total).
  1. A National Assembly will be opened to bring together Community Representatives from all of the Community Assemblies from across what is known as The United Kingdom or Great Britain.
  2. The National Assembly will be convened with a membership of Community Representatives elected from each Community Assembly.
  3. The National Assembly will elect an Assembly Facilitator or Chairperson for each Year.
  4. National Assembly Facilitators can be re-elected twice (and able to Facilitate for up to 3 consecutive years).
  5. National Assembly Facilitators will not be permitted to volunteer to for the role again, once they have stepped down.
  6. Community Representatives will be appointed to research and gain understanding of specialist National and International public policy areas that have been delegated to The National Assembly.
  7. Community Representatives with allocated National or International Briefs will be able to provide any or all members of the National Assembly with detailed analysis, advice and where appropriate solutions, to inform before any vote is taken.
  8. All decisions of The National Assembly shall be taken by majority vote, with the exception of emergency matters, which will be temporarily delegated to The National Assembly Facilitator and all Community Representatives appointed to the relevant Briefs.
  9. Emergency decisions will be reviewed at the next sitting of The National Assembly, where they will either be endorsed, changed or rescinded by majority vote.
  10. IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, The National Assembly can only pass emergency decision-making powers to The National Assembly Facilitator for a period not exceeding 1 (one) calendar month.
  11. The delegation of emergency decision making powers to The National Assembly Facilitator must be approved by a majority of The National Assembly and can be rescinded by a majority vote of attending Members at any time.
  12. The National Assembly will appoint members of the National Assembly as representatives to all international bodies that have relevance to the pursuit of collective collaboration, mutually beneficial trading arrangements and National Security.
  13. The National Assembly may not confer legislative or decision-making powers to any other power, assembly, council, meeting or parliament, whether constituent with the UK / Great Britain, or outside, in any circumstances or at any time.
  1. All forms of closed lobbying by Community members, businesses and interest groups will be prohibited.
  2. No Community Representative may accept gifts or hospitality of any kind from any type of organisation seeking to influence public policy, during their tenure, or for a period of no less than 5 years previously, or 10 years thereafter.
  3. Community Representatives shall enter details of any relationships with any organisation that has or may have reason to seek to influence public policy both before and following their tenure, in a public record.
  4. Where any individual or business has a matter of public or Community interest to share, this will be raised within the Local Assembly and where necessary escalated across to the Community or National Assembly where it is in the interest of the Community to do so.
  1. The Monarchy and ‘Hereditary Positions’ as we have known them are at their end.
  2. Today’s Monarchy and Hereditary Position structure is representative of the Old World, Top-Down hierarchical order and forms of hereditary power and influence that are not aligned with new earth and Grassroots-Up Governance of any kind.
  3. No person shall be able to influence the life of another, simply because of their birth or their relationship to any other person.
  4. A Referendum or Plebiscite will be held during the process of change where the full UK / Great Britain Electorate shall be asked to choose between complete removal of The Monarchy, or its transformation into a small, figurehead organisation where a.) Members of the House of Windsor will continue to provide a strictly ‘figurehead’ role, or b.) Any future ‘monarch’ or ceremonial leader shall be selected for set periods by a system of voting through Local Assemblies and Community Assemblies before being administered by The National Assembly.
  5. In any case and in all circumstances, members of the existing ‘Royal Household’ will not be protected by position or relationship and shall be treated the same as any other UK / Great Britain resident if they are accused and/or convicted of any crime, or of the misuse of their privilege.
  1. Hereditary Titles, Positions and all associated benefits shall cease to hold any deferential value during.
  2. The existing ‘Honours System’ shall cease to exist.
  3. A new Community Honours system will be created, with awards made for recognition of service to the Community by those who have done so voluntarily, without seeking recognition, and outside of their normal professional roles.
  4. There will be no appointments or honours made politically, or by ‘public figures’ of any kind.

Frameworks (Policy 2) [P.2.0]

The solutions to the majority of the social problems that we face are not for any one of us, as individuals, to find answers to, or to come up with the right ‘fix’.

Today, we have specific groups, including politicians, banks, businesses, elites and others, attempting, and in many cases succeeding in dictating public policy and so-called solutions to problems (that their behavior has usually created).

For no better reason than they believe their ideas are best for everyone, when they are only best for themselves.

Meanwhile, although many of the speakers and publicly known influencers who recognise the need for change have their own ideas and solutions, and often appear to provide alternatives, these ideas are also made in isolation, represent their own agendas and will rarely if ever, address any major issue in a fair, just and balanced way.

This means that the result of electing an alternative set of politicians might appear different.

But if we were to simply exchange what we have now for what many loud voices and false prophets are offering us instead, we would inevitably end up with many more problems that would only get progressively worse.

The outcome would at best be exactly the same as what we have and are experiencing now.

People and their Communities must be supported to make all of the decisions that affect only them.

Amongst those decisions must be the selection and appointment of public representatives who will represent each Community when decisions are made about anything else.

As long as any person’s behaviour does not hinder the freedom of others, they themselves must be free and unhindered to do and behave in any way that they wish.

The obligation of the Community will only ever be to manage and to provide resources, rules and regulations that work for and are in the best interests of that Community. Nothing more.

These ‘Frameworks for Freedoms’ overseen by the Community must always be universal in nature. So that they treat each and every person exactly the same.

Frameworks for Freedoms will ensure that no person is given either an advantage or disadvantage, if they should find themselves with nothing in terms of material wealth, or if holding no material wealth should indeed be their voluntary choice.

In its simplest and most easily describable form, an example of a framework rule would have some similarities with what we today understand as the Minimum Wage. A universal framework that is similar as EVERY PERSON must be paid that minimum hourly rate, no matter what job it is that they do.

Universality does not entertain prejudices. Nor does it recognise the differences and therefore the prejudices that today’s social conditioning has created or indulged.

So, no matter how we might have been previously conditioned or required to identify someone – whatever the reasons might be, those reasons that we have used to attribute social value to other human beings in the past, must now be discarded and left behind.

EVERY PERSON enters and leaves this world the same.

Frameworks for Freedom must exist to ensure that no rules exist which allow anyone to define themselves as being different to others through any position or wealth that they have attained or have been gifted in other ways.

Success and the appearance of happiness do not make anyone better than anyone else.

Genuine success and happiness are defined by the individual and their own reflections. Not by anyone else or by the world outside.

Frameworks for Freedoms are the doorway that allow everyone to thrive and achieve happy, healthy, safe and secure lives – if they so choose.

The real power and responsibility of community centred governance is to provide these Frameworks and to protect them. Nothing more.

Every Community must be able to make rules that are considerate of the different dynamics that relate to it.

These rules must always sit outside and beyond making specific requirements that suggest how every individual will enjoy their own freedom and the related right to exist in tangible forms.

These Community rules might relate to very practical measures such as the infrastructure that exists, the types of foods that can be grown or produced in the area, or other ways in which the Community’s Economy or Local Marketplace works.

Every Person must always be treated and respected as an individual and given every opportunity to express their freedom to choose how to live. Without unnecessary rules, regulations and laws that seek to control – that would only exist for the benefit of those who write or set them.

Genuine frameworks are principles that do not need to be changed.

Whereas rules, regulations and laws tend to be dynamic and must be updated to reflect changing times.

Rules, regulations and laws are always open to interpretation and to abuse.

If we want A Good Future for Everyone that works in a Balanced, Fair and Just way and always puts People First, it is the principles that need to work, to be consistent, universal and reliable, before anything else.

It is not the detail or the control of any detail that matters.

There is nothing insignificant about the process of change and the transition from a money, wealth, influence and power-based culture, to one that values and puts People First.

Frameworks that allow everyone to act, think and to behave like the adults that they are will be the very best way to help us all to survive and thrive through the transition into A Good Future for Everyone and to play our part in establishing a new system that is waiting for us beyond.

We may not be able to see how a very different way of living and relating to others would work from where we are looking at the future right now. As the culture we are experiencing today has taken over every part of life and even influences the way that we think.

Considering anything contrary to or beyond what we believe to be ‘normal’ today can easily leave us feeling overwhelmed.

This is another reason why we need to place our trust in the hands of someone who can see how so many interconnected things will need to be changed. So that the benefits of transition into A Good Future for Everyone will quickly begin to reach us all.

The relationship that we all have with money is the most important element of the change or transition process and will be resisted by many in ways that no other change will.

This is why changing our relationship with money is so important.

Every societal problem we have today relates to our relationship with money.

This can only be fixed with the surety and direction that can be delivered under the leadership of a single mind.

A happy, healthy and balanced life will be affordable and sustainable for everyone, without the need for debt, subsidy or government handouts of any kind, when receiving the minimum, most basic or living wage for working the equivalent of a full working week.

If you remain tied in your beliefs to the old-world system and money-based culture, it is unlikely that you will be able to see the defining value of the First Framework.

Indeed, you may not even conceive that The First Framework is viable and would certainly not be something that would be supported by choice.

However, if we take the time to consider the dynamics and impact of The Basic Living Standard in its fullest context, and picture the reality that people, businesses and all organisations must consider this obligation in each and every action or transaction that they make or undertake, we will begin to see how this is a central framework rule that has the power to influence and impact upon them all.

ALL people must have the ability to be able to sustain their lives fully on the lowest full-time wage without handouts from the Community, without relying on Charity and without having to rely upon debt.

Within the people-first economic model that A Good Future for Everyone offers us, everything will point in that direction and contribute to making it work.

The 11 Principal Frameworks: (Policy 3) [P.3.0]

We must accept that for many today, a world that focuses on living life differently to how everything appears to work and revolve around money today, simply doesn’t make any sense.

However, just because we cannot see a different future, doesn’t mean that it does not exist.

Likewise, just because we may only be able to see the future in the same context of how we understand everything in the World around us works today, doesn’t mean that we cannot think differently, putting values and our relationships with other People at the heart of everything to embrace what will soon become necessary for everyone – no matter what we might currently believe.

Governance should always be light-touch and government should always be as small as it can be to fulfill its requirements.

In so far as it is possible, People must always be allowed to set their own rules for life.

However, the success of A Good Future for Everyone will be based upon us all agreeing upon, working with and committing to Governance frameworks that provide the necessary direction, standards and security, so that people and our Communities can thrive.

There are 11 Principal Frameworks, where Governance Frameworks will exist:

  1. People First
  2. Economic Localism
  3. Freedom will not hinder and will not be hindered in any way.
  4. No Hierarchies. Top-Down is at its end
  5. Local People MUST make Local Decisions Locally & influence from The Grassroots-Up
  6. Local Businesses buy, sell and promote Local Goods first
  7. Every link of the supply chain must add value.
  8. Money or currencies have a fixed value and can only be used as a medium of exchange
  9. Technology must only be used as a tool to improve life, not to end or replace it
  10. The Internet is a tool for life, not an alternative to it
  11. In a People First system, the people will always be the first to speak.

In the 11 chapters that follow, we will go through each of these Principles, one by one.

If you cannot see it, be in the presence of it or directly engage with it, you cannot trust that it will be in your best interests – whatever it might be.

In a world where everything has been telling us to place our trust and belief in people, businesses, Governance, manufacturing , production and services that are somewhere else – either out of our locality, our presence or somewhere online, it does indeed sound counterintuitive to suggest that a better life and way of living for everyone can only come by redirecting the way we live and have relationships with everything in a completely different way.

Yet that is exactly where we need to be.

Easy living, based upon processes and the input of people that we will never meet or see, mean that we have lost sight of responsibility, whilst we have also surrendered our control.

To live well, to live freely, to live healthily and to live happily, the focus of life, living and of everything that feeds into life and supports it must be as local as possible.

Everything must be transparent and be completely under our own control.

Every commercial activity that exists relates to a business, service or process that serves the interests of people in some way.

When commercial activities of any kind are placed in the service of specific interests and interests that are either deliberately hidden or kept out of sight, whatever they do will never be in the interests of us all. The balance between us and the sense of justice and fairness is quickly lost.

The priority for all Communities must be to meet everyone’s basic needs so that everyone has the food, the clothing, the transport, the technology, the education, the work and the means to be self-sustaining without the need for help or support, in return for the work they do or the contribution to the Community that they make.

This means that the growing of food, production of goods, manufacturing, supply of services and all the supply chains that support normal life and that exist to meet everyone’s basic needs, must be returned to their most locality focused and people-centric forms.

We think that we are free today, and that any fight that might lie ahead is to maintain that freedom.

This is not correct.

The fight ahead is the fight for freedom itself. That’s why we need single-minded leadership.

The alternative is to accept further forms of control and tyranny from an establishment or system that still insists that everything it does and will do will be done with our best interests at heart, whilst it seeks to profit from and exploit us all at every turn. All the time, reducing every one of the freedoms that we have today, whilst also seeking to continually reduce and remove our own individual forms of control.

Some might relate this statement to issues like the arrival of new generations of AI and the growing digital tyranny that we are being increasingly controlled and oppressed by. But nothing is so simple as that.

The reality is that we have forgotten what freedom really is.

By being so beholden to and manipulated by the consumer mantra ‘you can have whatever you want, it will always be available, it will always be affordable and we’ll always give you money to pay for it – as long as you behave’, we have collectively become shackled by always wanting more.

We have forgotten what it is to live life in way that centres only upon what we actually need.

Today, we are slaves to a values set based upon wealth, money, power and influence being the only things that are important.

We have become so addicted to this way of being and thinking, that we cannot even see how badly we are being hurt by what we already have. Yet we remain desperate for the same self-interests that brought us here to reach out and offer us even more.

True freedom does not hinder us or restrict us in any way.

True freedom only ends when our actions and behaviour become a genuine hindrance to others.

Freedom will always be freedom. Freedom is not something that depends on what people with power and influence dictate.

We must create and maintain a culture, understanding and framework that allows each and every one of us the freedom to be ourselves and who we believe ourselves to be. But at the same time does not restrict or hinder this same freedom in others so that it can contradict its own legitimacy, or force change upon the freedom of anyone to be.

We are led to believe and to accept that The System that we have today is run on behalf of the people, by the people and for the people.

It is not.

Most people understand that the system is run in the best interests of those who either run it, or those that they look up to or receive favour from in some way.

But that is not the whole truth.

Everything that we know and understand today revolves around and is focused upon a values set based upon money, wealth, influence and power, along with the processes and actions that help everyone – no matter who they are – to gain and accumulate more of it.

We put money and the value we place in it before people and everything else.

The rise of the internet, the smart tech revolution and now the evolution of AI have made the downward spiral that has existed for over 50 years even worse by creating more and more devices and processes that dehumanize relationships.

Today’s internet creates the impression for anyone or any organisation with a platform that the people they interact with online aren’t actually real.

As far as real life is concerned, people in the digital world simply do not even exist. Yet in return we listen to and respect them as if they are.

This way of living is already unsustainable. But it is set to get even worse as we embrace the use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), without any ethical framework or rules being set up that recognises the negative impacts and outcomes from profit-driven and control-driven misuse.

We must flip or completely turn this situation on its head and create a universal environment that puts people at the forefront of everything and every relationship instead of money.

Using benchmark frameworks that ensure fairness, balance and justice for all such as The Basic Living Standard, which will guarantee the ability of all people to support themselves without going into debt or without having to call on charity or government support, we will have the ability to provide a self-sustaining standard for a happy, healthy, safe and secure life for everyone.

With frameworks that are focused on People, we can also create a light-touch system of Governance that uses transparency as an open tool for the new earth system to police itself too.

Today, humanity as a value set has been lost.

We can and will regain our true and most beneficial value set by focusing on the benefits of new earth and putting People First.

Whilst some of us will understand the concept, none of us alive today have known a world without hierarchies.

Yet hierarchies are one of the most effective tools that exist for the dehumanisation and distancing of humanity and human relationships.

Hierarchies are the reason that societies and industries ultimately fail.

The intrinsic reason for the failure of all hierarchies – where the failure itself can take centuries to reach those at the top – is because hierarchies instantly make decision makers out-of-touch with those they rule.

The System that is failing and collapsing around us today is a classic example of a hierarchy. It is a textbook example of a system that operates from the top-down.

Today’s system is so complex, that the tiers or levels of the hierarchy are not only top-down.

The way that we have evolved culturally has meant that we have also extended these tiers or levels from side to side.

This means that the responsibility for decisions that affect our daily lives are not only made by people and organisations or bodies that we will never have contact with.

It also means that their role, responsibilities and influence are also heavily – and all too conveniently obscured from our view.

Leadership has become synonymous with hierarchy. Yet the interchangeability of the two words or terms must no longer be considered as meaning the same thing.

We most certainly need leaders to shine and take responsibility for leading us.

But leadership does not come by right. It does not appear through career progression. It certainly doesn’t come through position or assumed power – even though the elites want us to believe this – try as they might.

Poor leaders who have no appreciation of the mechanics of leadership, nor any understanding of what leadership genuinely is, usually surround themselves with leaders who are even weaker, who then do exactly the same thing when it becomes their turn to lead.

Likewise, the accumulation of wealth or apparent success with a certain kind of business is no guarantee of anyone’s ability, the ethics or the morality that will drive them if they find themselves in a position where deference and the way that society works would enable them to take a lead.

Today, we have reached a position where everything we know in terms of Governance and the way that the rules governing the way society, business and culture function has such people at the top and intrinsically involved.

We must end these hierarchies. We must end everything that functions in the sense of decisions being made by any form of power and influence that is remote and that we can identify in any way as being top-down.

When we have a problem, we look to the people closest to us or those who are around us and in our lives for help. We quite literally reach out to our local support networks.

So why do we always reach outside of our local support networks for everything else and believe that the people, the businesses, the politicians and whatever else we interact with will value us at a personal level and with our best interests at heart, just the same?

Whilst there must always be an objectively created framework of rules that establish and maintain equality in all things that will be equal and that there is equality for all, the creation of such rules and regulations must be undertaken by people who understand what life is really like for all.

If decision makers do not interact with the people, the area, the Community for which any set of rules are made, they cannot make those decisions in the most informed manner.

True equality of opportunity must exist for society to be balanced, fair and just.

But equality of opportunity and one-size-fits all are never the same thing. That is, unless you are the one with all the power and you sit in isolation at the very top.

In new earth Communities, it will be Local people – that’s the people we talk to and see regularly or could call on easily and without difficulty – who will always be making the decisions on public policy and Governance that will have any effect upon us and the people we care about.

There are very few decisions made by any of the existing levels of government today, that could not be returned, along with the power that enables them, to the most local or Community level.

Instead, rules are today being made that have a real impact upon the quality of life that we all experience, by people who will never visit or understand our areas and Communities, and who we will never have reason to know.

Lawmaking powers must be returned to the level nearest to the people possible to do so. In the majority of cases, this will always be within a local or Community framework.

Cost or political expedience is in itself no excuse for rules to be passed to anyone or to any organisation outside of our local frameworks. The reality is that excuses like these are quite literally all they are – excuses that sound beneficial to everyone.

The truth is that they are all about taking power away from us so that someone else can better serve their own self-interest, by taking and misusing our control.

Local people will always be best equipped to make local decisions. There is no need for anyone else, any group or political party to be involved.

We can only return power to the people by rejecting the phony democracy that it will take a Good Dictator to replace.

We shouldn’t trust what we cannot physically experience, even if it physically exists somewhere else.

Just as it will be in the interests of our health to avoid foods that don’t resemble their basic, raw form – unless the processing used is simple, such as was traditionally undertaken by hand (e.g. Bread, Butter, Cheese), we will learn to avoid and distrust the processes of growing, manufacturing and production that are not accessible or cannot be accessed, viewed and assessed by people who are known to us and that we can trust.

People with money, influence and power today have abused the trust that so many of us have placed in them by exploiting the rationale that out of sight is out of mind.

They do this because they remain confident that if we cannot see it, we do not care about it, we are not interested in it, and that we will take the provenance and care for our best interests that go into it for granted.

Corruption is not only a term that relates to financial payments, favours and backhanders that skew decisions today that should always be impartial and fair.

Processes of all kinds have become corrupted by the self-interest and profiteering that drives them.

There is no reason why the basic goods, foods and services that we all need for life cannot be grown, produced, manufactured and supplied locally – IF we are putting people and a values-based way of living first, using methods that will quickly resolve some of the biggest issues that society currently has.

Yes, there may always be a need to trade local goods that exist in excess, for those that cannot be locally produced. Or to create a regulated currency for the purposes of being a medium of exchange that can do the same.

But if we work locally, with local people, in the interests of the locality and the local Community, a balance for this will always exist.

It is only when greed and the self-interest of the few enter the equation that a process begins where balance, fairness and justice is lost. Selfishness is where it all begins to go wrong.

Local Businesses must always prioritise local suppliers for their services, raw materials and goods.

Quality and experience are always the key, and by chasing profit or by attempting to avoid rules that achieve the same, transparency, provenance, authenticity and everything good will always be lost.

Whilst it is the money system and the way that money creation and circulation are managed that are the fundamental problem with the way that the worldwide economy works today, this mismanagement itself has encouraged a cultural mindset that focuses on saving costs and making more profit. Not as a consequence of what the business does; not because there is some kind of rule requiring them to do so; not because circumstances demand it of them. But because they can.

We have reached a stage where businesses that we could argue have a legitimate involvement in supply chains that provide a service or supplies to the people, such as supermarkets, already use every excuse that sounds plausible to convince retail customers that prices need to keep rising.

Meanwhile, supermarkets push producers and growers at the other end of the supply chain to sell at prices where they can barely continue to exist (and increasingly don’t).

However, the problem today reaches way beyond businesses such as those we would recognise as having a legitimate role in production and supply to play.

There are also many other companies, ‘agents’, speculators, and other ‘interests’, who buy and sell raw materials, components, ingredients, fuels, minerals and even currencies, who do nothing to add value to the product or whatever it is they are buying and selling.

But in whatever way they become involved, they nonetheless add and take a fee for themselves.

That excess profit, made without adding value to the supply chain – when adding value could be refining, making an engine out of components, or even selling to the customer at the end of the ‘chain’, raises the costs of all of these goods and even services unnecessarily.

In every circumstance within a supply chain where anyone takes a margin without adding any value to the process, it makes the end product or service more expensive for everyone to buy and makes it more difficult to live.

There must always be a reward for input, whether that be growing, mining, processing, refining, delivering or selling.

But nobody and no business will be able to take a reward, just because they can afford to insert themselves into any part of any supply chain that exists or may be under discussion ahead of time – pushing up prices as they do so, and then selling on at a profit which pushed those prices up further.

Regrettably, the historic greed of growers, producers and all the different companies that in some cases also carry out unnecessary cost-raising activities or roles, has surrendered the ability of whole industries to take back control of their own marketplace because they are today tied into commercial relationships they feel unable to leave behind – even though they are being progressively broken by them.

Supply chains must be as short as it is possible. No unnecessary business, agent or entity of any kind can be allowed to be involved in the growing, production, manufacturing, storing, transport or selling of foods, goods and services that are essential to life – of any kind.

Of those businesses or entities that have involvement at any stage of any supply chain, they MUST add value to the chain with whatever it is they do.

No other interests other than those that are adding value to the chain must ever be allowed to be involved.

Speculation or ‘futures’ must be prohibited for any raw materials, foods or goods that are part of any supply chain that provides essential goods, services or supplies that are essential to basic life.

Speculation and ‘futures’ selling or handling is nothing more than gambling and no one has the right to gamble with anyone else’s life.

Money isn’t real. Yet we have been conditioned to believe that it is.

Money is a unit or medium of exchange.

Yet we have been conditioned to believe that money is a thing. That money holds value of its own, and that the value that money holds is variable in its own right – well beyond the basic principles necessary for currency exchange.

Money has become the benchmark that dictates the value of life and the value of every individual’s existence.

For as long as this money-based order, reality or culture that we have today continues to exist, the values that underpin humanity and human existence will matter less and less.

Money and currencies of any kind are useful to us, as long as they are only used as the medium of exchange that they are. Rather than being believed to be or considered to be an accumulation of material wealth in itself – as it is today.

For as long as we continue to allow the value of anything and everything to be determined by the value of money, which itself can then vary from day to day, the power of any individual, business or Community to regulate, manage and sustain healthy lives will be compromised.

Until 1971, when neoliberalism fully took over, the value of the money that existed was always pinned or anchored to the value of gold.

‘The Gold Standard’ was far from being a perfect system or system that was balanced, fair and just in itself – as any good study of economic history will demonstrate. But what its existence did demonstrate was the benefit of having the value of money restricted, which meant that there was considerably less opportunity for the system to be ‘played’ – as it has been, to our considerable cost, ever since.

A fair, balanced and just economic system that puts People First, must rest its economic base upon the people that exist within that system, along with the fundamental value we can associate with what those people then put in or take out of it.

That value may indeed be translated into money or a form of currency or digital currency of some kind.

But there is no requirement or need for that value to ever be variable in a system that puts People First and does not accept that non-essential or basic goods that it cannot itself produce must be secured, no matter the price.

The value of human existence and the value of the work or effort that any individual puts into the system must be the benchmark which everything to do with monetary exchange and value must be pinned.

For life to be valued and for that value of life to be maintained as it will always be, money or currencies of any kind must always be a unit of exchange that holds no value of its own that can be bought, sold or exchanged.

9. Technology: A tool to improve life, not end it [P.3.9]

It would be foolish to not recognise the value of the advances in technology that humanity has experienced throughout the industrial age.

Those technological advances have increased exponentially as we have picked up speed through the digital age, with advances that we have experienced in just the past few years alone, already providing us with the opportunity to look at life in a very different way.

Technology has always had the power to do much good. To improve life in many ways and to remove all kinds of risks from the workplace for everyone who may be involved.

However, technology and its development has also been increasingly abused.

Technological advances are used by industries to increase profits and are today increasingly seen as a way to reduce the numbers of people employed to work. All without any due regard for the impact on individuals, Communities, entire countries and the industries that are involved.

It is true that no business or organisation exists purely to employ people.

Employment and the need to employ people to carry out any function that the development of a business or organisation and the products or services that it delivers, has and always will be a happy consequence of organic growth from the provision of goods and services of a quality that are essential to life and which people and Communities genuinely need.

Profit should always be a happy consequence of good delivery and management. Never the primary aim.

The power of good in technology rests in its ability to be used to improve and enhance working practices and quality of life.

Not to make work or employment unnecessary for anyone, or to be used as a functional device to control or restrict people or humanity in any way.

There are and always will be negative consequences when technology of any kind is used and harnessed for purposes other than to improve life or working conditions.

Those who lose out will always lose out badly.

Whilst those who believe they are using technology to benefit themselves or their business will only every experience a pyrrhic win.

In a people centric or people-first economy and World, technology must always be used to improve the experience of everyone. Not as a tool that can only ever benefit the few.

Many neither realise nor appreciate that the arrival of the internet and the functionality that it has offered us, has never been governed or regulated by governments and those that govern on our behalf in ways that benefit us.

The internet and the online world that is developing with it is and always has been a two-edged sword. It has brought as many downsides or dark aspects with it, as the positive or good aspects that it has given us – and potentially a lot more.

Many of the social problems that we experience today can be attributed to behaviour that was deemed acceptable online before it then found its way into the real world or the mainstream.

From early on, people and businesses using the internet – whatever the purpose may have been – didn’t recognise the same social etiquette, politeness, manners, morals, standards or behaviour that we considered to be the cultural norm in ‘real life’ outside. Principally, because there was never any real system of Governance in place and so none of those same rules appeared to exist.

The rate of behavioral change in social conditioning from locality to online has been confined to within what might only be one generation.

Young people today take all of their social cues and conditioning from the world online. Rather than from the young people, adults and Community figures around them.

The effect has been massively profound.

Today, upcoming generations and those above them who follow common narratives take these social cues into ‘real life’ without realising the parallel universe or pretend world that the internet or online world offers, is dictating or rather destroying rules and the remaining values for life.

This reconditioning is helping to dehumanise every aspect of life that we experience, as it progresses.

Like all technology, the value of the internet and all things online cannot be understated. Just as long as it is used and operated within a framework, with rules and restrictions that are always based upon and maintained for the common good.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) and all online technology will prove to be bad for humanity if it is programmed, created and driven by motives and designs that are in the interests of the few, rather than being in the best interests of all mankind.

The internet is a tool. It must be respected as such.

The online or digital world must always reflect or mirror the rules and practices that we use in real life. Rather than having the ability to completely reset life and every agenda, as it and all the technology that feeds into it, does today.

We have been told over and over again that we live and enjoy freedom that can only come from being in a Democracy.

The political system and the system of Governance or administration that we have today could certainly operate in a very democratic way. But only when the incumbents within that system or the politicians and officers respect Democracy and democratic practices themselves.

Whatever system of government or administration we may have, there will always be a dependence upon those who have been entrusted with the responsibilities of public representation having the integrity to respect and work diligently with that trust.

Today, politicians simply do not do this. Not least of all because once elected, politicians of the existing political parties are inevitably expected by their party to vote and support policies as they have been told.

But also, because very few politicians today are able to discern the difference between what is right for them and what is right for us all.

Many of us regrettably still think that change can be achieved just by voting for a different party, or by changing the way that votes are counted. So that smaller parties will get elected as they pick up alternative and second preference votes.

What those who believe this fail to see is that the way that we elect politicians doesn’t matter one bit, if the politicians don’t care for or consider the people they have been elected to represent.

It would be foolish to believe that any of us can trust that every politician we elect can be relied upon 100% of the time to make decisions on our behalf that are always 100% right.

But there is a colossal difference between where we are today, and where we will be when we have created a very different democratic framework that requires all public representatives to establish and qualify themselves at Community level. Then live the principle that true Democracy will always operate from the Grassroots Up.

Yes, we must have politicians and public representatives to represent us and make decisions on our behalf.

But the perversity of a system where just a few thousand people from a group that has very specific interests and motivations can select the next Prime Minister of the UK, should never have existed.

The people who represent us all must be selected and appointed by us all, first.

It may neither be possible nor appropriate for us to appoint a Prime Minister in the same way that the United States does.

Our Communities will all be able to take an active part in selecting the people who will represent us and take the majority of the decisions that will affect us all locally.

The people who represent us at Regional, National and potentially international level, will always be selected from those who have been successful and demonstrated their suitability as a public representative, to the people they represent, from this pool.

Part 3: What we can expect from The Future

An openly acknowledged Good Dictatorship would fail as quickly as an openly bad one and continue to be as bad as the hidden one that we have now, if policy were only to focus upon the next steps and then what follows immediately afterwards.

Whilst todays politicians cannot see it, one of the greatest flaws in creating legislation and in policy making today comes from the fact that so many of the decision makers that we have now believe that they can control what will happen. Or rather, that they can control the outcomes of what will happen, not just after one decision, but perhaps after many different decisions have been made along the chronological line.

This is a reflection of the poor quality and ineptitude of the people that we have in elected office and running every part of government across the UK today.

Taking the next decision, as if it is the only one, and making the right choice based on what we know to be so and what is in the best interests of everyone, is the only way that any decision that will have an effect upon others or indeed everyone should ever be made.

Making decisions based upon bias or personal choice may appear to work out well for the person taking the decisions.

But there will always be negative consequences for someone, somewhere. And sooner or later, the impact of every bad decision will find its way back to the decision maker, whether they believe that to be the case when they made their choice, or not.

You can be sure that the more we hear today’s politicians use a particular word or term, the greater the chances are that they are trying to convince themselves of the value of whatever policy they might be chasing. It’s not just the case that they will be attempting to convince everyone else that they really know and understand what they are on about, and that they are competent too.

The most common word we are likely to hear spoken by todays UK Politicians is ‘growth’.

Growth is important to this entire political class. Because in the sense that ‘growth’ is being used, which for politicians relates directly to the size of the economy or the amount of money that exists or is in circulation, growth of this specific kind immediately devalues the value or size of the existing national debt.

‘Growth’ as a political narrative used by all of today’s political class therefore allows politicians to print and spend more money. When spending money is the only thing that inept politicians know how to do.

The second word we are likely to hear spoken by todays UK Politicians is ‘plan’.

‘We have a plan’, ‘There needs to be a plan’, ‘The government needs to explain its plan’.

Yet plans really are no use to anyone or anything other than as a mission statement or statement of intent. One that can be used to demonstrate to anyone who is interested, what those who have made that plan are aiming to achieve.

What plans don’t account for is the reality that in a world like the one that we live in and where everyone involved in putting any plan into action has free will of their own, is that events, choices and influences, that can often turn out to be remarkably small, can change the direction of a policy, project or just about any plan, no matter how well constructed, in what might be a very short period of time.

Plans are for those who are more concerned with the journey, the method of getting there and who gets all the credit for every step taken along the way, than they are about reaching the destination itself.

Plans create a trap of their own that requires stopping to plan all over again – or to even give up, as soon as anything is perceived to go wrong – which it inevitably will, many times over.

Real leadership might use plans or strategies as tools to bring different working parts of a situation together.

But the endgame, outcome or result will always look the same. That destination will just be the driver behind everything that a good leader will do. Much as the allies planned for the manpower and logistics that enabled the Invasion of Europe to take place in 1944, whilst defeat of the Nazis was always the required outcome all the same.

Wartime or not, good leadership doesn’t fall into the trap of slavishly sticking to or relying on plans.

The fact that we have a political culture today that has been so obsessed with plans and the bureaucratic systems that sit behind them is in no small part responsible for the problems that the work of the UKs public sector now has, and that have been growing for so long.

A single-minded, good and effective leader will always be driven by the outcomes that are in mind, rather than all of the details of how the journey will take place that will get the UK there.

That’s what good public servants who are dedicated to public service rather than to only themselves will do.

We all have a part to play in this equation.

Each and every one of us can adopt a mentality that is congruent with the outcomes that need to be achieved that will be better for us all.

We have the power to take steps and decisions along the way that may seem small or even irrelevant. But they will help the bigger picture and the desired outcome at every step along the way.

We all must be committed to making those choices, each and every day.

The following pages focus in on the public policy areas and the public policies that a Good, Beneficent Dictator, who has the right motives and understanding, will set out to achieve as recognisable outcomes, by the end of their term in office.

Reading these with eyes in front of a mind that takes for granted everything that we believe we have and how everything appears to work within ‘The System’ today, is likely to meet comment that suggests such policies are impossible to achieve. Or that they would never work.

The key to understanding such views is that these comments are made in the context of today. Without a full understanding of the perilous situation that ‘The System’ that such people love and benefit from is in. And without recognising the increasing levels of harm that ‘The System’ is doing to people who have done nothing wrong and just want to be able to afford to look after themselves and the people they love – whilst leading normal lives.

In ‘The System’ we have today, nobody gains anything without there being a cost to someone else. More often than not, that cost is directly to ourselves, even though we might not even realise this until the damage has been done and it might be too late to do anything about it.

We must take responsibility for ourselves and the people whose lives our actions will impact. Whether they are within our family, our circle of friends, our community, our country, in another country or they haven’t even been born yet.

Only a single minded Good or Beneficent Dictator can drive through the changes that will be necessary to deliver a world that works for and benefits everyone.

But the responsibility for supporting, embracing and helping to implement that change is one that belongs to us all.

Policy 4: An Economy that puts people first (Policy 4) [P.4.0]

  1. The impact and consequences of our decisions and actions upon others are the principle guide for life.
  2. Each Person and their Communities will always consider the consequences of any behaviour or action and only proceed when there will be no involuntary cost or impact upon anyone who has not voluntarily and knowingly involved themselves within the process. No matter how many times removed those persons might be in terms of the existence of any impact chain.
  3. Each Person and their Communities shall not engage in any activity or process where the decision to do so will inflict harm or consequences upon any other person, whether alive today or yet to come, that those persons have not consciously, knowingly and voluntarily agreed to.
  4. Each Person shall always have Freedom to speak. Freedom to learn. Freedom to hear. Freedom to be upset. Freedom to remove ourselves from the debate. Freedom to not have the ideas of others physically imposed upon them.
  5. Each Person will be free to do, to be and to say what they please, when doing so will have no physical implications or offer no physical threat to the physical existence of others.
  1. The value of the Economy shall be tied to the number of people living within the Country, National Community or Community at any time.
  2. Each member of the National Community shall represent a Fixed Base Value to the National or Universal Currency and be directly proportional to the total value of that Currency in circulation – whether digital or in cash.
  3. A system of values to The Economy shall exist that relates to the input and productivity of each Person to the Economy itself.
  4. The only circumstances in which money or currency can be created during the process of the establishment of new earth and thereafter is from key life events such as the birth of a child, a child beginning school, a child qualifying in standard proficiency at 14, and then a young adult finishing academic or vocational pathways at the age of 21.
  5. Money created upon these key life events shall be payable to the individual, their parents or guardians, with an equal sum being added to the Local Assembly balance sheet.
  6. The creation and deletion of money shall be the responsibility of Community Assemblies.
  7. Responsibility for the creation and deletion of money shall not be deferred to any bank, financier, private or other interest at any time or in any circumstances.
  8. At the point of any death, the economic value of that Person to The Economy must be taken from the overall circulatory value of The National Currency, with the value payable by priority to the local Community Assembly from the deceased’s estate.
  9. Economic Value within The People First Economy will be created through a) earnings in exchange for labour, skills and experience of the individual b) the production of basic foods and goods c) the manufacture of goods and equipment and the provision of services that add value.
  10. The payment or accumulation of Monetary or Financial Interest payments of any kind shall be prohibited.
  11. Money or currency will only be borrowed for a fixed transaction or facilitation fee, which under no circumstances may exceed the value of 10% of the total loan.
  12. Transaction or Facilitation fees shall be repayable on a proportional basis with each repayment.
  13. Bankers, Lenders or Financiers of any kind shall not regulate or police their own activities, in any way, and shall have no influence upon any organisation that does.
  14. Any form of credit worthiness monitoring will be provided by an impartial service, where basic ratings will be offered and no more.
  15. The purchase and sale of personal financial data shall be prohibited, with financial penalties and lifetime industry bans applied to anyone directly or indirectly involved.
  16. Any device or mechanism created by industry or private interests to ‘qualify’ lending, finance or insurance of any kind shall be prohibited.
  1. The Basic Living Standard and the corresponding Basic Living Wage shall be the benchmark policy of The People First Economy.
  2. The prices of all foods, goods and services that are deemed essential to providing a happy, healthy, safe and secure lifestyle shall relate, proportionally, to the total value of the Basic Living Wage.
  3. The Basic Living Wage shall equate to the value apportioned to one full working week within the lowest paid employment, or what is known today as the minimum wage.
  4. All Companies / Businesses providing essential provisions or contributing to their supply, will be registered with the Community Assembly.
  5. It will be the duty of all retailers, manufacturers, growers etc, to maintain the prices of essential provisions at each stage of the supply chain.
  6. Any individual or business directly or indirectly seeking to manipulate prices or add additional profit during the process of providing essential provisions within their relevant supply chains shall be fined a minimum of 3x the potential gain they would make, and will be banned from the industry for life, with all assets relating to production forfeited to the Community Assembly.

*Please see the Section on ‘Frameworks’ [P.2.3] above, for a description of The First Framework / The Basic Living Standard.

  1. All Community services shall employ the minimum number of full or part time staff necessary to ensure continuity in management and streamlined operational delivery.
  2. Staffing of all Community Services shall in the main part be provided directly by Community Contributions made by each Person within the Community.
  3. Where members of the Community have ‘opted out’ of Community Contributions, their Community Contribution Tax will be paid into a ringfenced fund held by the Community Assembly and redistributed to the Community services network according to need.
  1. Every working Person shall be required to give 10% of their working time or the equivalent of each and every working week to supporting the provision of Community services and operations.
  2. No person below the age of 40 years may opt out of actively contributing 10% of their working week to Community service provision.
  3. At the age of 40 or above, each Person may opt to pay the equivalent of 10% of their weekly income as an alternative tax, to the local Community Assembly, when they are earning at least 2x the equivalent of the Basic Living Wage.
  4. All employers shall be required to support Community service provision without prejudice to the employee.
  5. Where possible, all persons shall offer and provide experience, skills and knowledge to a related Community service on a like-for-like basis, equivalent to the role they undertake during a normal employed working week.
  1. The Basic Living Standard shall be the accepted benchmark for the level of income required for any individual unable to work for any reason.
  2. Benefits shall be administered by Community Assemblies.
  3. Benefit Payments will be made directly to a Restricted Benefits Current Account held with the Local People’s Bank.
  4. Payments to essential service providers such as landlords, phone companies and transport providers shall be made directly to those essential service providers from each Restricted Benefits Current Account.
  5. All other payments made from each Restricted Benefits Bank Account shall be digital and will only be made to recognised providers for the purchase of essential goods and services.
  6. The Balance of any Restricted Benefits Bank Account shall have no redeemable cash value.
  7. There shall be no assumed right of Benefits Payments to economic migrants.
  8. The Assemblies shall only be obliged to meet the basic essential needs of any unqualified migrant.
  9. The Assemblies will prioritise the care and support of UK / Great Britain residents who are ‘vulnerable’ before assisting unqualified migrants.
  10. The National Assembly shall endeavour to return all unqualified migrants to their home country as early as possible, and in so doing take every action to facilitate this.
  11. Unqualified Migrants will not become naturalised UK / Great Britain Residents
  12. Disability payments shall be qualified by a G.P.
  13. Qualified recipients of The Basic Living Standard Payment with disabilities that prevent them working shall receive payment directly to a Bank Account of their choice.
  14. Unqualified or ‘malingering’ recipients of The Basic Living Standard Payment shall be treated the same as any normal benefits payee.
  1. Each Person shall be valued before money, profit and technology.
  2. No company shall replace any employed role with technology unless each Person displaced is moved to alternative permanent employment with that company of the same level of responsibility or higher.
  3. Companies using technology to complete tasks that can be completed by employees shall be obligated to employ suitably qualified staff from within the Local Assembly Area to complete those tasks, where they are available and claiming Welfare or Benefits.
  4. The Basic Standard of Living, based upon ensuring that every adult will always have available what it costs to feed, cloth, house, transport and cover all basic essentials to ensure a happy, healthy, safe and secure life will be introduced universally, as a Framework Policy.
  5. All benefits will relate to the value of the Basic Living Standard and value of the Basic Living Standard Wage.
  1. A system of Community Hostels and services for the homeless shall exist, with provision and management being the responsibility of Community Assemblies. 
  2. Community Hostels will offer a tailored approach to individuals and arms-length care and support for those who choose not to use any accommodation offered.
  3. Large Companies and Agricultural Estates that have reduced the numbers of non-technical roles as part of profit-led mechanisation will be required to provide ‘bunk room’ housing and related support, and to reemploy staff, where the essential supply chain system will not be compromised.
  1. Each Person who has not committed a crime that has impacted the welfare or wellbeing of other people will have the opportunity of a ‘second chance’, and to begin adult life anew, again, if it will be beneficial for their own mental health and state of mind to do so.
  2. Each Person shall have the Right to be Forgotten at least once during their natural lifetime.
  3. The Right to be Forgotten can be applied at any time from the age of 18 years or upon leaving full time education (at whichever point is latest)
  4. To qualify for The Right to be Forgotten, each Person must be assessed by no less than 3x impartial mental health specialists.
  5. The Right to be Forgotten will erase names, history, and all legal ties to their formal life, including post age 14 qualifications.
  6. The Right to be Forgotten will require the individual to break all family ties and associations with any people or Community / Communities known to them.
  7. Each Person who has exercised their Right to be Forgotten shall be able to apply to their new Community Assembly to have former qualifications rewarded by a different education provider (reinstated), where such qualifications are in short supply, and it will be beneficial for the Community for such an award to be made.
  8. Any Person who has successfully exercised their Right to be Forgotten and breaks the requirements made of them will immediately relinquish the rights and protections associated with their Right.
  9. Any Person convicted of identifying or of making the details of any Person who has exercised their Right to be Forgotten known to others, without good reason, will be charged with compromising a Person’s Right to Freedom, and shall be judged in a Community Court.

Policy 5: Financial Levelling (Policy 5) [P.5.0]

  1. The establishment of new earth shall see and/or act upon the devaluation and end of the British Pound and the values associated for anything it is used for.
    1. This necessary and unavoidable devaluation will either come naturally, through the collapse of the current or FIAT monetary system and end of the neoliberal economics model, or as a direct consequence or unavoidable need created by other events.
    1. Monetary wealth that exists before the Reestablishment shall not be directly exchangeable to the new National Currency or any Local Currency, and shall have no redeemable cash value.
    1. Monetary wealth that exists before the Reestablishment will not be transferable, proportionally or in relative terms to the new National Currency or and Local Currency.
    1. No form of compensation shall be paid to those who have failed to invest only in what they need, and/or have willingly sought to enrich themselves further by making investments that have encouraged or facilitated the exploitation of others – whether such acts be conscious or otherwise.
    1. The value of the UK / Great Britain economy shall be valued in relation to the number of People resident in the UK / Great Britain during the process of The Reestablishment.
    1. All property owned / held* at the commencement of The Reestablishment process shall be owned by the occupant, person or business in possession of that property** at the time, with the exception of social and privately let housing, which shall be passed to the ownership of the Local Assembly.

*Squatting of illegal occupancy shall not qualify any persons, business or other to receive ownership of a property at The Reestablishment. Properties under illegal occupancy or possession shall be transferred to the ownership of The Local Assembly.

** No person shall own more than one home for their own use and businesses shall only own the minimum number of properties necessary to conduct their business within their Community Assembly area of operation.

  1. During the process of The Reestablishment, the prices of all goods, services and transactions within the UK / Great Britain shall be revalued and reset with their real, true or uninflated value.
    1. Following The Financial Reset, all prices will realign to their ‘natural’ or true value, in line with the People First system of economics that shall be implemented by The Reestablishment.
    1. Where values are attributed to a material object or to property of any kind, their value shall be proportional to the value of The Basic Living Standard and The Basic Living Wage.
    1. These basic or ‘essential values’ shall continue to be the benchmark value of all goods and property that carry value, as they are essential to use and shall be deemed to be a public good.
  1. Money and all forms of currency, whether cash or digital, shall be deemed legal only as a unit or method of exchange (a promissory note).
    1. Money, nor currency of any kind shall hold no value of its own.
    1. Trading of money or currency speculation of any kind shall be prohibited. Financial penalties and lifetime industry bans shall be applied rigorously to anyone directly or indirectly breaking this rule.
    1. Money shall not attract Financial Interest payments of any kind.
    1. For the loan of money or the facilitation of a necessary purchase, the lender or facilitator shall be able to charge a fixed fee for the duration of that arrangement, payable proportionately with each repayment for the lifetime of the loan or facilitation.
    1. No fixed charge for lending or payment facilitation shall exceed the value of 10% of the total monetary value of that loan at any time.
    1. No form of money or currency based and in circulation or use within the UK / Great Britain may be bought or sold as a commodity or with any form of foreign currency within the UK / Great Britain marketplace.
    1. The value of foods, goods or services shall only be permitted to vary as part of an exchange process between any UK / Great Britain company, or Public Interest Company / Community Assembly and a Foreign organisation to facilitate necessary exports and imports.
    1. Any external trade shall not influence the value of the UK currency itself.
  1. Self-sufficiency and home production are an integral part of the People First Economy.
    1. Local Assemblies and Community Assemblies shall create, operate and manage a system of Local Marketplace Exchanges (LMEs)
    1. Local Marketplace Exchanges (LMEs) shall allow all local producers, whether businesses or home producers, to buy, sell or exchange their goods, produce and services either for money/currency, or in exchange for other goods, produce or services that they may themselves offer and which the other party requires.
    1. The Local Assembly and Community Assembly shall be responsible for ensuring that the value of basic essentials will remain fixed and not open to variation at any time and shall as such create and maintain necessary protocols and local legislation to do so.
    1. Any foods, goods or services that are non-essential may be exchanged or bartered at any rate agreed between the two parties, unless the goods or services offered contain an essential element, in which case the value of the transaction may not fall below the related basic essential value at any time.
    1. Any app or online software used to provide the online version of the Local Marketplace Exchange (LMEs) must be maintained, managed and based within the Community Assembly area, with no form of remote management or updating required following purchase and instalment.
    1. A fixed fee shall be payable for access to LMEs by all parties at rates to be determined by the Community Assembly.
    1. A fixed transaction fee shall be payable for both purchase/hire and sale/provision transactions within LMEs that shall be determined by the Community Assembly.
  1. The administration of Tax Collection will be Regionalised and provided by Community Assemblies.
    1. All Taxes will be paid directly to the Regional Tax Office, located with the local Community Assembly.
    1. Tax Codes will be applied universally, with no exceptions for individuals or organisations.
    1. The only ‘tax breaks’ that will apply in any circumstances will be for the purposes of supporting the establishment of new businesses within a Local Assembly area that provide goods or services that do not already exist within that area.
    1. ‘Tax Breaks’ will not be given to any business new to a Local Assembly area, that have operations elsewhere.
    1. The value of any ‘Tax Breaks’ will be awarded by the Local Assembly, transparently and with a majority vote of the Community, and shall be renewable annually for a period of up to 3 (three) years and no more.
    1. No form of income tax will be payable on any earned income, up to the equivalent rate of the Annual Basic Living Wage.
    1. Savings and Cash held for a period of 12 Months or more will be taxed at the rate of 50% (Fifty Percent) per annum.
    1. Tax will be applicable from the income gained from sums invested of at the equivalent of 10x (ten times) the Annual Basic Living Wage or more, from interest, dividends or any payment in return for investment made of any kind at the rate of 50% (Fifty Percent) per annum, where those sums are accessible with notice or on an any time basis.
    1. Tax will be applicable annually to the ownership of non-essential property, or proportionally to the ownership of any non-productive property which is in excess of that necessary for personal use, or proportionally for the number of people using or sharing it.
    1. All Land and resources owned and not in use for the production of essential foods, goods, services and infrastructure shall be taxed at the rate of 25% of market value, per annum.
    1. All Commercial Property will pay a Variable Utility Tax (VUT), based on the location, access and publicly owned infrastructure that supports its use.
    1. The rate of Variable Utility Tax (VUT) shall be set by the Local Assembly and will not exceed 25% of the annual rental or lease value of the property, paid annually.
    1. A Consumption & Use Tax (CUT) shall be applied to the sale of all goods, services and high value items that are non-essential – or to the excessive proportion thereof, of 50% of the purchase value.
    1. Pension Fund Account Income shall attract Tax when it reaches the equivalent of each Persons annual earned income. Thereafter, this income shall be taxed at the rate of 50%.
    1. Following the sale of assets or the cash out of pension plans or any other protected forms of investment, each Person shall have no tax liability for a period of 12 months. Thereafter, all other Taxation rules shall apply.
    1. No form of devaluation, amortisation or write-down for the purposes offsetting Business Tax or benefits of any kind shall be permitted.
    1. All Taxation shall be payable to the Community Assembly on a monthly basis.
    1. The Tax year shall commence on the 1st day of January of the calendar year. The Tax year shall end on the 31st day of December of the calendar year.
    1. The Tax month shall commence on the 1st day of the month. The tax month shall end on the last day of that month (28th, 30th, 31st etc.).

Policy 6: Business & Finance (Policy 6) [P.6.0]

  1. All business shall operate on the Local Economy model.
  2. All Businesses shall function and operate on the basis of putting People First and will adopt and maintain the ethics and practical requirements of The Basic Living Standard.
  3. No business shall be permitted to provide functions or operations to supply chains providing essential goods or services unless they add value to the supply chain e.g., growing, transporting, refining, engineering, milling, production, localised retail.
  4. Companies that sell to the UK / Great Britain Market at any level, will be required to grow, source, produce, manufacture, store, transport and conduct all administrative functions within the UK / Great Britain area as a wholesale or B2B supplier, or within the Community Assembly area where their retail business resides.
  5. Resources not available to the UK / Great Britain market, must be sourced from the nearest available location.
  6. Seasonality shall not be an excuse for maintaining year-round supply of any goods or services from outside of the UK / Great Britain.
  7. Taxation equivalent to the balance between the highest local price and the lowest price from out of area shall be payable at the rate of 110% for products or materials that are readily available within the most local area to the UK / Great Britain.
  8. UK / Great Britain based businesses shall be owned only by UK / Great Britain residents or other companies owned by UK / Great Britain residents.
  9. No company may exist only for the purpose of growing, manufacturing, transporting, assembling or retailing non-essential or basic goods or the provision of non-essential services.
  10. Where trade with Countries or Trade areas outside of the UK / Great Britain is necessary, such transactions will be carried out directly by the business sourcing the resources or goods, or by a not-for-profit function of The National Assembly, which shall also have responsibility for monitoring all direct transactions.
  1. The post Reestablishment UK / Great Britain shall adopt an unashamedly protectionist, UK first approach to all industries and services.
  2. All businesses shall prioritise localised supply chains from end to end.
  3. No retail business will operate outside of 1 (one) Community Area.
  4. No more than 2 (two) retail businesses offering the same products or goods may operate in any Local Assembly Area.
  5. Retail Businesses will be licensed to operate for periods of up to 5 (five) years.
  6. Retail Business Licenses shall be renewable, by majority vote of The Local Assembly.
  7. Independent, stand-alone businesses will be prioritised.
  8. Basic and Essential Foods will be grown as locally as possible.
  9. The resources and basic materials for all manufacturing and production will be sourced as locally as possible.
  10. Taxation equivalent to the balance between the highest local price and the lowest price from out of area shall be payable at the rate of 110% for products or materials that are readily available within the local area.
  1. All businesses shall be managed and operated with the benefit to the end user and the role that the business plays and contributes to the Community in mind.
  2. No shareholder in any commercial enterprise shall have or place expectations upon management of receiving payment, profit or a share thereof, in return for any investment based purely upon share ownership.
  3. No commercial business or shares thereof may be owned in full or in part by any bank, financial institution or other commercial entity which has and maintains voting rights.
  1. No business shall be able to retain Net Profit above the rate of 10%.
  2. All Net Profit above 10% shall be Taxed at the rate of 100%.
  3. Companies or Business Owners convicted of Profiteering and/or undertaking any activity that will result in the same will be fined at the rate of 3x the value of the excess or profit made and will be punished with a custodial term where an impact upon the supply of any basic or essential foods, goods or services has been made.
  1. Privately owned or managed credit agencies or services offering credit worthiness checks shall be prohibited.
  2. All financial transactions and devices shall be fully transparent.
  3. Any loan, purchase facilitation or form of credit of any kind may not be sold on to another bank or financial institution, unless that sale is part of the bank or financial institution itself.
  4. Hedging, speculation, the sale of futures or any other form of betting on any market shall be prohibited.
  1. A National Peoples Bank shall be established.
  2. Peoples Banks shall also be established within every Community Assembly area.
  3. There will be a National Digital Currency that will be interchangeable with all localised currencies, without charge.
  4. The National Digital Currency shall have a fixed value for all purposes and uses within the UK / Great Britain Economy.
  5. There will be separate localised Community Currencies which will be available in Cash and as a Digital Currency.
  6. The Value of Community Currencies shall be fixed.
  7. Any person or organisation visiting or undertaking business within a Community Assembly Area outside of their base area can exchange the value of their local currency for that of the local currency in which they are doing business for a fixed 5% value of the transaction fee, which is payable to the Community Assembly providing the currency.
  8. Any Person or Organisation may use National Digital Currency to exchange for any Local Currency other than that of their base Community Assembly for a fixed 10% value of the transaction fee, which is payable to the Community Assembly providing the currency.
  9. Businesses which have National Importance as wholesalers and providers shall be Licensed at the discretion of The National Assembly to have currency fee transaction fees waived.
  1. Support will be provided to the public telecoms industry to ensure 100% Broadband coverage across the UK / Great Britain during the process of The Reestablishment using cable technology where possible, and satellite technology where it is not.
  2. The Community will have the non-negotiable right to remove 5G masts and technology placed with 250 metres of any house, dwelling, school or workplace, without any requirement to provide an alternative location, and without any form of compensation being payable to the communications provider.
  3. All critical infrastructure and software will be provided by UK / Great Britain Companies, with hardware managed and manufactured in the UK.
  4. All communication software and storage systems that provide UK / Great Britain coverage shall be located within the UK / Great Britain.

Policy 7: Food Production, Security & Supply (Policy 7) [P.7.0]

  1. UK / Great Britain Agriculture will be refocused to prioritise essential and basic food production, with the aim that the UK/ Great Britain will both achieve and maintain self-sufficiency in food production and food security thereafter.
  2. Regenerative Agriculture and sustainable practices that support and encourage ‘traditional farming’ methods where soil and land functionality is maintained shall be prioritised.
  3. Local production shall be focused on the shortest food chains.
  4. Wherever possible local food chains will begin and complete within Local Assembly or Community Assembly areas.
  5. Farmers will be supported to undertake all growing, processing, packing and retailing on site, or by working collaboratively with local not-for-profit cooperative bodies that will run and manage all parts of the local food chain and provide centralised retailing where farms do not run farm shops or offer alternative forms of direct retail.
  6. Traditional process resources such as milling and abattoirs will be shared between local farms to ensure that light touch processing will be available with minimal additional travel or haulage required within the food chain.
  7. New framework rules for food production will be introduced during the Reestablishment, with appropriate sub legislation agreed by majority vote by Local Assemblies where necessary, post Reestablishment.
  8. Food Producers shall prioritise vegetables, fruits, dairy, beef, lamb, pork, chicken, potato and arable crops that will feed directly into local and/or UK Great Britain milling, brewing, animal feed production or retail.
  9. UK / Great Britain food production will be prioritised and any agricultural or fishing industry products which are deemed essential basics that are imported from outside of the UK / Great Britain at a lower price will have a Tariff imposed at the rate of 110% of the value of the balance between the highest local price and the buying price (including all ancillary costs), when those products are locally available.
  10. Foods will not be imported from outside of the UK / Great Britain for the purposes of countering seasonality and the Farming Industry will be expected to offer the widest range of seasonality on all products grown or produced within the UK / Great Britain.
  11. No experimental chemicals or pharmaceuticals shall enter the food supply chain at any stage and no foodstuff may be processed, sold or used for human consumption that has been exposed to such.
  12. MRNA or any other man made or manipulated technologies that presents even a minor or trace risk to the Human Genome as a result of agricultural or horticultural use shall be introduced to the food chain.
  13. Chemical fertilisers shall only be used where the rationing of basic and essential food supplies from UK / Great Britain sources is likely.
  14. Only UK Fishing Boats will fish UK territorial waters.
  15. Food Production contracts will exist only between Farmers and Community Assemblies and will be renewable on a 12 monthly basis.
  16. Local food will be consumed within the Community Assembly area where it was produced and only made available for sale or exchange with other Community Assembly areas or beyond, when excess has become available.
  17. The sale, exchange or citing of any kind of ‘future’ for agricultural or fishing production, with promises thereof shall be prohibited.
  18. Any person or business convicted of dealing directly or indirectly in futures for agricultural or fishing production will be liable to fines not less than 3x (three times) the value of any and/or illegal transactions and shall be banned from working within that or a related industry for life, thereafter.
  1. Self-sufficiency or home-grown food production is essential to achieving the aim of the UK becoming self-sufficient in food production and providing the Community with Food Security.
  2. Every family, individual or group living as a household, will be encouraged to grow their own food where it is practical for them to do so.
  3. Community Assemblies shall make provision of adequate allotment space for every existing household without sufficient garden space to grow fruit and vegetables, where ground is available to homes within a 15 (fifteen) minute walk.
  4. Planning Regulations will require that all future homes will have adequate garden space provided for growing fruit and vegetables, and that where this is not possible, provision will be made for sufficient window boxes, vertical growing, hydroponics systems or similar to be easily installed.
  5. Public Interest Companies shall be tasked with the supply and sale at cost, of all equipment, seeds, seedlings and supplies necessary for those members of the Community who are vulnerable or unemployed.
  6. Practical help and assistance will be provided with home growing to the elderly and the vulnerable through the Charitable Provision Scheme.
  1. No animal will travel beyond the boundary of the local Community Assembly area from farm to slaughter.
  2. Hunting with Dogs Legislation shall outlaw illegal or disruptive intervention by non-hunters, to remove any right to prosecute for accidental Fox hunting, whilst also tightening Law on prosecution against those seeking to circumvent Hunting with Dogs Legislation using birds of prey or other by-pass devices.
  3. The RSPCA shall be taken into public management and provided with an evolved role to support the work of Community Services dealing with Animal Health & Welfare.

Policy 8: General Public Policy & Service Provision (Policy 8) [P.8.0]

  1. The Public Sector, which includes all organisations providing services to the public and for the public benefit, are not and will not be considered to be a ‘business’ at any time or in any way.
  2. The People and Community will always be the absolute priority of The Public Sector.
  3. It is required that all activities and decisions made under the trust of the Community and deferred to Public Sector Officers will always be in the best interests of those members of the Community who will be affected, no matter how indirectly they may be affected.
  4. Cost, Performance or Targets, nor political expedience of any kind shall hinder the delivery of any public policy that has been correctly confirmed by appropriate Community Vote or has been correctly implemented by a Public Sector Officer who is appropriately qualified and has been officially delegated with responsibility to do so.
  5. Public Interest Companies (Trusts) shall be created to provide all municipal services and administrative services across all Local Assembly areas within a Community Assembly area.
  6. Public Interest Companies shall be responsible for operational delivery.
  7. Public Interest Companies shall have their strategic direction set by each Local Assembly for its Community area.
  8. A new standard or charter shall be created and set for public servants during the Reestablishment, requiring prioritisation of the end user, members of the public and the Community, before anything else and in all activities.
  9. Where a Public Sector Officer is unable to carry out a strategic function under which they hold properly delegated responsibility, they will either refer the matter to a more experienced Public Sector Officer, or where that is not possible, to the Local or Community Assembly that appointed them.
  10. Where a Public Sector Officer is unable to carry out any function delegated to them to oversee, which they then delegate to a specialist or less experienced Public Sector Officer, they will forfeit their role and will be required to step down without compensation of any kind.
  11. No Public Sector Officer shall confer or pass decision making responsibility for matters delegated to them, to any third party, consultant or person employed specifically to fulfil such a task.
  12. Any services required by a Public Sector Organisation that can be considered unique enough not to justify that function being carried out ‘in house’ or by the local Public Interest Company, must be carried out by a business offering such services which is based within the Community Area.
  13. Out of Area Commissioning for services that cannot be provided by a company or organisation based within the local Community Area shall be the responsibility of the local Public Interest Company, but shall be subject to the approval of the local Community Assembly.
  14. All supplies required for ongoing operational functions will be provided by the local Public Interest Company, where all contract purchase arrangements shall be regularly reviewed by Community Representatives trained and/or experienced with business practices and fiscal auditing.
  15. No organisation funding or in receipt of public funds which holds responsibility for providing and the delivery of essential services or services provided when needed to the public and Community, shall operate independently or on a stand-alone basis.
  16. Public Sector Organisations will not lobby nor seek to influence the decision making of Local or Community Assemblies and shall provide all reporting in a factual, matter of fact, unbiased and unemotive way.
  17. No stand-alone pension scheme shall exist exclusively for Public Sector Officers.
  18. All former EU Tender & Procurement Legislation shall be discontinued during the process of The Reestablishment.
  19. A new Public Sector anti-corruption framework, with localised charters shall be created that recognises the need to tackle all forms of corruption, on the part of Public Sector Officers, whether financial or otherwise.
  20. Union rights will end during the process of The Reestablishment for all Public Sector Organisations.
  1. As part of the Reestablishment process, The NHS will undergo complete reform, reinstating the prioritisation of clinical delivery and patient care above all unnecessary or backroom management functions.
  2. ALL clinical and operational decision making, and strategy delegated to Community Assembly Health Trusts shall be carried out by panels of experienced frontline medical and healthcare staff.
  3. The role of frontline medical and healthcare staff will be recognised as the core function of any NHS Trust.
  4. The NHS shall carry out the majority of its functions as separate Trusts that feed into Community Assemblies for overall strategic support and direction.
  5. Social care shall become the responsibility of Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  6. Non-medical related services for Community Assembly Health Trusts shall be provided by the local Public Interest Company.
  7. An independent court will be established to consider and address complaints made against Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  1. Each Person in receipt of The Basic Living Wage or its equivalent shall receive free medical treatment at point of care.
  2. Each Person in receipt of an income higher than The Basic Living Wage or its equivalent shall pay a 3% medical insurance surcharge deduction from all additional income received.
  1. Each Person who has mental capacity and no recent or ongoing history of mental health issues, shall have the ‘Right to Die’, if they are suffering from a terminal or progressively debilitating illness or condition.
  2. The ‘Right to Die’ of any ‘qualified’ person shall be confirmed by full medical consultation with no less than 3 (three) General Practitioners and/or Hospital Consultants who will not be known to the Patient and will be appointed from an out of area pool.
  3. All medical professionals shall have the right to recuse themselves from any involvement in ‘Right to Die’ procedures at any time and without prejudice.
  4. The ‘Sex Industry’ shall be legalised, Regulated and managed as a Public Health concern, under the strategic control of Community Assemblies and partnerships with Community Assembly Health Trusts.
  1. The term ‘vaccination’ shall mean a form of medical intervention, created or designed to target a specific pathogen or virus, that once administered will in the majority of cases prevent infection of the patient and also prevent the patient from therefore becoming infectious to others.
  2. MRNA will be banned as a form of mass vaccination, therapy or treatment for humans and animals until such time as any and all risks to humans have been identified, what their impact will be, and the risks of their use have been limited to cases that can be proactively addressed with the use of other/additional treatment or therapies.
  3. When the wider population is at risk from a pathogen or virus where the likely outcome of mass infection is unknown, or serious effects are only likely to be experienced by vulnerable people or by a small number of the population, the only obligation on the Community will be to provide support to those identified as being at that additional risk.
  4. The Community shall not impose restrictions of any kind upon members of the Community who are unlikely to experience nothing more than a light illness from any form of mass infection.
  5. Each Person shall be expected to take precautions on their own behalf and those they will have contact with, to reduce the possibility of transmission of any pathogen or virus that may be of an additional risk to any person whose vulnerabilities may not be known.
  6. The freedom of an individual may only be restricted or that individual may only be placed in medical quarantine in cases of disease or infection where they are suffering symptoms alone, or any pathogen or virus that they have been identified as carrying is likely to cause irreparable harm or death to the majority of people that come into unprotected contact them.
  7. In the very limited circumstances where any form of Lockdown will be necessary, all forms of economic activity and liability for those affected will cease and fail to exist for the full duration of that Lockdown and no form of compensation or back dated payment shall be made to any creditor.
  1. Education shall be focused on the best interests of the child, the young person and their future role and contribution to a fair, balanced and just society.
  2. The Education system will recognise the fundamental difference in learning styles of young people. In teenage and the years of early adulthood, young people are generally either ‘heads’ or ‘hands’ i.e., their focus is academic (with the ability to learn in the abstract) or their focus is vocation or experiential and in the present.
  3. Educators will be fully supported and have the freedom to provide a balanced education, with prioritisation of essential and basic skills proficiency up to the age of 14, with the child and young person always experiencing a safe and secure learning environment, free of bias and the ideologies of politics, anger or division of any kind.
  4. A full apprenticeship route shall be created and developed for students at the age of 14 (fourteen years) who are either a) not academically inclined or b) are unable or unwilling to apply themselves academically at that time.
  5. Apprenticeships shall make full use of the former tertiary level of education to provide support and benchmarking to all forms of trade and business.
  6. Apprenticeships will include universal life skills and qualifications such as obtaining driving licenses, vocational driving licenses and proficiency certification.
  7. Apprenticeships shall be remunerated at the rate of 50% of the Basic Living Wage for apprentices between the ages of 14 and 18 years, with no less than 50% of that wage (25% of the Basic Living Wage) being paid directly to the parents or guardians of the apprentice for the duration of the apprenticeship.
  8. Apprentices shall be remunerated at the rate of 75% of the Basic Living Wage for apprentices between the ages of 18 and 21, with deductions applied as above.
  9. A full, completed apprenticeship shall be considered to be the experiential equivalent of a full undergraduate academic degree.
  10. The Academic Pathway shall prioritise enhanced languages, mathematics, critical thinking, philosophy and traditional topics such as history and geography between the ages of 14 and 18, and then offer specialist 3-5 years degree programmes focusing on subject areas beneficial to industry and public sector requirements.
  11. Higher Education and associated research-based establishments shall embrace forward looking, unrestricted or untied research programmes and theories in addition to standard academic practices that are tied to ‘published’ data, or what is already known.
  12. Bogus, ‘worthless’ or ‘mickey mouse’ degrees shall be discontinued from any educational establishment that receives public funding of any kind.
  13. Commercialism shall be removed from all places of learning to ensure that the focus is on teaching, not running as a business.
  14. The salaries of senior academic and management staff in all publicly funded educational establishments will be set by the local Community Assembly in liaison with all Local Assemblies.
  15. ‘Private’ interest will be prohibited from making any form of donation or providing sponsorship of any kind that could in any way influence any publicly funded educational establishment or vehicle.
  16. The Student Loan Programme shall be discontinued and replaced by an industry and public sector grant system, where companies and Community organisations will sponsor students through the Academic Pathway by paying them a proportional equivalent of the Basic Living Wage.
  17. Companies participating in support of students on the Academic Pathway shall identify training requirements that form part of their long-term industrial strategy, so that the Academic Educational System may respond.
  1. Basic Housing provision will be an essential service and shall be known as ‘a Public Good’.
  2. The provision of basic or essential accommodation on a commercial or profit-making basis shall be prohibited.
  3. No residential property shall be let in full by a private landlord.
  4. Residential property will only be let in part by a private landlord, where that property is in part occupied by the landlord themselves.
  5. Multiple home ownership will be prohibited.
  6. Second and any homes additional to a main residence thereafter shall be forfeited and passed into the ownership of the Local Assembly for use as Community housing.
  7. Additional homes allocated to Community Ownership through Local Assemblies that provide for more than basic or essential need shall be sold with all funds then reallocated for the purchase of appropriate Community housing or building thereof.
  8. No form of compensation shall be payable to any owner, charge or mortgage holder on additional properties passed into Community Ownership.
  9. A tiered valuation system shall be created for flats, one bedroom, two bedroom and three-bedroom houses with the most expensive being proportional to no less than the equivalent of 25 years multiple of the Basic Living Wage.
  10. All mortgages shall attract a standard 10% (Ten Percent) of the value of the property, purchase facilitation fee, payable in monthly instalments for the duration of the mortgage period.
  11. Facilitators shall be entitled to charge the equivalent of no more than 1 (one) monthly payment for early surrender or repayment of any mortgage.
  12. Public Interest Companies shall provide a private room letting register and service.
  13. Homeowners with spare rooms that they are happy to let shall register with the Community Assembly.
  14. No tax will be payable on income received by homeowners for the letting of rooms within their home.
  15. Community Housing will be owned by the Community. Any housing stock sold must be replaced on a minimum like for like basis, or for a greater number of properties that can be let.
  16. The Right to Buy will cease during The Reestablishment process.
  1. The former Local Planning Committee structure will end during The Reestablishment process.
  2. Planning Determinations shall be made shall by Local assemblies.
  3. Local Planning Courts will be created where no less than 10 Community members of a Local Assembly area shall be randomly selected to sit as a court to determine planning applications.
  4. The local planning framework shall be created collaboratively by the Local and Community Assemblies.
  5. The National & Regional Planning Frameworks shall be created collaboratively by the Community & National Assemblies.
  6. Planning Applications and Reviews shall be submitted to Local Planning Courts by the appointed Public Representative on the Local Assembly.
  7. The Right of Appeal shall be the submission of the application to the Local Assembly and be subject to a majority vote of the next Community Meeting.
  8. A new Planning Investigation Unit shall be created with remit to investigate historic consent and overturn decisions not made in the Public Interest.
  9. The Planning Investigation Unit shall have the right to seize land and property where corruption of any kind has been found or to instruct the immediate return of land or infrastructure to the previous state it was in before the Application(s) was/were made, with all associated costs becoming the liability of the Applicant.
  1. The UK / Great Britain shall have a policy of UK / Great Britian Science & Technology First.
  2. A National Pharmaceutical Development Company shall be established, under the guidance of The National Assembly.
  3. The National Pharmaceutical Development Company shall be publicly owned and operated and shall not be privatised at any time.
  4. The research, design and rollout of so-called ‘Free Energy’ solutions will be prioritised, with the manufacture, supply, installation and maintenance of all essential supplies’ infrastructure provided by Public Interest Companies.
  5. The Nuclear Power network and infrastructure shall be further developed and localised to ensure that all UK / Great Britain energy needs are met by UK / Great Britain based infrastructure at peak times.
  6. Foreign investment in Science and Technology development will be limited and regulated to ensure that Companies and Technologies critical to the UK / Great Britain remain in UK / Great Britain hands under all circumstances.
  7. Technology will only be used to enhance and improve employment conditions.
  8. Technology will not be used to replace employment itself.
  9. Any Internet services provided to the general public as a social or retail platform shall only be provided within Community Assembly areas.
  10. No web or internet-based platform will provide the access to localised content in any Community Assembly area that is already available in another.
  11. The software or structure of a web or internet-based platform of proven benefit to the Community may be licensed with its full functionality, on a stand-alone basis to businesses operating in another Community area, without the transfer of any branding, marketing, content or user information of any kind. Only a fixed license fee shall be payable.
  1. The programming methodology, including all aims, motivations and protocols of any Artificial Intelligence (AI) programme used with the consent of the end user, shall be made available in accessible form as part of any opt-in agreement between the provider and the user.
  2. Artificial Intelligence will not be used in any circumstances where the end user is unaware of its presence within any or all processes they have been exposed to.
  3. Artificial Intelligence may not be used in educational classrooms, lecture or study theatres, examinations or educational coursework of any kind.
  4. Any person or company convicted of being directly or indirectly responsible for creating, providing or managing any type of Artificial Intelligence which creates risk to the health, happiness, security and safety of any person or Community without their full knowledge and understanding shall be liable to forfeit all associated property and rights thereof (intellectual or otherwise) to the Community and shall be banned from further involvement in any related activity for life.
  1. Each Local Assembly area shall provide its own Local News Service (LNS) using all available media platforms.
  2. Local News Services shall be considered a Community service or asset and will be operated and maintained in the main part by members of the Community as part of their Community contribution.
  3. Local News Services shall provide daily news bulletins and updates that are purely factual.
  4. Opinion may not be presented as news by media in any circumstances.
  5. Where Local News Services provide opinion or views as any part of their programming, the programmes shall carry or air a notice or disclaimer that clearly states this is the case, and will provide at least one alternative view, given the same column space or airtime, within the same programming or publication.
  6. Each Community Member shall have the right to provide and have published a 600 word or 3-minute video, podcast or interview each year, in which they will discuss their views on the Community, Democracy or anything else related to the new structure of Governance itself.
  7. Where news is provided by any privately owned company, an open and obvious disclaimer shall be published alongside or proceeding each programme which makes the sponsorship clear to readers and listeners.
  1. The Internet and all online software shall operate on a localised basis.
  2. Social and Retail business models shall only operate and be based within Community Assembly areas.
  3. Social and Retail business models may not be based in ‘the cloud’ if the servers used are located outside of the Community Assembly area where the company is based.
  4. No company may provide social or retail business models to a Community Assembly Area where the services it offers are not available on anything other than a temporary basis and will cease operations in that Community Assembly area within 30 days of being notified that a viable local alternative exists.
  5. Business to Business (B2B) Models shall be able to operate on a universal basis, under license from the Community Assembly.
  6. Any Taxation will be applied at the location of sale or retail transaction and shall be payable to the local Community Assembly.
  7. Banks may only operate online within their Community Assembly area and will provide physically accessible banking service during the working week within no less than 50% (Fifty Percent) of the corresponding Local Assembly areas.
  1. A Framework Charter shall be created that recognises the need for the internet and all online activity to be governed by and treated the same as everything offline.
  2. The Internet Framework Charter (IFC) shall also recognise the need for all online relationships to provide recognisable parallels with offline relationships that keep such relationships ‘human’ and fully respectful of the requirement that every user of the Internet treat all others in the same way that they would that same person through direct contact, offline.
  3. The Internet Framework Charter (IFC) shall provide the umbrella or universal requirement that no form of Artificial Intelligence shall be used under any circumstances to provide therapy or personalised advice, coaching or otherwise to any person seeking or requiring support for any mental health, cognitive or mind-related issue, or any physical activity that a healthy human body would be required to do.
  • An Internet Licensing Authority (ILA) shall be established.
  • Any person accessing or wishing to access a social business model or platform as a user or customer shall be required to register with the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA).
  • For any person to comment, edit or provide additional content to any existing content available on the internet or online, that person will be licensed by the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA).
  • Upon qualified registration with the Internet Licensing Authority (ILA) that person will receive a Unique Internet License Number (UILN).
  • Upon registering to use a social business model or platform, the provider will be required to check the registering users Unique Internet License Number (UILN) with the Internet Licensing Authority.
  • Where the circumstances of the user meet the requirements of the social business model or platform provider, users shall be able to present themselves publicly under a pseudonym or anonymous name, which shall only be linked to the corresponding Unique Internet License Number (UILN) itself.
  • Where a user of a social or retail business model or platform has provided a verified Unique Internet License Number (UILN), they will not be obligated to provide any further personal or identifying data under any circumstances, unless they voluntarily wish to do so.
  • Companies providing social or retail business model platforms will not incentivise or use deception of any kind to coerce users into surrendering personal data or information beyond their Unique Internet License Number (UILN)
  • From the process of The Reestablishment, all Companies providing social, or retail business model platforms will be required to destroy the data and information held of all historic users, without any information relating to any ongoing user being stored or held over.
  1. Where any company that provides a social or retail business model or platform provides access to ‘The Metaverse’ a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or an alternative ‘Online World’ of any kind, they will charge for entry to and continued access to that Metaverse, Virtual Reality Ecosystem, Online World and the service provided only.
  2. Rules created and implemented within or for any Metaverse, a Virtual Reality Ecosystem or Online World shall at no time become applicable to or carried across to the ‘Offline World’ or become the liability of the account holder or user in their ‘real life’.
  3. Unique users shall access The Metaverse, a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or any ‘Online World’ for no more than 3 hours daily at any time.
  4. Assets owned, created or awarded within The Metaverse, a ‘Virtual Reality Ecosystem’ or any ‘Online World’ shall have no transferable or tradeable value offline.

Policy 9: Caring for Our Environment, for our today and for everyone’s tomorrow (Policy 9) [P.9.0]

The old world has taught and conditioned us to believe that there would be no consequence for quick, cheap and easy living.

Whilst ridicule of the so-called ‘Global Warming’, ‘Climate Change’ and ‘Net Zero’ debates have become a dead cat argument that cynically buries the damage that ‘free markets’, ‘globalisation’ and a world driven by consumerism has inflicted upon the world, the damage caused to our environment by unsustainable living, focused on feeding greed, has left us without care for the wasteland these processes are leaving behind.

The Reestablishment asks that we all look at ourselves. That we become consciously aware of our behaviours and the impact that we have all had on the world and the people around us.

The Reestablishment requires change and with it the acceptance that we leave all forms of unsustainable living behind.

  1. Net Zero and all references to it will end.
  2. The changes in behaviours necessary to support, enhance and respect the environment will be delivered by the lifestyle and business changes that will be brought into being through the process of The Reestablishment and the resulting changes to our behaviours.
  1. From The Reestablishment, there will be a moratorium on all house building until such time as all alternative legislative devices have been agreed, implemented and the new system has had sufficient time to find its maintenance point.
  2. Building on flood plains and restructured or built-up land shall be prohibited.
  3. Both Fluvial and Pluvial flood modelling shall be the basic standard in all development planning.
  4. The priority in consideration of all new permitted development applications will always be given to the risk to existing infrastructure and property, over ‘additional’ need.
  5. All river systems shall be regularly dredged and cleared.
  6. Water Companies will be prohibited from discharging untreated effluent into the sea or any water course.
  7. Any treated discharge or effluent released into any watercourse shall not impact the environment in any way.
  8. Soil restoration shall be a priority in all areas, with both responsive and proactive measures implemented to restore and manage all forms of productive land.
  9. The need for efficient growing will be balanced with the need to reduce and phase out chemical-based interventions that have had or are having an impact on long term sustainability, wildlife, insect numbers, wild plants and trees.
  10. Additional reservoirs shall be commissioned, making best use of natural features where doing so will not impact or harm Communities or irreplaceable infrastructure.
  11. Both National and Community Assemblies shall focus development efforts upon water capture, desalinisation and micro storage technologies, where possible ensuring a crossover with green or free energy production.
  1. Planned Obsolescence or any variation of manufacturing or product creation intended to deliberately shorten the useful life of any product shall be prohibited.
  2. Any individual or company convicted of either directly or indirectly engaging in the design, manufacture, sale or marketing of any product that has deliberately had its lifetime shortened to create a false marketplace will be fined the equivalent value of what they were projected to gain and be banned from the industry for life.
  3. A Packaging Tax shall be applied to all disposable or non-recyclable packaging on a per-unit basis that will be added to the value of basic essentials and will not be included within.
  4. A Framework Covenant of UK / Great Britain Environmental Standards for all foods, products, goods, services, manufacturing and other items will be agreed and shall be implemented during the process of The Reestablishment.
  5. The introduction of all non-UK based Companies moving into the UK Marketplace which do not meet UK Environmental Standards shall be prohibited.
  1. All forms of public transport shall be returned to ‘public’ ownership.
  2. Public Transport shall come under the management and operation of Public Interest Companies, with strategic direction set by Local and Community Assemblies.
  3. Public transport shall be prioritised as the accepted form of transport for each Person who has access to it.
  4. Public transport provision shall continually be improved to meet expectations as well as need.
  5. Each Person using Public Transport to commute to their workplace shall receive no less than 50 free journeys on one form of public transport per commuter per year.
  6. The development of new air and seaports shall be prohibited.
  7. HS2 and all other planned or incomplete transport projects shall be discontinued.
  8. The existing railway network will be enhanced, using improved management, the use of smart technology, the revival of infrastructure closed under the Beeching Axe, additional stations/platforms and basic trust in staff prioritised above all other solutions and remedies.
  9. Improvement to existing transport systems and infrastructure shall be prioritised before replacement.
  10. Commuter journeys and journeys to educational establishments taken by car, where sufficient and appropriate public transport is available, will be taxed at the rate of 100% the cost of all equivalent fares.
  11. Multiple car ownership within households (families) shall be prohibited.
  12. Households shall be limited to the ownership of no more than 1 (one) car per household, where that ownership is deemed essential.
  13. Additional cars (2 or more) will only be deemed necessary where more than one member of that household can demonstrate that car ownership is essential to their employment and that no alternative form of public transport is available to access that location in order to meet the requirements of their employment contract.
  14. All Local Assemblies shall own and operate a car sharing pool and battery powered bike lending hub that will be run on a not-for-profit basis.
  1. The throw-away culture will end during the process of The Reestablishment.
  2. Each Person shall be expected to prioritise the recycling, repair and reuse of clothing, materials, equipment and technology, in whole or in part, where damage or use has not rendered them unusable.
  3. All manufacturing, assembly and packaging processes will be required to use materials that can be reused easily by the end user.
  4. Where the recycling of any material or item is possible, the recycling process must be completed as locally as possible, without extensive transport or mechanical processes.
  1. The sale and manufacture of single use clothing and essential goods shall be prohibited.
  2. There shall be an expectation for each Person that clothing and essential goods will be used until they are worn out, or have been recycled, repaired and reused.
  3. Local Assemblies shall run Community workshops and training to provide Community members of all ages with repair and restoration skills.
  1. Each Local Assembly shall establish and manage Local Lending Libraries (LLL) and goods exchanges that are made available online and offline to all members of the Community.
  2. Lending Libraries and Goods Exchanges shall have their own workshops where members of the Community can access repair and revitalisation services for the goods they own and wish to be able to reuse.

Policy 10: Foreign Policy (Policy 10) [P.10.0]

  1. The UK / Great Britain shall exercise a non-interventionist Foreign Policy.
  2. The only exceptions to the UK / Great Britain non-interventionist policy shall be when a) a legitimate foreign government, democratically elected by the majority of its people has requested such intervention and/or b) that to not intervene shall place the UK / Great Britain or any dependency and the freedoms of the resident population thereof, at unacceptable levels of risk.
  3. The UK / Great Britain Foreign Policy shall be to not be involved in Foreign Electoral or Democratic processes of any kind.
  4. No form of foreign aid shall be allocated whilst residents of the UK / Great Britain remain under involuntary need or need that has been created involuntarily through the actions of others.
  5. No form of foreign aid shall be allocated unless the UK / Great Britain economy/economies are in surplus.
  6. Where overseas aid is given, it will only be given to provide direct and meaningful support to residents and small businesses within that country.
  7. Foreign aid shall only be provided through funds or contracts to private companies from the UK / Great Britain, or third-party nations where no complete or hybrid local solution is available.
  8. Contracts awarded to private companies as part of Foreign Aid will only be given to businesses that are indigenous to that specific Country, with a focus on supporting local economies as part of that Foreign Aid effort.
  9. A non-military foreign aid logistics and development service will be created and directed strategically by The National Assembly, with Community Assembly oversight.
  1. Defence management and strategy shall be the responsibility of the National Assembly.
  2. Emergency Defence management decisions shall be taken by the National Assembly Facilitator / Chairperson with the relevant Community Representatives.
  3. Emergency Defence Decisions shall be ratified or rescinded by the next session of The National Assembly during normal periods of business and shall be considered by a specially convened meeting of the National Assembly in no less than 3 (three) days at all other times.
  4. National Service will be reinstated to ensure that all eligible young people have qualified academically, complete parallel apprenticeships or undertake military training as a key part of their professional development and steps towards the workplace by the age of 21.
  5. Military hardware and software development and manufacturing shall be returned to the UK /Great Britain with outsourcing to companies outside of the UK / Great Britain only where no other options are available.
  6. All non-UK / Great Britain military operations, with the exception of the provision of The Nuclear Deterrent shall end as early as possible during the process of The Reestablishment.
  7. The UK / Great Britain International Military Policy shall be non-interventionist and non-aggressive.
  8. The UK / Great Britain Military shall not engage in any foreign campaign unless the UK / Great Britain has been directly attacked or there is a requirement to maintain an appropriate military presence overseas either to support UK / Great Britain Foreign Aid activities or as part of commitments to international collaborations (NATO, UN etc)
  9. UK / Great Britain Military or units thereof shall only be mobilised for any action or activity outside of the UK by the National Assembly.
  10. The civil prosecution of alleged military ‘crime’ of any kind – whether current, recent or historic shall be prohibited.
  11. A New Naval Ship Building programme shall include adequate ‘at sea’ Fisheries Protection for all UK Waters
  12. The Royal Navy, Royal Air Force and Army will be rearmed, equipped and restored in size to ensure that combined forces are able to cover all domestic and possible/likely overseas requirements at all times.
  13. All Community Assembly Areas shall have a military presence that will include a minimum of 1x Army Depot, 1x Military Airport (which may be shared), and 1x Naval Station or Port where Community Assembly areas are on the coast or exposed to an estuary which carried shipping.
  1. Immigration shall be on a qualified basis only.
  2. Genuine refugees shall be awarded temporary sanctuary and residency until it is safe for them to return to their home Country.
  3. Qualified Entry Status shall only exist where a need for skills has been identified by Local Assemblies / Community Assemblies / The National Assembly, which cannot be provided in any other way.
  4. Where there is a temporary need for skills, Qualified Entry Status shall only be awarded for the period of need and up to but not exceeding 6 months thereafter.
  5. Economic refugees and their dependents shall be provided with temporary sanctuary with only the essential basics provided to meet their immediate needs.
  6. There shall be no obligation upon Local Assemblies, Community Assemblies or the National Assembly to provide the essential basics on an individual or definable family unit basis beyond the requirements of basic privacy.
  7. Where refugees have travelled beyond the ‘first safe country’, they shall not be granted special rights and shall be treated as economic migrants.
  8. The UK / Great Britain shall be obligated to prioritise any Foreign Aid available to those countries where the greatest numbers of residents have become refugees and/or are arriving at UK / Great Britain seeking entry to stay.
  9. Any person seeking refuge of any kind who has been convicted of any crime against the person or a freedom thereof, either in the UK / Great Britain or any other Country, shall have relinquished their Community rights and/or human rights. They shall be denied entry, with any stay necessary in the UK / Great Britain being custodial until such time as they can be returned to their home Country.
  1. All obligations made to The EU or any of its forebears by any government of the UK / Great Britain, shall end in full during the process of The Reestablishment.
  2. All obligations made to any other foreign entity, Country or Trade Bloc by any government of the UK / Great Britain, shall end in full during the process of The Reestablishment, unless that relationship carries a net benefit for the UK / Great Britain, when it shall continue for the duration of that time.
  3. Sovereign Power for all matters shall be that of Local Assemblies, then Community Assemblies, then The National Assembly.
  4. The National Assembly shall not engage in relationships of any kind with The EU without the consent, democratic and transparent directives of the Local and Community Assemblies.
  5. No form of EU derived law or legislation of any kind shall remain in force or be enforceable from The Reestablishment, with the exception of the production and/or provision of any goods to be exported to the EU, which it will remain the obligation of the supplying company to maintain.
  6. Any post Reestablishment relationship with The EU shall be trade based only and will be negotiated from the point that no relationship between the UK / Great Britain and The EU already exists or has historically existed at any time.
  7. The UK / Great Britain shall not relinquish any form of power or Governance to any Foreign Power as part of a trade or political arrangement, agreement or contract of any kind.
  8. The UK / Great Britain shall make no payments or provide any subsidy to any Foreign Country or Trading Bloc as part of any Trade arrangement.
  9. The UK / Great Britain must achieve and maintain trade neutrality or experience net gain within all trade partnerships for basic and essentials foods, services and goods.
  10. Protection orders will immediately be made at the commencement of The Reestablishment to safeguard food security through British Farming, Fisheries and all areas of production at risk from foreign imports.
  11. At The Reestablishment a temporary protectionist policy will be imposed upon all trade with the EU where the products, goods, foods and services are already available and/or can be produced within the UK / Great Britain and will remain in place until those industries can self-sustain.
  12. At the commencement of The Reestablishment, there will be an immediate ban on the import of all EU derived products, goods, foods and services that are subsidised and therefore underwritten by the EU, unless they are not available or cannot be produced within the UK / Great Britain.

Policy 11: Freedoms, The Courts & The Legal System (Policy 11) [P.11.0]

It is essential that every part of the Court, Legal system and Profession be motivated and driven by the requirement for impartial delivery at all levels that will ensure balance, fairness and justice for all.

No financial, emotional or other form of influence shall interfere with the right of every person to enjoy their freedom, and no person convicted or directed by a court shall have their own rights to freedom compromised beyond the requirements of any punishment or the requirements of any directive that a Community court may lay down.

  1. The existing Magistrates Court & Local Circuit or County Court system shall end during the process of The Establishment.
  2. The role of Volunteer Magistrates shall end during the process of The Reestablishment.
  3. All Criminal matters shall be determined by new Local Assembly Courts, convened with 7 Community Members randomly selected from a different Local Assembly Area within the same Community Area.
  4. Assembly Courts shall be convened and sit for 1 (one) week and shall be overseen by a qualified Court facilitator.
  5. All Civil and deferred Criminal matters shall be determined by Community Assembly Courts, convened with qualified Community judges.
  6. The automatic pathway of all Civil and Family matters shall be mediation, following the initial assessment of all cases by a Community Judge to remove or reject spurious cases.
  7. A criminal charge of obstructing the rightful process of the Community Court shall be applied to any party who refuses or fails to participate in the automatic pathway.
  8. ‘Ambulance chasing’ or ‘where there’s blame, there’s a claim’ court applications initiated specifically for commercial gain by legal professionals shall be prohibited with an immediate lifetime ban from practice for any legal professional directly or indirectly involved.
  9. The right of appeal shall be limited to the next Assembly Level, and where appeals or more serious cases are passed to The National Assembly, they shall be determined by 7 randomly selected members of The National Assembly and determined under the advice of a senior Community Judge.
  10. No court may use financial incentives or disincentives to discourage or encourage the pursuit of justice of any kind.
  11. Impartial justice must be available to all UK / Great Britain residents at all times.
  12. It will be the obligation of the Local and Community Assembly Courts to ensure that all cases are objectively led, factually driven and not motivated by material gain or emotional prejudice of any kind and in any way.
  1. All Policing targets will be discontinued during the process of The Reestablishment. A happy Community is one which has no requirement to be policed.
  2. Any person arrested will be prosecuted by the arresting Police Officer(s) in front of the Local Assembly Community Court for any decision over immediate conviction, bailed or released, within 24 hours of their arrest.
  3. Any person under the age of 21 who is convicted in a Local Assembly Community Court of any crime which is not against the person or freedom of the person shall, upon conviction, be immediately enrolled to complete National Service of no less than completion of the full apprenticeship period plus an additional 3 (three) years.
  1. During the process of The Reestablishment, the role of the College of Policing shall undergo review with any rights of the college to influence operational policing policy rescinded.
  2. The weight of value in policing shall be returned to frontline police constables.
  3. The priority of a police constable shall be the provision of visible, community policing with the burden of bureaucratic and statistical targets removed.
  4. A policing apprenticeship shall be available for applicants at 14 years.
  5. Other applicants for police constable training shall be no less than 21 years of age with a minimum of 3 years post-apprenticeship work experience.
  6. The weight of police constable training shall be experiential and ‘on the job’.
  7. All senior police officers must have served a minimum of 3 years, qualified, within the preceding role.
  8. The role of police community support officer shall end during the process of The Reestablishment, with all existing PCSOs expected to complete police constable training.
  9. The area of each Police Force or Constabulary shall correspond with the local Community Assembly area.
  10. Each Local Assembly area shall have a manned Police Station.
  1. All terrorism shall be treated as treason and an attack upon freedom.
  2. All convicted Terrorists shall receive whole-life tariffs, which may be upgraded by The National Assembly to a capital tariff at any time, with the support a majority vote within all Local Assemblies to restore the Death Penalty.
  1. The gambling industry shall be required to have new system of Governance mirroring alcohol licensing where ‘point of transaction’ must be managed by a responsible, appropriately qualified and upstanding person who will be held accountable for the safety of all customers on the basis of legally backed right to refuse.
  2. All Internet and/or app gambling will be regulated to reflect the same or banned if the Gambling industry cannot present workable solutions to support gambling supervision on remote basis.
  3. A system of Alcohol Taxation shall be introduced to encourage the use of Pubs, Restaurants and Social Clubs for any/all alcohol consumption, actively discouraging drinking in the home or an ‘unsupervised’ environment.
  1. True freedom of the Person is the ability to think freely, and to act accordingly unless such an act will restrict the acts or ability to think freely of another, with the only exception being when they have been convicted of a crime and have had such freedom restricted by law.
  2. Any person shall be free to believe whatever they wish, unless that belief becomes an action or behaviour that then calls into question the ability of any other Person to do the same.
  3. No religion shall have the right to impose any law, framework for living, or any type of behaviour upon any Person who objects to doing so or has not voluntarily agreed to do so without solicitation or coercion.
  4. It shall be recognised in Law that there is no discernible hierarchy of man between any man and his or her relationship with God, Source, A Supreme Being or The Universe, other than which is man made, and that Faith is itself an exercise in freedom.
  5. No organisation or individual – whether ‘religious’, ‘spiritual’, or following another doctrine or philosophy which requires changes upon freedom of the Person, shall impose or force their doctrine on any Person.
  6. The act of ‘cancellation’ shall be a criminal offence, whether committed directly, indirectly or in part.
  7. The spiritual independence and individual value of every Person, their soul or ‘mind’ shall be respected at all times.
  8. No man shall have the right to compromise the right of any individual to unassisted human function, unless the individual has knowingly and in full understanding given their consent for them to do so.
  9. Where the right of a Person to enjoy unassisted human function has been surrendered, it can only be surrendered on a temporary basis, with the cognitive ability of that individual maintained and with their choice to have their self-sufficiency restored, safely and without detriment to them, at any time upon demand.
  1. There shall be a recognition that the pre-Reestablishment decision making by the majority of former politicians and senior public figures has been based upon self-interest and reasoning based on the stupidity and ignorance that goes with it.
  2. The most appropriate punishment for stupid and ignorant people is to remove them from their responsibilities and relieve them of any material gain they have made directly from the decisions they have made.
  3. Any such person will forfeit their right to continue to hold their position and any future benefit that may have previously been intended from it.
  4. Where individuals have been proven to design, impose and maintain any public policy that has been knowingly used to compromise the physical health, mental health and freedom of any individual or the public at large, for reasons that are not in the best interests of the majority, they will be appropriately tried in a Community Court.
  5. Appropriate punishment shall be decided by the same court.
  6. In any circumstances, punishments shall be proportionate and humane and not in any way applied in such way that the method of achieving the outcome is arguably ‘fitting’ the crime. I.e., any person convicted of a political crime may indeed receive a custodial sentence, but the removal of their liberty and any non-essentials for the period of the sentence duly given shall be punishment enough.
  7. In the event that a court will impose a capital sentence upon any individual, the sentence shall be carried out in the most efficient, painless and humane manner possible, without an audience or public celebration of any kind.
  8. Any persons appointed to oversee the administration of a court’s punishment will be appropriately qualified and trusted to respect the requirement for humanity to be shown and applied to any person, no matter who they are or what they have been convicted of.
  9. Bankers and Financiers tried and convicted of playing any part in profiteering, excessive interest raising, usury, market manipulation, betting on the markets, creating deceptive financial devices or any other activity that has either involuntarily compromised others or risked/damaged any economy in any way shall, at a minimum, be banned from engaging in any financial industry or financially related activity for life, and shall forfeit any wealth attributed from such activity to their Community Assembly.

Policy 12: Transport (Policy 12) [P.12.0]

  1. Public Transport is an essential public service and shall be provided on a not-for-profit basis.
  2. All Public Transport provision shall be made by Public Interest Companies
  3. The technological development of Hydrogen, Battery and free energy powered vehicles shall be supported at all Assembly Levels.
  1. EU Legislation requiring Professional Drivers to do stepped tests for different vehicle sizes in same class (e.g., HGV 3 and then HGV1 only afterwards following a qualification period) will end during The Reestablishment process.
  2. The requirement for Driver CPCs shall end and be replaced with short online course and tests as part of first Licensing, with regular refresher courses and tests online thereafter to be provided and managed by the Vehicle Licensing Authority for UK ONLY commercial drivers.
  3. Visiting or transiting professional Foreign Drivers will be required to undertake the same short online courses and driving tests before accessing UK / Great Britain roads.
  1. All road building plans and projects shall be halted where the cost of continuing will be higher than to cease and restore the previous infrastructure.
  2. Utility companies will be fully liable for all road repairs where they have devalued the structural integrity of any road surface, whether community or privately owned.
  3. Any Utility companies leaving temporary roadworks without work taking place at weekends and during business hours shall be fined for the value of expense to the Community, by the Local Assembly.
  4. Investment will be made in new road surface technology research to extend the lifetime and durability of all roads.
  1. A new scheme of public sponsorship or loans to create new shipbuilding enterprises shall be established with the aim that all Community Assembly areas with access to the UK / Great Britain coastline or a ship going estuary shall have appropriate and accessible ship building and repair facilities.
  1. A system of Bicycle & Rider Licensing shall be created for all bicycles, scooters, battery powered cycles and mobility carts.
  2. A penalty points system shall be created for bicycle, scooter and mobility cart use which shall be interchangeable with and relate to existing Driver Licensing.

History of this Book

Manifesto for a Good Dictator is based on the book ‘Why we need a Good Dictator’ which was first published as an eBook for Kindle via Amazon on 18 March 2024.

Previously I had written and published The Makeshift Manifesto in December 2019, a matter of days before the General Election, where I had outlined the types of public policies that a ‘good government’ would use and implement in the following Parliamentary Term.

You will not need me to run through the four and a half years of Conservative Party led Government that followed. But what was clear, a long time before the General Election of 2024 was called, was that nothing is going to change, whilst the way we are doing and politics remains the same – even when the faces, the words and the Political Parties seem to change.

When I put a copy of the original Makeshift Manifesto on to my screen nearly a year ago, I began reading and quickly realised that almost nothing had changed and that it was time to talk about the journey or pathway to the outcomes that People need, and this time consider perhaps the most radical route that we could follow, but perhaps the only route that we can now follow, if we genuinely want to experience real and meaningful change.

As they say, a week is a long time in politics. So, a year and all that has happened has meant that the message that needs to be shared here, is even more relevant and therefore important than it has been at any time before.

As I have written in many different eBooks over the last few years, there are a range of options for change that are open to us. The problem is that we are not open to those opportunities and therefore are currently ignoring what all of those open doors are actually there for.

A Good Dictator may seem unreal or mythical. But the way that change is evolving in the world around us means that we may need to think more seriously about the prospect of trusting just one person to be the difference that so many before in world history have failed to live up to. And yes, they may need to be like The Phoenix and much, much more.

More Reading

Manifesto for a Good Dictator wasn’t written in isolation and is part of a series that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

 

The full version of Manifesto for a Good Dictator can be purchased and downloaded from Amazon by following this link:

Manifesto for a Good Dictator – Part 1: Why? – can be downloaded as a FREE PDF by following this link:

An Economy for the Common Good | Full Text

Building, enabling and maintaining good governance, self-sufficiency and freedom for all people and our communities

The Greek Stoic Philosopher Epictetus said “It is not possible to learn what you think you already know.” 

Today, one of the greatest challenges that humanity faces is the reality that almost every one of us believes that we already understand how the world works and subsequently believe that how it works today will always continue to provide the basis of how the world will work tomorrow.

With even the most educated academics and experienced experts suffering from what can be argued as a situational bias, where virtually nobody can picture a way of living where the fundamental factors like money and the economic system that we have today aren’t exactly the same, it seems that we have just as easily slipped into the tragic and passive acceptance that the things that we want to be changed, either cannot or will not be changed. For no better reason that we refuse to give up the things that those changes will necessitate, that we still believe to profit or benefit us personally in some way.

For any speaker or writer who dares venture into the realms of sharing even just one or two layers of the massively multilayered truths that underpin the workings of today’s world using a lens or microscope to focus upon one area of life, government or business, the complexities quickly become too hard for others to believe and the label or badge of being a conspiracy theorist or perhaps worse fits just as easily whilst serving the purposes of those who ride the ‘blissful ignorance’ of the masses ridiculously well.

The truth that even the many who do accept that change has now become more than necessary cannot deal with, is that neither the majority nor the critical mass of people required to initiate meaningful levels of societal change can be reached whilst we remain ‘bought in’ to the current paradigm at any level.

Indeed, the change that our lucid moments allow us to recognise as being the only possible direction for a just, fair and balanced society and culture, will not be accepted and certainly not embraced, until enough of us have felt the real pain that the way mankind lives today will inevitably inflict upon us all. For as long as money and material wealth rule the day.

A HAPPY WORLD isn’t coin operated

The world could not only work as well as it does today. But it would actually work much better. IF everyone did what they did, without being tied into the shared belief that everything has monetary value.

Yet it doesn’t take much for any one of us to build a wall against this truth when we will almost inevitably fall into the trap of believing that whilst we might personally be able to accept a different system of values, we believe that nobody else will. Because they are selfish and coin operated. And that as such, the world will always be destined to work the same way.

What I will say to you now is that the world does not and has never needed to be coin operated or run by money. And it can no longer continue to operate in this same way.

The way that the world works today is a manmade construct. One that has fear – not happiness, peace or love at its heart.

What is more, each of us may well have had the free will to choose fear as our motivation and our guide in times past.

But when the impact and consequences of that motivation on the part of any one of us leads to a situation where the free will to choose between fear and the alternative is no longer available for others to decide, the imbalance that is created is one that will  inevitably lead to inescapable pain and impoverished circumstances for those others from which it will be impossible for the world itself to hide.

The contradictory belief that unsustainable living is sustainable, because the narrative says so

Fanciful as it may sound, the reality we all face is that the unsustainable ways in which we have all been living have already gone too far.

The decisions that legislators and leaders make do not reflect what is in the best interests of humanity and everything they now do is progressively making a very bad situation even worse.

We do not and have never needed the world to work as it does now.

The benefits of a whole world and everything within it being twisted and manipulated to serve the interests of just a few, are worth nothing and do nothing but cause pain and harm to the masses.

This is an incalculable level of tragedy when we realise that the fundamental basis of everything we need, is being able to or having the ability to live a good life.

A Good Life cannot be bought

A good life isn’t created or achieved on the basis of what we have, what we accumulate or what other people think.

A good life is a state of mind.

And it is a state of mind that allows each and every one of us the opportunity to open the door and rediscover who we really are.

Those committed to the current paradigm will certainly argue that only wealth, influence, power and control can provide the circumstances where this kind of peace can be achieved.

Yet there is nothing peaceful, beneficial and certainly not spiritual about living a life that may be perceived as being good. But can only be achieved where at least one and potentially many others are having to pay some kind of cost.

Just like our bodies are an ecosystem that work to their very best when they are looked after, our communities and localities are all that groups of us need to survive and thrive, whilst showing and maintaining that same respect for all others and sharing between all of us the things that different communities can do that we cannot and vice versa, with the express belief and understanding that cooperation and collaboration rather than control are all any of us need to have very good lives.

Our Future is Local

Plenty has been said and written about the virtues of looking within ourselves rather than continually looking outside for all of the answers, truths and directions that we expect to make our lives work.

Indeed, the purpose of this work isn’t to focus upon the benefits of self-awareness and levels of self-knowing that reach way beyond any basic understanding of self-help fashions such as mindfulness which can be found in seemingly endless numbers online and on channels such as YouTube and TikTok. As that is a journey for each of us to pursue and conclude upon personally.

However, the circumstances and situations that lend themselves to that journey of personal learning and progress are a different matter altogether.

In very basic terms, the most  productive and beneficial way for us to live our lives, to experience a good life and to live a life where we will know that we will genuinely succeed, is to live locally, or in ways where everything to which we attribute real value is experienced as first hand, through people we meet face to face and through life experiences which are fully lived and not accessed at  any level through the equivalent of a screen.

To experience the human condition and human relationships, it is necessary to have relationships directly with other humans that will condition us to understand how and why other humans behave the way they do and how they think.

Living any other way immediately adds unnecessary levels of complexity in which the behaviours and choices that harm others can easily hide, that just like any other lie, require many other lies and layers of lies in order to protect the original lie.

Despite many convincing narratives that suggest otherwise, progress doesn’t only travel one way. Just like technology doesn’t automatically mean the redundancy and erasure of methodologies that came before it. And it certainly doesn’t mean that advances of any kind that benefit those who control them, should ever come at the cost, hardship, loss or pain of those who would have been involved in any accepted practice that came before it.

In fact, technology driven by the correct motives and the desire to improve life, rather than replace it, is representative of genuine progress, whereas technology used to replace and impoverish people so that those who own and control it can profit is most certainly not representative of any kind of progress.

Just because jobs can be replaced by technology doesn’t mean that they either need to be, or that they should be. And if money wasn’t the only real consideration that was being involved, neither would anyone believe that there would be any need to be either.

Indeed, if money were not in the equation, the need for big companies or big anything, wouldn’t even exist.

The only businesses or organisations that we would need at any level, would be those that have the structures necessary to provide for all our essential needs and the goods and services that make a genuinely good life work.

These aren’t big businesses. Because they aren’t driven by the suggestion that costs can be lowered so that more profit can be made or one business can undercut another that does the same thing, because it can do the same things more cheaply in some way.

These are businesses that exist to provide the best at what they do and provide the best experience that they can for the people that they serve.

These are businesses that are local, that are part  of a local supply chain and work within a local circular economy in its truest sense, that have no need to be bigger or biggest, because the one set of values that we all share is built around the belief  that every one of us is worth and has value that is exactly the same.

Our Local Future

The default setting that most of us have from the way that our lives and understanding of life has been conditioned will tell even the most learned and intelligent of us that money centric living will always be the way and that everything we are working through here is little more than some kind of utopian dream that is wholly impractical and will never come true.

Yet unsustainable living is by its very nature unsustainable at every level, at that means that to live and believe that it is sustainable is itself untrue.

Those who are looking more closely at the narratives and the truths that they hide will know that life is going to change in one way or another. It is not a question of if, but when, and the only real question that none of us can accurately answer – even though it is easy to speculate, is what event or series of events will be responsible for setting off what we can almost be sure will be a process of change, if we are not already now within it?

Because we tend to be obsessed over the journey and who has decision making control over the next step(s), rather than the outcomes of everything we do, we use outcomes in the sense of what they mean only to us as the basis of any argument over what should come next – in real terms, whose ideas and suggestions should come first.

From this perspective and the conflict that we can see as soon as we begin to be open to how everything works, it can easily feel impossible to visualise an outcome or range of outcomes that could be achievable after having gained buy-in from everyone and the pathways they are demanding, so that the result is meaningful to all as well as being something that actually works.

The paradox is of course that without being able to visualise the destination and what that destination will actually feel like, what it will be to experience it and what being there will actually mean, we don’t have a collective cat in hells chance of ever getting there or doing anything that will actually succeed.

Minded of this, I wrote Our Local Future and took the leap to create a vision or picture of what a world that works for us all would actually look like, feel like and work like. And you can read and work through the structure of Our Local Future and download a copy of the book by visiting HERE.

Putting the first steps towards tomorrow’s world in today’s terms

Whereas Our Local Future may provide the reader with a picture of what a fully functioning just, fair and balanced locality-based world would look like, whether they agree with that vision or not, it does not and will not provide a guide or map that includes all the different steps that we will collectively need to get there. For no better reason than dogmatically sticking to any plan will create more problems than it will ever solve and that in a world of complexity and contradictions like the one we are experiencing today, plans can never replace the choices made by decision makers who make the right decision in the moment, and ultimately will not work.

However, what is not only possible, but is also required with the outlook that we tend to share, is an example of the stepping off point; a signpost in the direction of travel, or rather an outline of the first steps that we could and that we arguably should be taking now. So that what we are doing to ourselves today is no longer destined to be our end, but can be the point from which we make a conscious decision to take each step, and then keep moving and changing step by step, to transform from a world that doesn’t work for everyone, into a world that works for us all, as it always  should.

Who does this is not something we should worry about, unless we remain captured by that idea that the next step and who controls it is more important than the outcome or destination itself. And without recognising this, it continues to be unlikely that we will ever agree on how we will recognise that outcome, because the outcome and destination will never have become the topic of our discussion or debate.

From this perspective, I would rather have my work taken apart so that it can be improved upon by all those who can improve upon it, than for the work to have never started at all. And with this in mind, I have created and committed to digital pages An Economy for the Common Good, as a model for how we could all come together as communities and within our localities work together to make a start.

The Glos Community Project

I began this work or project in the summer of 2023, and at that point simply intended to turn an idea in to a practical or turnkey model of how a group of well-intended and appropriately motivated volunteers could begin creating a structure that would lead to a fully functioning and localised economy, that would lead to outcomes that would place localism, circular economy, sustainability and sustainable living, awakened forms of governance and therefore real democracy at its heart.

Because the whole point is about our own communities and where we live and work, I created this model around the areas in which I have lived and live today, so that it would be as realistic as it can be from the very start.

The model is called The Glos Community Project and follows in the next section of this book as a structured and self-explanatory plan that goes as far as to provide the basic adverts and job specs for the social entrepreneurs and community volunteers who are envisaged as being the leaders and pioneers of building An Economy for the Common Good.

The Glos Community Project model is only a guide, providing that first step that I have already alluded to, and one that I hope will invite every reader to think about how our world can and will operate very differently, once we have accepted and are ready to embrace that we must place people, community and the environment we live in at its heart.

The content that follows has been structured in the form of a website that can be found HERE, where comments can be added at the bottom of each page.

If you would like to make suggestions about the subjects raised, please share them there or do get in touch by email at acommunityroute@gmail.com if you would prefer not to share your thoughts publicly.

Please note that I will be happy to publish anything that is well intended and clearly shared with the intention of achieving the best outcome(s) for all, even where such an example directly improves upon the work that has been shared.

Thank you for reading and for your interest in creating An Economy for the Common Good.

Adam Tugwell

February 2025

The Glos Community Project

Introduction

Hello there!

I’m Adam and Gloucestershire is my home. Gloucestershire is the County where I was born and where my family live. It’s where I went to school, where I first worked in farming, where I first trained as a manager for an international company, where I first ran and developed projects for a charity and where I set up my first business. Gloucestershire is also where I was an elected Councillor and Member of three of Gloucestershire’s Local Authorities.

As you can already see, I have a very strong affiliation with Gloucestershire, and with Cheltenham, Cirencester, Tewkesbury and Winchcombe in particular. However, all these places are important to me, not just because of the role and part they have already played in my life. But especially so, because they are all parts of the same community and local communities of which I am or have also been a part.

Community can mean a lot of things and could easily be considered to be different, depending on who you talk to. However, to me a community is the group of people who you share all of the important things in life with, rather than being the people who you share the same things with that are important in your own life.

Community is People and Place

The Community and what the community can do has never been as important as it is becoming and as it will soon become. Given all of the turbulence and difficulties that are beginning to affect everyone in some way, right across the world.

Yes, the world is itself a community. And it would certainly be a much happier, healthier, safe and secure place, if world leaders could cast their own agendas aside, and put the benefits of what they do for the People and the communities they should be serving first.

It’s no excuse, but at the level of world or even national leadership, it’s very easy to lose sight of how important every other person’s life experience is.

That’s why when we think about the basic or essential food, goods and services that each and every one of us needs to live and have self-sufficient lives every day, it is locality, localism and keeping every part of day-to-day life as local as possible, that is going to become the key ingredient to ensuring that everyone has a balanced, fair, just and above all, meaningful life.

Recognising that The System today, isn’t about ‘us’; BUT the Future will be

The Establishment no longer works for any of us, even though the amount that we pay in taxes means that on average, we work until May or June each year and ‘Tax Freedom Day’, when any of the money we earn thereafter is actually ours to spend as if it were our own.

One way or another, the help that we now need doesn’t and will not come from those who we should be able to expect to provide it.

Necessity now requires that whatever help we and our communities now or will need, we will all have to step up and do whatever we can to help ourselves, the people who are in our lives and the way of life and everything within it in the localities that surround us.

Our power lies wherever we focus it

Asking people to help themselves or even making the suggestion that public policy is very much ours to influence and change for the better, is something that many – perhaps even you – will feel some immediate resistance to.

We are, after all, living through a period of our own, if not world history, where we have been conditioned to feel helpless and that solving problems that affect us all is something that somebody, somewhere else is responsible for and always does.

Learned helplessness is a human disaster in the making. Simply because it encourages everyone who believes they are powerless to stand still.

In the circumstances we are experiencing, standing still is like going backwards. Because those who have power are abusing it to take everything that we understand forward, in to a future, in ways that only benefit them and their kind.

However, life isn’t something that happens out there, somewhere.

Life is happening right here, right now, in your mind and in the space or spaces around you that you walk in, talk in, feel in, touch in, eat in, wash in and experience every part of life in – each and every day.

Life isn’t happening remotely in a device somewhere.

But the picture that devices give us of someone else’s life can certainly make it feel like whatever is important in the digital world, is relevant and all-encompassing within our own.

It’s not. And the most painful lesson that we all have to learn, understand and accept in real terms, is that life doesn’t work as it should for more and more of us, because we aren’t living real lives.

Our lives are being dictated by people who are completely out of touch with us and who we are. But have a pedestal, lectern and platform in front of us, just because they are on a digital screen.

The current economic model and system of power doesn’t work for us

There isn’t much that needs to be said to anyone, no matter who you are, where you come from or what you do, for us to reach agreement that there is something fundamentally wrong with the way that everything works.

Whatever your relationship with money, the chances are that you are also concerned by the creeping feeling that less and less of the aspects of your life that you used to feel in charge of, still remain within your control.

In simple terms, it works this way and will continue to get worse in this way, as every decision that’s having an impact on the value of everything we have is being made by people who we are unlikely to ever meet.

The challenge that we all face today, is that the rules that allow all the things that are going wrong for us – no matter what they are – have been created or adapted to serve the purposes of those same people, and these are the people who we have not only trusted, but also put in charge.

Out of sight is out of mind for most.

And people who have power, influence and control by the truckload, are very dangerous when they have no integrity or respect for the responsibilities they have to others.

Localism or Going Local

I’ve written a whole series of books that focus on localism and how the focus of power must be brought back to local communities and for decisions that affect our daily lives to be made as close to us as possible and by people who we know and can trust.

However, the problem that I have faced throughout, is that when talking about anything in a broader or national sense, it quickly becomes as abstract as national politics and national news streams are, even though that’s how we often judge important things to be.

The problem is, real life and what is important to us isn’t abstract.

In fact, the real things that are important and all the things that can have the biggest impact upon everything that is happening to us is not abstract and is very specific indeed.

But we have somehow allowed the abstract, or what is outside of us, to influence all of our specific choices.

With AI and technologies now forcing their way into our digital lives, with consequences that will make real life feel so much easier, whilst teaching us to forget how making decisions for ourselves and even learning new things, the choice between being led by an abstract world where the real influences are never seen or understood, or taking back control and regaining conscious choice in everything we do has never appeared to be such an easy one that is actually so very hard.

Awakening to the reality that hides in plain sight

The damage of centralisation, globalisation and of allowing decisions that affect everyone to be taken by people who are unlikely to ever visit or have reason to understand the things that are happening in our streets and neighbourhoods are very easy for us to see in the news every night.

People who have zero understanding of the consequences and impact on the policies they write for every reason other than those that they should, are condemning increasing numbers of people to harder and more challenging lives, and then blaming them for the problems that they themselves have through their own incompetence caused.

It can only work for us, if we can reach out and touch it

A genuinely self-sufficient and fully localised system of public services and the governance that underpins the systems and processes that affect and impact daily lives would not be in danger of being abused or mismanaged in this way.

Indeed, the only way that we will be able to create a genuinely level playing field of opportunity and a public or community sector that works in the way that it should will be for the full balance of power, influence and decision making to be brought back to the People and local communities and administered openly, transparently and without any bias in the way that it always should.

Real Localism is what Authentic Governance looks like and what it would be.

Localism in its real sense

The most simple way to explain the change of focus from where it is today (Global, Central, European etc.) to where it should be (Local, Community etc.), is to think of it as being a switch from a values set based on money, profit and the accumulation of power and wealth, to the alternative values set which is focused on People, humanity and what we genuinely need for everyone to be happy, healthy, secure and safe.

Real localism isn’t rocket science.

But real localism certainly meets with a lot of resistance when the true depth and scope of what it means are openly discussed, because for many who do so well out of exploiting others (whether they are aware of it or not), localism represents what they believe to be a loss.

Sadly, because the Establishment know and understand that local communities are where the power of the people and everything that supports us should be, they frequently pay lip service to the principle of ‘localism’.

But as in the case of New Labour’s ‘Devolution’ from the 1997 General Election on, and then the Cameron Conservatives ‘Localism’ in the years that have followed since 2010, the type of localism and the return of power to local people that politicians from all sides having been selling us, all add up to no such thing.

Politicians today are desperately promoting what they call localism or any one of a number of similar things, which is Regional Centralisation by another name.

We face a challenging, but achievable course of action, that requires us, our communities, charities and businesses to by-pass the Establishment and begin putting localism into everything we do and are motivated by, if we genuinely want to solve all of the societal problems that not only our communities, but the Country and the whole world faces.

We need a new Economic Model that evolves itself from the community up

If you want to learn about economics, the last person you should ask is an economist.

History – albeit history that is used as a model and translated for the contemporary age, is another thing entirely.

We do not need to return to the dark ages or some kind of feudal system to see that life worked much better for everyone when everything that was needed for day-to-day life was available locally and provided by people that everyone knew.

Simple living is far more intelligent than the ‘connected’ world that we live in where relationships are being dehumanised and we have all become little more than a number or code to every company or organisation that we have any reason to buy something from or to do business with.

We will bypass and reject the heartless and inhumane way of living we experience today by

  1. Prioritising local growing, processing, manufacture and supply.

We will improve life for everyone dramatically by rejecting the money-based value system by

  • Putting People First.

We will change the world for the better by rejecting the hierarchical structures and system of governance by

  • Bringing power back to the most local level within our communities – creating a clean, authentic form of democracy that has never been allowed by the power hungry to exist before.

The new enlightenment that we are told we are experiencing is only enlightening for those who believe that they are in control.

People who don’t have any reason to even acknowledge the realities that many of the people whose lives they influence now face, because technology insulates them from all the pain that they cause.

PLEASE Remember: Just because technology can do so many ‘amazing’ things, it doesn’t mean that we are obliged to use it, or that we have no choice when it comes to doing so.

Priority 1: Local, Local, Local

Life isn’t a theory.

Yet we have life dictated to us as if it is.

The only way that things can really work in the best way possible for us all, is for whole supply chains, the route of food from farm to fork and how business works and money or currencies flow to be in circles that are as local as it is possible for them to be.

Forget any ideas, philosophies or narratives that identify with localism purely as ‘circular’ or ‘doughnut’ economics.

Whilst they may be well intended, these are theories that are based upon the current money-centric system continuing to be prevalent across all areas of life.

They are NOT what real localised economies are really about.

Localism and Locality Economics are about everything in life and the business streams that support life, people, communities and the environment, working locally and in a very localised way.

Priority 2: People First

Money isn’t everything. But people, our relationships and the world we live in really are.

People or human based values are in short supply, so the most effective way to change everything is to put People and our communities first.

We don’t need to make massive profits to experience happy, healthy, safe and secure lives. But we do need to have faith that changing minds – beginning with our own, is the most important step to changing the world to one that is just, fair and balanced for all – and that social enterprises that help everyone without charging more than anyone involved genuinely needs within local communities is the best place to begin.

Priority 3: Local Governance from local Communities and the grassroots up

We may have learned helplessness, but we have the ability to change things right now, by-passing the assumed behaviour that the Establishment expects and by making the system work for us and taking power back, rather than engaging in actions we have been brought up to expect which just continues to funnel power at people who abuse it and use it only to benefit themselves.

In the recent book Officially NONE OF THE ABOVE, we discussed the need for us all to act and take part so that the focus of political power is brought back to people we know and the decisions that affect us daily are made by people who have genuine skin in the game when it comes to knowing and understanding what we are experience, how we feel, and how we think.

No, we don’t need a revolution and the destruction of the current electoral system to do this. But we do all need to take part. However, in the long term, we must work towards the removal of any parts of the electoral system or system of democracy that can allow specific interests and the agendas of particular groups of people to manipulate and play the system, as is the case right now.

Social Enterprise and Community Enterprises | Bringing not-for-profit and key local businesses together to work as one

Putting People First isn’t just the long-term aim. Putting People First is the most important stepping off point in the series of practical steps that have the power to influence and deliver large scale change, even without the Establishment giving it its blessing, a green light or any kind of consent.

The way that we can do this is by creating a series of social enterprises that can immediately begin to tackle the issues that are being most acutely felt by what we today recognise as growing wealth inequality and the cost of living crisis, but in reality is a direct result of the broken economic model that the Establishment remains committed to, even though it is continuing to deliver increasing  levels of harm to People from all areas and across the whole spectrum of society.

It is certainly true that many will not have even considered the realities that many of the people they pass on the street daily are facing from the growing problems that are a direct result of this broken economic model. Of those that do or are open to the existence of a problem, even more cannot see an alternative way of running a 21st century model of society where money doesn’t have its current role.

Many People genuinely believe that creating a model of society that functions around what everyone needs, rather than what the reducing few just want, cannot deliver happiness, health, security and safety in any way. This is because of the genuine belief that money always has a role to play.

But money or rather inflated prices, excess prices and the greed and profiteering that sits behind it doesn’t have a role to play in any fair, balanced and just society. The only way to demonstrate this is to show the people that need to be convinced, and that’s why those who can see and understand this truth need to be the pioneers when it comes to taking action, as well as having and maintaining a lot of faith.

We can deliver different outcomes and with them, a different life experience for people across our communities very quickly, just by making a start

That start will be social enterprises that follow similar development and growth models in every local area, along with a very small number of new multimodal charity units that provide services for those in very specific cases of need, who have no way to pay.

By passing the Establishment and organisations profiting from essential goods and services that everyone needs

There is no point in attempting to reinvent the wheel. There are already some magnificent social enterprises and not for profit organisations operating in many areas that are doing the very best to help people on a cost-related or free basis already. The Glos Community Project will not seek to replicate or replace any of these within their tangible area of operation, and where or when possible, will also seek to redirect support that might become available to them.

However, The Glos Community Project will operate in any area where we have the volunteers/social business leaders, support and resources, where no such organisation already exists.

The Establishment has had plenty of opportunity to demonstrate that it can reform and get things right. Those involved no longer have the right to demand that we keep waiting for them to get things right, or to expect that we will continue to trust them, just because of the job title or responsibility that they supposedly hold.

This time and the future are ours to decide. They have had their chance and have cast what’s good for everyone rather than just them aside.

In time, many of those from within the current Establishment will accept that there was always a better way and that they made the decision not to exercise the responsibility that they held on our behalf, to do what is right.

We cannot trust anyone from within the Establishment today, to do what is right, until they can see and accept that putting People First is the new paradigm and how everything is going to run.

Who are The Establishment?

We have mentioned the Establishment and the reality that obtaining meaningful change will require bypassing the establishment at the very least.

Knowing who the Establishment are is therefore very important.

As a rule, anyone involved with or directly employed by any of the following will represent the establishment. There are exceptions right across the board, but for the purpose of excluding as much of the risk that comes from those who are invested in obstructing change as possible, in the first instances and until there is definite evidence to support otherwise, we will not trust or knowingly engage with any of the following:

The Establishment includes (but is not limited to):

  • The Civil Service
  • Town Councils
  • Parish Councils
  • Borough Councils
  • District Councils
  • County Councils
  • Unitary Authorities
  • Schools
  • Colleges
  • Universities
  • Social Services
  • Public Services of all kinds
  • Non-Government Organisations (NGOs) e.g. The Highways Agency / Highways England, The Environment Agency
  • National Charities that are well-funded and in the public eye
  • Elected Councillors
  • Elected Mayors
  • Members of Parliament
  • Police & Crime Commissioners
  • Mainstream Media
  • Media Companies
  • Corporate Businesses
  • Most Celebrities
  • The Military

Why | The Glos Community Project

Right now, even on the rare occasion that politics does something positive for People, it comes and works its way through the system at a pace that is simply too slow to help and benefit people who genuinely need help in their real lives.

Gloucestershire is no different. And whilst there are at least a few politicians on the seats of local Parish, Town, The Borough and Districts and the County Council who are still genuine in their aim of putting the needs of People first, the reality is that many of them don’t even understand just how little influence they – and therefore the People who elected them – have, over the things that we are expecting them to deal with on our behalf, each and every day.

The elephant trap that we can easily fall into is to think that bitching about any of this or that following, liking and supporting people who are saying all the things that we want to hear will somehow result in change.

It won’t. And that’s why I am here – as just another person from the community we share, who loves Gloucestershire and everything about it, with the aim of connecting like-minded people and taking the very practical steps that we can by working together, to help other members of our community and take the first leaps towards making the Towns, Villages and the Countryside that we love, a much better place and one that reflects the aims, values and aspirations of us all.

We really can change things for the better by doing the things that we can, rather than losing faith because the problems look too big and we believe that we can’t.

HP | The opportunity for change will be what WE make it | The Glos Community Project

You may have already heard of something called social enterprise, businesses that are run on a not-for-profit basis, or businesses that are set up not with the aim of making money, but creating some benefit to the community in some way.

The Glos Community Project is here to explore the opportunities that already exists and that are yet to be identified that will benefit the wider community through the services or products that they provide, whilst providing opportunities for budding social entrepreneurs and practical change activists, along with work opportunities for anyone and everyone – and especially those who might feel that the world has been passing them by.

Right now, I am looking for people who want to be the pioneers of social change within Gloucestershire’s communities. Individuals who are ideally looking for the opportunity to lead and to learn, but are driven by working collaboratively and for the benefit of everyone, rather than long or short term, about what they themselves can earn.

These are voluntary opportunities in the first instance, with the only immediate cost being the time and commitment that it will take, along with the determination that any successful entrepreneur would need to set up a business from scratch – but with the benefit of having the support and guidance of someone who has seen and experienced all of the ups and downs of creating, launching and managing businesses before.

Theres nothing good about global, but local builds love for others every time

Many of us struggle with understanding and identifying the difference between the things we need in life, and the things that we want in our life.

Don’t worry, there will be no judgement coming from me or anyone else who is closely involved in what we are doing if this does or has ever applied to you. The whole system is skewed and the messaging and advertising that is being constantly pumped at all of us has helped blurred the lines so much between need and want, that unless you are awake to anything being wrong with all of this, the two have merged and become one.

In my recent Book Levelling Level, we focused on identifying the difference between basic or essential needs and what many consider to be essential – but are actually just what those people want. We also focused on the reality that with the Establishment having worked tirelessly on behalf of specific interests to make just about every supply chain you could imagine operate to make excessive profits by delivering what everyone who can afford to buy it, wants, the same people who have been responsible have also destroyed the ability of communities and even our whole Country to provide just the basic or essential foods, goods and services that we all need.

Even talking about supply chains and terms like self-sufficiency will sound like gobbledygook or some kind of esoteric language to some. One of the many challenges we face is that this is intentional too. And the myth that we have been conditioned to believe is that everything costs less for us this way, that it is a better, healthier and more enlightened way of living, and that making us all dependent upon people that we have nothing in common with, will get rid of any problems because we all think the same way.

Regrettably, the same way or same thinking is based on nothing more than shared greed, profiteering and a complete lack of care for the human cost, such as loss of local jobs, overuse and unnecessary use of natural resources, exploitation of people and less developed cultures, and the enslavement to debt that is quickly overtaking populations across the world.

Target Business areas | Foods, Goods & Services that are ESSENTIAL to life

The Glos Community Project is all about the basics. The essentials that everyone needs to be able to access each and every day, so that they can lead happy, healthy, safe and secure lives within a fair, balanced and just environment.

Humans don’t get addicted to anything that they need. But the humanity in everyone is quickly destroyed by having too much of what they want.

Whilst the aims of The Glos Community Project will have many points of controversy, depending upon who you are, it’s the definition between what we need and what is essential to life, rather that what we want that will probably get the most backs up, whilst the world is able to continue in the way that it has been.

For the sake of repeating a lot of information that is available in my other books, the basics or the essentials for everyday living look very similar to this:

Food:

  • Fruits and vegetables that can be grown locally, either on farms, allotments or at home
  • Bread made using local flour with minimal processing that can be completed by hand or traditional milling methods.
  • Dairy products including Milk, Cheeses and Yoghurts that are made locally using traditional methods and without chemical additives, extensive processing or refinement
  • Meats that are farmed, prepared, stored, dressed and retailed locally, without unnecessary miles to heavily and unnecessarily bureaucratised abattoirs and processing facilities.
  • Fish and seafoods, either farmed inland, or transported from the nearest UK seaport.

Goods:

  • Clothing (basic)
  • Cleaning (To keep homes and anything for personal use clean and hygienic)
  • Kitchen (to cook, prepare and store food and drink)
  • Laundry (to wash and prepare clothing)
  • Health & Hygiene (Essential medicines, and goods used to keep clean and healthy such as toothbrushes, toothpaste, sanitary products etc.)
  • Transport (Bikes, Cars) – Only where regular transport cannot be provided in another or shared way

Services:

  • Clothing repairs
  • Vehicle repairs & maintenance where vehicles are owned
  • Building repairs and construction
  • Electricity
  • Water
  • Gas
  • Communication (mobile phone, broadband)
  • Unpaid apps
  • Entertainment (Free channels)
  • Transport (where vehicles are not owned or available for essential or irregular journeys)
  • Banking & Currency (outside of Establishment control)

The More People involved, the more local The Glos Community Project will become

In the first instance, it is difficult to estimate how much interest there will be and which social enterprises will be the most popular, even though I have a good idea what these will be.

If one person per social enterprise model were to come forward for each of them, we would certainly begin by opening up the first of each operation to the widest number of People that it would be possible for us to do so.

However, as interest grows, covering these same areas might be difficult and result in the level of service offered being reduced because there are too many people for one business unit to serve.

When this happens, the area will be divided up, so that every service that The Glos Community Project provides will be offered to the most local area possible.

The growth of The Glos Community Project will be a pathway of decentralization in every sense, focusing on improving accessibility and transparency at each and every step of the way.

Theres nothing about The Glos Community Project that can’t be done. The voices that say otherwise are from people who just have selfish reasons not to do it

No matter how you came to discover The Glos Community Project, there is a good chance that unless you have been searching for other like-minded people to do the things that you have already been thinking about, you will read through the list of social businesses that we want to see available to every community – just to begin with, and that you will think that this is something that cannot be done.

If you have an open mind, please ask yourself the question what makes you believe that, and then follow up by asking yourself why.

Everything listed on this site is achievable. Not only that. As more People from our communities sign up, commit to our aims and provide us with whatever support they can, more and more of us will understand that putting people first is a very good, mutually beneficial and happy way to live, where the results will speak for themselves.

Whilst it will be challenging to get the first few of each social business model planned, where necessary funded, launched and then running, we will very quickly have turnkey frameworks or plans available for every new area, that only then have to be tailored to ensure that whatever is being offered, will meet that specific community’s needs.

Areas outside of Gloucestershire

I will be as happy to hear from you if you are outside of Gloucestershire as I will be if you get in touch with me from any of the communities and local areas within.

We might need to take a different approach, depending on what you are able to do, but The Glos Community Project is just a model or incubator where we can all learn, and we must aspire to a much wider roll-out if community or grassroots power is to have the revival that it now can.

If you are from outside Gloucestershire, please consider all the opportunities that have been listed on this site and then get in touch.

I will be happy to arrange a one-to-one meeting via Zoom, WhatsApp, Facetime or Teams. Or if you have a question or questions that would be helpful for others too, I will be happy to post a blog or a video to explain or discuss what we can do.

Area Organisers – Other areas

If you have been reading The Glos Community Project and feel that you might have what it would take to get the ball rolling with a like-for-like Project in your own County or Region, I would really like to hear from you.

Please e-mail me and provide me with whatever information you would want to know about me, if you were already set up in your area and were thinking about inviting me to work alongside you to set up over here in Gloucestershire right now.

Funding Opportunities

We are actively searching for philanthropic support for specific projects or to support them all.

If you would like to provide support through a donation, through sponsorship or through a grant of some kind, we would be very pleased to hear from you at the earliest opportunity.

We are aware that many substantial grants are offered on the basis of meeting very specific aims. Where possible, we will build the services offered in ways that will meet those aims, as long as doing so will not compromise the key principles and aims of The Glos Community Project.

Regrettably, we cannot accept support that would be allocated in support of any political agendas other than bringing back power to communities themselves, through the creation and development of Community Meetings.

If you would like to discuss your idea, please get in touch with Adam for a chat. 

Every penny counts and if you are supportive of what we are trying to achieve, but can only afford to make a small donation, we will appreciate and value your support just the same. Please find our Crowdfunder HERE.

About You | Social Entrepreneur

The most important thing about you won’t be anything to do with how creative, innovative or entrepreneurial you are or can be. These are all words that get misused and there are lots of people who genuinely believe myths such as being self-employed means that you are an entrepreneur.

The most important fact or truth about you will be that you are driven by helping others, by genuine social change (no matter how challenging that might appear to be) and that you have accepted that change of the kind that we all need will not come from anyone that most people are expecting it to come from.

I’m not keen on bullet points for something like this, so please treat the following as a framework only, and if there are things that resonate but you are not sure about anything else, please just get in touch and we can have a chat.

You Should

  • Be motivated by helping others
  • See everyone as an equal, no matter who or what society suggests that they are
  • Be open to learning new things
  • Be able to see everything objectively and be aware of how your feelings might influence this when and if anything leaves you emotionally ‘triggered’.
  • Think critically – no matter the situation
  • See a crisis as an opportunity
  • Able to work in the moment, without a plan or guide to help you
  • Be sure that you can see commitments and agreements through, even if you are not being watched or monitored
  • Have a genuine passion for the type of social business(es) that you are interested in and know that you will gain a sense of achievement from being successful within it.
  • Be open to learning and carrying out any of the jobs or tasks that will be required to make this business run and be successful
  • Be comfortable with talking to people, to journalists and anyone who has a genuine interest in what you are doing
  • Have experience working with different social groups, either professionally or voluntarily
  • Be aiming to earn a wage which relates only to the genuine cost of living at the time
  • Understand that volunteers are not paid employees and will only do their best for you, if they enjoy and see a benefit to them or what they believe in from doing whatever you ask them to do
  • Be happy to sign and keep to the terms of a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA)

These Opportunities are unlikely to be for you if you:

  • Believe that someone else will solve all of society’s problems
  • Knowingly hold prejudices of any kind about other people
  • Are aiming to own your own commercial company or business
  • Are motivated only by the potential of what you could earn
  • Have any hang ups about doing any kind of job
  • Believe that you must be qualified to do anything
  • Make excuses or tell lies to cover up mistakes, problems or any issues that are outside of your control
  • Are already committed to any political or social agenda – no matter how good or beneficial you might consider it to be (This includes any political party, green or climate focused movements, groups with a spiritual ‘agenda’, ‘alt’ movements or anything that promotes ideologies built on ‘us vs them’ thinking at any level or of any kind.

Opportunities for Social Entrepreneurs in Gloucestershire

There are a number of different opportunities for people who would like to lead the development of a social business across Gloucestershire.

These will include:

  • Local News
  • Clothing Hire & Resale
  • Car and Bike Loan Hubs
  • Local Food Circuits
  • Allotments & Home Growing
  • Local Exchange Platforms
  • Local Currency
  • Homeless Hubs
  • Community Pubs
  • Community Brewing
  • Community Marketplace
  • Mend & Make Do Repair Centres
  • Community Meetings
  • Skills for Life Courses
  • Community Helpers
  • Farm Direct Cooperatives
  • Community Bakeries

Opportunities will be local community specific, with the aim that there will be at least one of every business type listed within walking distance of homes in suburban or town areas, or available and shared between no more than 4 to 6 villages in remote areas.

We will not seek to establish any new social business where a community-focused social business of the same kind, or offering a service of the same kind exists, unless it is being delivered as part of an Establishment agenda.

Opportunities for Volunteers in Gloucestershire

We are also looking for specialist project and management support

  • Web & Software Developers
  • Social Media Creation & Support
  • App Developers
  • Fundraisers
  • Citizen Journalists

Areas of Gloucestershire where you might be | The Glos Community Project

Forest of Dean

  • Coleford
  • Cinderford
  • Newent
  • Longhope & Mitcheldean
  • Newnham on Severn

Cotswold (South)

  • Cirencester
  • Tetbury
  • Northleach
  • Fairford
  • Lechlade

North Cotswold

  • Bourton on the Water
  • Stow on the Wold
  • Moreton in Marsh

Cheltenham

  • Town
  • Prestbury
  • Leckhampton
  • Hatherley

Tewkesbury (North)

  • Town
  • Winchcombe
  • Bishops Cleeve & Woodmancote

Tewkesbury (South)

  • Churchdown
  • Brockworth
  • Hucclecote
  • Highnam
  • Innsworth

Gloucester

  • City
  • Quedgeley
  • Longlevens
  • Barnwood
  • Tuffley

Stroud

  • Town
  • Stonehouse
  • Wotton under Edge
  • Dursley
  • Painswick
  • Berkeley & Sharpness

What you will need to provide | Social Entrepreneur

Your time and commitment are the most important requirement.

There is no requirement for you to pay any type of joining or membership fee as a The Glos Community Project Volunteer. You just need to be confident in what you are doing and be prepared to put your name on your project right from the moment you start.

Together we will build the platform that will be required to attract support and any necessary funding to get your social business started.

It is very easy for anyone considering going into business for the first time to believe that they have to buy everything new and have new everything. You don’t.

My aim is to minimalise the risk to everyone who joins The Glos Community Project in whatever role, and to build every new service and the organisation that supports it with the absolute minimum financial cost to those who get involved (i.e. you may need to pay for fuel to travel, use your phone etc.)

Local News

The news ‘industry’ has undergone a massive transformation within the past two decades.

The national news or mainstream media and regional news or what we once referred to as the ‘local papers’ – or what’s left of them all, are completely under the spell or influence of their owners, who pays them or both, and the only losers have been the general public and the people who read, watch or listen to anything that branded media companies produce.

Sadly, local news was one of the biggest casualties of the internet’s arrival, when the ‘cash cow that once was classified advertising’ dried up overnight, pushing the evening paper that everyone went to for everything online, with the outcome very quickly giving the lie to the idea that the local paper was actually about news.

Stories that are important about local life don’t get the coverage that they should do. And the absence of real-life stories from the next village or the school on the other side of the town have only served to fuel the idea that news in the mainstream is representative of real life, and that what comes from outside of our communities is the only news that there is.

Unfortunately, with most of the national or branded news, and much of the stories that come from well-known names and personalities online all being little better than opinion, people have very quickly lost touch with what real life really is.

We need to change this. And we need to make the news interesting to everyone again, without there being any kind of agenda at work.

The Opportunity to set up and contribute to new local community news platforms

We would like to set up news services in every local area, using all of the media options that are available to us to focus on all the stories that are genuine news, rather than being about what someone else wants us all to think.

Focusing on the opportunity to harness citizen journalism at its very best, I am looking for social media, tech and internet-savvy people with the ability to research and write genuine news stories objectively, and where commentary is required, to do so in ways that cover all relevant points of view.

The ability to edit other people’s work will be important, as one of the aims of these local news platforms will be to give people across our communities the opportunity to tell the stories they have that will help and inspire others.

If you are already visualising what you could do with this opportunity, it could very well be one for you.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • A short note explaining why local news provision is interesting to you, what your priorities would be if you were leading the development of this social business in your local area, and how you would get started.
  • Links to any examples of articles you have written or any media you have created that is available online.

Clothing Hire, Repair, Recycling & Resale

Everyone needs clothing. But fashion itself is one of the most obvious ‘wants’ that the age of consumerism has encouraged us to have, with very small differences existing between clothes carrying or not carrying a name, but that brand itself means that cost itself is one of the key issues when it comes to what clothes any one of us can have.

The media age creates the perceived need, whilst the banks and financiers now provide the credit that is building a time bomb of debt that only exists because of greed. Worse still, the real cost to our communities through the loss of jobs and to the planet from clothing being needlessly made thousands of miles away on the cheap, where working rules don’t exist and costs are cheap so that profit margins can be exponentially increased, really gives the lie to what globalism has really been about.

The more expensive the clothing, the less likely we are to regularly wear or even wear it. Recent data suggests that a significant percentage of new clothing is either never sold or never even worn.

Recycling clothing through apps such as Vinted is already becoming popular and clothing libraries are being tried in some places too. But we could do a lot more and with the long-term aim of returning sustainable clothing manufacture and production to the UK and our communities, we need to make good affordable clothing available to everyone for all occasions – and without the need for anyone to go into debt, whether they can afford it or not.

The opportunity to set up Clothing Libraries and Resale, Recycling and Repair hubs

We would like to set up Clothing hubs in all areas, leveraging the technology that is available, to make Recycling, Repair and Reuse of good clothing a part of normal life once again. 

Focusing on creating local stores that are accessible to all, whilst using apps and the internet to make services and sales available online, I am looking for entrepreneurial leaders with a passion for clothes and the drive to make thrifty wardrobes fashionable, to help create a service that will have the ability to help people from all backgrounds in a multitude of ways.

Ideally, you will already have the ability to mend repairable clothing and be comfortable using the existing resale apps and platforms as a start. However, this is certainly one of the social business models that could easily be developed not just by one community-focused individual, but perhaps a few.

If ideas are already flowing through your mind about how clothing libraries, clothing hire and clothing recycling and repair could work even better than what people already know, this could certainly be the opportunity that is reaching out to you.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to make a clothing hub in your area to thrive
  • Pictures or links to anything that you have done
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of Community Clothing Hubs and what you believe the priorities would be at the beginning and during the stages of the early roll-out.

Community Vehicle Lending Hubs | Car and Bike Loans

Sadly, because of the impractical and tyrannical way that Green Policy, Climate Change and ridiculous Policies such as Net Zero have been rolled out and are being adopted by local authorities through polices such as the switch to EPVs, ULEZ and 15 Minute Cities, the practical reality that we don’t need 4-car households and shouldn’t be wasting money that we cannot afford on journeys that we simply don’t need to make are being overlooked and are in danger of being passed by.

We don’t need cars that sit in car parks all day and on driveways or by the sides of roads during holidays, weekends and overnight. But we do need to have access to the most appropriate forms of transport for the journeys that we need to make, as and when we need to make them, and we need a localised system that makes this happen – and happen well, for us all.

The opportunity to set up Community Vehicle Lending Hubs

I am looking for people with an interest in cars, motorbikes, epvs and emerging transport technology to help create and build local vehicle lending hubs that make shared vehicle use both normal and respectable, and in a way that means consistent quality of experience for users, with the minimization of vehicle abuse.

Whilst experience in things like fleet management, repairs, vehicle hire and areas of work like that would clearly be very helpful, starting with a clean sheet and no experience of these areas is likely to be just as helpful, as we really do need to get this offering right to create the buy-in that we need from members of our communities from the start.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to make a Community Vehicle Lending Hub in your area to thrive
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of Community Vehicle Lending Hubs and what you believe the priorities would be that will encourage People to trust and rely on borrowing vehicles in your local area, rather than falling back on ones that they own

Community Public Transport

Yes, we already have a large number of community transport organisations and providers such as Dial-a-rides. However, many of these are now driven by and focused upon contracts and provision that has been identified by County Councils and Government Agencies in ways that make them subservient to the Establishment, creating the perception that they are just there for ‘old people’ or children with special educational needs.

On the other hand, the ‘public transport’ that we have, which includes both buses and trains, stopped being public in the genuine sense, the moment that the operating companies, transport providers, and infrastructure companies were privatised and became tools in profit-making hands.

Yes, they provide services that are accessible to the public. But they are not in any way focused on the need for genuine public transport to be universally accessible, and they never will be for as long as private shareholder interest and earnings or dividends being paid to owners remains involved.

In the absence of any will on the part of the Establishment to take back and maintain public transport services without the involvement of privately owned companies or the influence of unions who by holding any organisation to ransom are in effect doing exactly the same thing, we must work to create a Community Public Transport Service that begins by ensuring that transport provision exists within local communities where any services that can be provided by Community Vehicle Lending Hubs ends.

The opportunity to set up a Community Public Transport Hub in your area

The big focus for developing Community Public Transport Hubs is understanding local need, creativity and innovation when it comes to meeting that need, and a very open and positive approach to working with customers from within the local community, as well as being able to engage with and build good working relationships with the stakeholders who will be unavoidably involved.

Unlike the majority of the social entrepreneur roles and opportunities listed with The Glos Community Project, this one does require that those interested already have a Full, preferably clean Driving License which will ideally include minibus driving (up to 17 seats) – NOT for Hire or Reward.

There may also be a requirement for those running or contributing to the management of our Community Public Transport services to hold or qualify for a Certificate of Professional Competence (CPC) in bus service operations, and/or that they can apply for and hold a Private Hire License, which will require a basic DBS check and no previous driving disqualifications or other forms of conviction that will exclude them from applying to or being registered by the Licensing Department at the local District or Borough Council.

If you have any past convictions or problems with your driving license, you should be able to check the Licensing Policy for Private Hire & Hackney Taxi Licenses online. Please note that we will check every existing local policy before beginning work on any new hub.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to build a very successful Community Public Transport Service within your local community area
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about the concept of universal transport provision and Community Public Transport, and what you believe will be necessary for People to experience daily, so that the service genuinely works.

Food Supply

By far the most important areas of the social or community businesses that The Glos Community Project is aiming to focus on is the growing, harvesting, preparation, production and supply of basic or essential foods within the shortest and most reliable supply chains possible.

Sadly, we take for granted that food will always be available either online or at the local supermarket. Even though there were some minor shortages during the Covid Pandemic and some supplies of vegetables were temporarily out of stock or in reduced supply earlier in 2023, the reality is that none of us have yet experienced the shortages and changes to the food supply that are now almost certain to come in the months and years ahead.

Globalisation, centralization and the economics of big business have made our communities and the whole of the UK itself dependent upon the supply of basic and essential foods that we could easily grow ourselves. For the sake of somebody somewhere making bigger and bigger profits, whilst power has been taken further and further away from the people so that it can be concentrated in the hands of the few, we have been sold the lie that it’s better for all of us if food comes to us across whole continents, and that it’s also better for us and will make us all happier if it comes to us in increasingly processed or ultra processed forms.

Many don’t even  realize that we have become dependent on foods that are not in any way healthy for us, whilst our agricultural and growing sectors have themselves surrendered or given up the ability to grow and provide a range of food stuffs for local supply, whilst the politics of money and globalism have made farmers reliant upon incomes they have little or no influence over, whilst growing fewer and fewer things.

Farm shops are not a luxury or non-essential choice. But it serves the current economic model for us to see them that way

Many of us visit farm shops – where they are available, and do so with the belief that to do so is a luxury or a treat, because we can be fairly sure that whatever they sell to us will cost more than what we would pay for it at a supermarket – even though the levels of quality and the provenance are nowhere near being the same.

Farm shops and any retail business that sells locally made, perhaps organic, high-quality foods with the absolute minimum of processing involved seem expensive, because the way that most foods are mass produced and massively processed has made them that way. It is quite literally the economics of scale that not only appear to make food cheaper, but also guarantee that the marketplace is controlled by very few hands, and that the people involved make ridiculous profits from whatever they do.

Whilst we need affordable basic or essential foods more than ever, we do not need any part of the process that only appears to benefit us by lowering the purchase price, but then goes on to cost us in every other possible sense – including the increasing risks to our health and our lives.

If the whole of the UK Farming, Growing and Fishing Industries were reformed and restructured so that their priority and focus was always on local supply – through complete supply chains that are as local as it is possible for them to be, the price of all essential and basic foods of a much higher quality and standard would quickly come down and be accessible to everyone too.

Our Farmers are struggling because the Establishment is failing them too

One of the most regrettable parts of the Food Supply Question today is the reality that Farmers are already acutely aware that the self-sufficiency or food security of the whole of the UK is now at very high risk.

Sadly, although Farmers are some of the most creative, resourceful and entrepreneurial people you could ever meet or know, the Industry and its leaders like the National Farmers Union, is still very much committed to the misplaced belief that the Establishment will come to the rescue and provide the support they all want for whatever they currently envision as being the necessary change.

For those from the farming community who read this, it is time to realise, understand and accept that there are many different agendas at work within and beyond the Establishment, but none of them place a priority on anything like the traditional model of farming even in the way that we currently know or believe it to be.

Like so many other areas of business and life, we must now take a very practical approach and different view of food production, and continue to do so for as long as the current Establishment is able to maintain its hold.

We must bypass the Establishment food strategies and incentive plans, and point all farming and food producing businesses back to community focused production using up to date methodology and thinking, but in a very traditional, perhaps even shops-around-the-village-green kind of way.

On the current trajectory, more and more farmers will lose or have to give up farms, whilst communities will be pushed further and further away from being able to sustain themselves as we unnecessary lose more and more productive land.

Local Food Circuits

The Glos Community Project aims to work with farmers, and all locally aligned businesses to champion and recreate localised Community Food Chains that keep the growing, production, necessary processing and preparation, transport and supply of all basic and essential foods as local and as self-sufficient as possible, so that local communities can quite literally fend for themselves.

This is an ambitious task. Not least of all, because many will see the return of fully localised markets as a regressive or backwards step, simply because of the way that certain interests and the focus upon profit always being the key priority has conditioned them to think.

However, farmers, aligned business leaders and members of the wider community coming together to discuss a mutually beneficial strategy will quickly open up doors and a dialogue that very few would currently consider to be viable – but that is quickly going to make a massive amount of sense in what are very turbulent and changing times.

The Opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate Farm Direct Cooperatives

I am actively looking for a number of social entrepreneurs who have the people skills, the ability and the motivation to knock on doors, open up and build new relationships with a range of very different people who are very worried about the future, but are at least initially likely to be very resistant to considering stepping away from the business model where the establishment makes all the rules and only they can offer any help.

You may be from the Farming or Rural Community or from outside of them. But you will have both fluency and understanding not only what farmers and growers have the ability to do, as well as what might be their needs, along with a very innovative and entrepreneurial view and understanding of what it is likely to take to get the right people, businesses and agencies together, to make robust local food supply chains work, so that the self-sufficiency and food security of local communities can be guaranteed.

It is very important to accept that the really exciting part of this social or community business platform will be just how much knowledge already exists within all of businesses that would gain from being involved and that the success of this part of The Glos Community Project will depend on getting everyone who could contribute and benefit from this, not only to open up and share their ideas, but to also commit to becoming actively involved.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help you to open doors within the farming community and with business leaders within the community who will all need to be inspired by the story that makes real the truth that there is another way.
  • A short overview of why you believe that Local Food Circuits will provide food security and what you believe the common USP will be that will engage, create buy-in and get everyone important on board

Allotments & Home Growing

Whilst farmers and the Grower community have the ability to change their working practices and to create and employ new infrastructure quickly, the industry wide change that will be needed may not happen as quickly as we might all like – once the need for this massive change really begins to hit home.

To help and support the creation, development and implementation of Local Food Circuits, there is a part that the majority of us can play in helping ourselves and contributing to the local community effort, if we are prepared to ‘Home Grow’ any foods that we can.

There are a range of ways that Home Growing from the smallest scale up to a level where you might be able to supply certain fruits or vegetables to your whole area could be possible, depending on what resources you already have access to. These might include a garden, a deep window sill, an allotment, or an area within your home where you could set up a hydroponics system.

Today, Home Growing is seen as being quirky or excentric by many. Yet it could be a very easy and quick way for everyone who is able, to ensure that they have ongoing or regular access to a source of the vital nutrition that everyone genuinely needs.

The opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate Home Growing Hubs

To support Local Food Circuits and also feed into our new Community Marketplace, it is an aim of The Glos Community Project to support homeowners to utlise the space and resources that they have available for Home Growing, and to identify land and develop the availability of allotments so that Home Grown fruits or vegetables of one kind or another are available to everyone.

I am looking for social entrepreneurs who can either set up and run, or coordinate others to provide the following:

  • Purchase, sale and supply of gardening equipment
  • Purchase, sale and supply of hydroponics equipment
  • Rental, purchase, preparation and letting of allotments
  • Developing an online signposting service to quickly identify anything that will help
  • Work with our Skills for Life facilitators to provide online, classroom and one-to-one training

Like Farm Direct Facilitators and Coordinators, the ability and desire to collaborate with others who have knowledge and skills that will help is vital to the success of this role, as if having a very open mind and the ability to inspire people across the community to think about the meaning of self-sufficiency in a very different way.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help to demonstrate the kind of approach you would have to getting people to commit to and stay committed to Home Growing.
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about Home Growing and the role you see that it will play in providing food security at the most local level.

Building Local Economies

‘But we already have a local economy?’ I hear you think.

Yes, we do. But they are very much part of the national and international economy and the real question you might want to ask yourself is how does the economic system that we have really benefit or work for you?

Unless you are a) a billionaire b) a massive corporate shareholder c) playing the markets in some way or d) working for one or someone very similar to all of the above, the economic and monetary system that we have is not working for you or benefiting you in any way – whatever the common, constructed or urban myths tell you.

In my book Levelling Level, we discussed the certain reality that Money isn’t worth anything other than what any of us believe it to be. But that doesn’t stop a great many people who are otherwise probably very sensible from attributing great value to it and letting the accumulation and manipulation of it takeover their lives – all without even a second thought for the cost to everyone else.

Regrettably, the journey that the Establishment is now pushing us along toward the extinction of cash and the use of central digital bank currencies (CDBC) or government derived cryptocurrencies isn’t one that will end well for anyone whose interests aren’t closely aligned with whatever the narrative of the Establishment might be.

The immense power that will be held by people we will never meet, because they can see where every penny of our money has come from and how it is then spent is only surpassed in terms of the danger to our freedom to do whatever we legally want to, by the reality that just because they might disagree with something we have said or whatever we might believe in, they would have the power to switch our money off and prevent us from accessing it whenever they might like.

You only need to think about the political figures who are already having their banking facilities closed down and are being denied access to alternatives to see an illustration of how this will all work. It doesn’t matter whether you agree with their politics or not today, this type of action will become a growing threat to the entire population if the management of money remains in the hands of the Establishment – and that’s before we even get to the discussion about the damage a financial system where the Establishment can just create money as and when it feels like it is doing and has done to our lives already – before thinking about what absolute control and tracking of money will allow them to make it become.

Making money and currencies nothing more than a unit of exchange, once again

The value of money dictates everything today. And the value of money is in the hands of the establishment and very greedy and profit hungry people who have zero understanding and no care about the consequences that come from what they do, as long as the system continues to benefit them.

Whilst a return to the gold standard and pegged or anchored economies would be a sensible step, the reality is that the system is now so rotten and influenced by speculation and private interests that are on the make, that the governance that exists is unlikely to ever deliver a monetary or economic system that genuinely works in the best interest of us all.

We have no choice but to start the money system all over again.

People, their presence and their value and input into the economy is the method that should be the basis for all financial value, not how much anything and everything costs us, or when we possess it, it can then be considered to be worth.

Through The Glos Community Project, the long term aim will be to create a system of new, localised currencies that will be available in a cash equivalent and cryptocurrency or digital form, but will be administered locally and be geographically specific, with the national level currency only being used for transactions between areas or as the baseline that maintains a fixed value between what the basic unit of each currency is worth.

In the short term, the creation of local economies will be focused on allowing people to trade anything they want to, including their labour, their knowledge and their skills, in a way that will quickly become insulated against greed and stupidity driven forms of inflation that are quite literally on the verge of collapsing the existing financial system or ‘bringing down the bank’.

We have no choice but to go back to basics and reject a monetary system that is destroying lives whilst it manipulates all of us and abuses our trust.

Bartering and Fair Exchange

Nobody other than the individual themselves, should be able to define and police a system of values that can exclude or disenfranchise them, based on issues that are outside of their own influence.

With increasing numbers of people missing meals or being forced to make the conscious decision between what essentials they can or can no longer afford, the return to a system where everything can be traded openly and fairly has never been needed by so many as it is right now.

The Glos Community Project is  focusing upon bartering and exchange of new and used goods, basic and essential foods and the services that People genuinely need so that anything and everything that any person has or is able to legally able to offer for sale or for exchange can be traded for something that they need, or for a monetary or currency value that is based solely on what the trading parties agree that the specific item or offering is worth.

Community Marketplaces & Local Exchanges

The New Local Economy is built around Local Exchanges, where all goods and services are available and accessible to all, whether they are provided by a business or an individual.

Membership is open to everyone from within the area of the community and trading is available both at a Local Exchange Hub and online with any costs being covered by a membership and/or access fee on a not-for-profit basis.

Local Currency

The ultimate aim is that each local community will have its own currency that will be available in both a cash equivalent and digital or cryptocurrency form.

The local currency will be fixed in value so that outside influences are then unable to profit from trading the currency or damage the stability of the Local Economy by either crashing or over inflating the total value of the money that is in circulation, held by any person or business and in use.

Local currencies will be the normal method of exchange within the community, but will be interchangeable with the national currency.

The only circumstances where the value of the currency will be negotiable would be within the circumstances of essential international trade

Building The Community Marketplace

Increasing numbers of People are unable to afford to buy the basic food, essential goods and services that they need, just to remain healthy, safe and secure.

Communities must take the steps necessary to help everyone who needs to turn the food they grow, the goods they make or no longer want, or the spare time that they have into whatever they need most, without middle men or profit-making businesses inflating the costs of anything and everything they touch.

The Glos Community Project is building a Community Marketplace that will pivot around a Local Exchange that is both physical and online, and will be supported by a fixed value local currency that will be available in both cash and digital forms.

The opportunity to Facilitate and Coordinate the Community Marketplace

I am looking for social entrepreneurs who already have a good practical understanding of the real economy, as well as the basic theories that underpin both classical and neoclassical economics in the sense that they relate to how the world works today.

However, that in itself is not enough. Being visionary in your outlook, you must be able to look beyond a world where money is the common factor in everything, and replace it with a much happier and healthier one where people and humanity are the common factor instead.

Stepping through and navigating between the world as most people see it today, and how it’s going to be, you will become a key collaborator, helping to develop the Community Marketplace person by person and business by business, as we complete the design and planning of the Local Exchanges and Currencies that will provide the necessary infrastructure, and then roll the whole system out.

Able to work as easily with the abstract as well as the practical, whilst making allowances for how others may not easily be able to do the same, any knowledge of cryptocurrencies, software and app design as well as existing trading and auction sites online will all be a great help.

Above all, like all the roles working with others within The Glos Community Project, it’s the relationship with people and understanding how others think and what influences them to do so that will help you most of all.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that would help show your fluency in economics and money management,
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about Community Marketplaces whilst demonstrating that you not only grasp but are fully committed to the principle of building community tools that put People First too.

Mend & Make Do | Repair Centres

Recycle, Reuse, Repair, Restore, Refurbish, Reclaim, Revitalise are all words that our current throw-away culture has taught us to look down on, unless you are either trying to make some kind of statement about your values, or you already have no choice but to recognise the value that remains within all sorts of goods that we use every day, but would otherwise just replace.

Those who still have the luxury of being able to afford and access goods that in many cases have deliberately been created with planned obsolescence or the ongoing need for them to be replaced in mind, rarely consider the reality that the option of recycling, reusing and repairing exists. Yet beyond the waste of money that every new purchase that could have been avoided really is, these are too often the same people that tell us they are the champions of green and ethical issues that run completely contrary to the profit driven exploitation and overuse of natural resources that their buying habits have legitimized, and that the greater percentage of all purchases made today are for goods that they want, but don’t actually need.

Theres nothing wrong with making maximum use of everything that we need. Ultimately, we must embrace a new view of standards for all goods so that quality will ensure longevity, and ongoing reuse, so that industry only delivers the goods that we need them too, and returns to both a size, standard and locality that works for our communities and our country as it should.

The Glos Community Project aims to promote the Make Do and Mend or Mend and Make do mindset, that successfully got British People through the very challenging period that surrounded the Second World War, but also demonstrated that there is nothing wrong with making the best of everything that we have – and that the problems only arise when narratives change or the messages that are shared publicly suggest that this isn’t a healthy way to think.

We want anyone and everyone who has goods, clothes or equipment that they have previously thrown away to start thinking again, and to start thinking recycle, repair, reuse, even if they don’t need them for their own use and then sell or exchange them, so that those items can then make someone else happy elsewhere.

The Opportunity to Coordinate and facilitate Local Repair & Refurbishment Hubs

These are roles that will work closely with the Facilitators & Coordinators of our Local Market Exchanges and Clothing Libraries and depending upon the skills and background of the applicant, they could oversee the development and management of both.

For stand-alone operations, I am looking for socially entrepreneurial people who have a background as a professional, voluntarily or even as a hobby, in repairing furniture, bikes, electrical goods and general household items to a very high standard – and to meet legislative requirements where necessary.

Repair Hubs are likely to run better with a number of people pooling their different skills and experience together, and it is therefore likely that applicants can expect to be collaborating with others very closely, from very early on.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that makes clear any technical training, experience and time served that you have.
  • A short overview of what appeals to you about being a champion of ‘Make Do and Mend’ thinking, and how making a social business out of the processes involved is a very exciting prospect for you.

Skills for Life Courses

Regrettably, education has lost sight of the relationship between being able to live a good, healthy and self-sufficient life, and what political and academic idealism currently dictates that it should be.

The problems that many people face throughout their lifetimes, just because a one-size-fits-all model has been imposed on a significant part of the population that either has a very different learning style, or for reasons outside of conscious control aren’t engaged with schooling in the way they are currently expected, do not fit a modern society that champions equality in all things.

In the longer term, the consequences of not having an education system that genuinely respects the reality that all young people of school age are generally either heads or hands, will be addressed by forms of government that actually do what public representation says it will on the box.

Until then we need to create new ways to help not only young people, but people of all ages to learn skills for life that the education system failed to give them, or doesn’t even offer any of us as standard anyway.

Life skills are predominantly practical or about the way that we perceive the world or think about it. So, unless the objectivity of academically trained or qualified teachers is clearly demonstrated, using ‘teachers’ to ‘teach’ anyone these skills or guide them to achieve this kind of understanding isn’t likely to be the best way.

The Glos Community Project aims to create an experientially led syllabus of skills and ideas that can be accessed and delivered locally within the community, by people from that community who genuinely have things that will be of use to others to share.

Courses are planned and will include:

  • Politics and how Politics and Government works
  • Basic Economics and how the current economy works
  • Critical Thinking and the dangers of Groupthink
  • Living without being influenced by AI
  • Surviving Social Media
  • Growing your own Food
  • Planning your own work-from-home business
  • Spiritual & Religious Independence

The Opportunity to Coordinate and Facilitate Community Skills for Life Hubs

I am looking for socially entrepreneurial people who have an understanding of education, but also see the value in providing learning opportunities in a more tailored form.

Openly bypassing the Establishment education offering for young people and adults of all ages and abilities, you will be able to speak credibly and create learning tools that are objective and give an accurate view of the areas you specialise in.

Where necessary, you will have a technical understanding that can be demonstrated by qualifications, by experience or both. But whatever background you have, you will be committed to The Glos Community Project principles of freedom of the person and freedom of thought.

If you are interested in this opportunity, please e-mail me and include:

  • Your name, contact and social media details
  • A copy of your current CV (If you have one)
  • How much time you have available to commit to The Glos Community Project
  • If not already included in your CV, an addendum that covers any skills and experience you already have that makes clear you have skills and experience that will be of great value to others when shared (If  you’ve read this far and sharing your learning with others is what interests you, please don’t be put off if this question makes you feel like you might not be qualified. Just tell me what you thought of when the question came to you ‘what can you share?’

Other Opportunities

If you don’t feel able or wouldn’t have the time to take on a facilitation or coordination role, we are also seeking people from all backgrounds to share their experience with others.

The list of planned Course above is also by no means exhaustive. So, if you have recognised the need for some kind of training that can be shared and will be genuinely beneficial for everyone within your community – without any kind of aim to influence the way that they think in some way, please get in touch.

Other Project Services The Glos Community Project is working on

As you will already realise, having read this far, we are very motivated by the prospect of what people within our communities coming together have the power to deliver and to do.

We have lots of ideas that we would like to consider, discuss and flesh out with the input of anyone and everyone who feels they can bring useful ideas, knowledge and understanding to the table, so that we can go on to achieve all the things that we would like to.

The list below only represents what we are going to begin looking more carefully at next.

If you have ideas about any of these, or are already considering or working on a social enterprise or charity project in Gloucestershire that sounds like it might overlap with any of these in some way, please get in touch and lets have a chat about how we might be able to help or collaborate so that together, we can achieve our mutual aims.

  • Community Helpers
  • Homeless Hubs
  • Community Pubs
  • Community Brewing
  • Community Supermarket
  • Community Bakery

And there will be more…

Community Meetings | Building a Real Democracy

Politics is the subject that we love to hate and we hate politics for all of the reasons that have made the way that politics is being done across the UK so very wrong.

Whilst it has not been publicly recognised, a very different way of doing politics in the UK exists right now, that has the ability to deliver very different outcomes for us all – just by working together from within our communities, to ensure that when elections are called, we have proper community representatives on the ballot paper, rather than someone or some organisations self-interested choice.

For those who want to see real political change and for us to have public representatives who actually represent the public, once they have been elected, there are opportunities across every community to set up and facilitate Community Meetings where communities can select and appoint candidates for all elections, who are qualified and endorsed as the community choice.

The whole process is covered in my recent book Officially NONE OF THE ABOVE, which is available as a book for Kindle on Amazon, or can be read without cost if you would like to visit my Blog, HERE.

I will be very happy to offer the same kind of help and support to anyone who has read through the whole book and feels that the process tabled is one that they can commit to and follow.

Please get in touch, if you would like to discuss the book and the opportunity to collaborate on this very exciting community building project.

How we will create and develop each social enterprise

The really exciting part for anyone joining The Glos Community Project as a social entrepreneur, is we will step off and into this journey in the same way that you would have to alone, if you were about to set up a business of your own from scratch.

The difference is that I will be there as a mentor, advisor, sounding board and strategic guide to help in every possible way.

Yes, there are many different things that we will need to look at very closely and consider. But we will go through the process of researching and writing the business plan that your specific local community will need and this will be there to help us as we get to work and build the relationships that we need to, as well as being a formal document, presentation and application tool for us to use in gaining any specific kinds of support such as grants and licenses that might be needed, to make sure that everything will work as it should, and that everything is done the right way from the start.

You will be required to play a significant part in this process and you must be ready to apply a very open mind to every experience that creating a new business in these circumstances is likely to throw your way.

This is a prospect that should excite you, rather than intimidate you. Getting it right will be fantastic for you and as the ideas and the effort that you contribute begin to make this new social business take shape, the only thing that will feel better than recognising your own success and the outcome from the work you have done, will be seeing the benefits to so many others make a difference to other People’s lives.

Aims

Immediate Aim 1

To address poverty and the growing shortages of basic essentials with practical solutions delivered for the community by members of the community

Immediate Aim 2

To counter the narrative that only the Establishment can help and overcome learned helplessness by demonstrating that the help we need will come from us ourselves

Immediate Aim 3

To begin the process of creating New Local Economies, championing self-sufficiency, food security and the relocalisation of all supply chains that meet the basic and essential needs of life

Immediate Aim 4

To engage everyone in the process of taking back political decision making from centralised government, focusing the centre of power to the most localised and people-centric form

Principles

Local buy, Local supply

No speculation, agents or middle men

People First

Money or Currency is a unit of exchange and doesn’t vary in value

Technology is there to support roles, not to replace them

Just because we can, doesn’t mean we should

The lowest paid should be able to support themselves fully and provide all the basic essentials for life that they need on the equivalent of the basic or minimum weekly wage, without going into debt or requiring third party support of any kind.

Power must be as local to the people and the community in which they live and contribute as much as possible

Collaborate and make it even better

If any part of all of The Glos Community Project proposal is ringing bells or making sense to you and you can see a way we can improve on what you can see, or extend into a service offering that you are currently unable to see, please get in touch and share your thoughts.

We are not precious about the offer we are making. It’s a beginning and certainly not the end. So, by the time we are really off and running and in the business of delivering real change, we appreciate and value the input that will inevitably come from many different people and sources.

You really don’t have to join as a social entrepreneur or volunteer a specific set of skills to be able to help. The only thing we will insist on is that you really can live by and embrace the approach that whoever we are and wherever we are from, we are all 100% in this together, and that any advice, support or direction is given freely and without any form of direction or conditions attached.

Can we help you with a project that has similar aims?

If you are already working on a project serving your community that is aligned with The Glos Community Project offering in any way, we would be very happy to consider supporting you and collaborating with you wherever you are.

Regrettably, we cannot support projects or work where specific agendas or political motives are involved – no matter how good or harmless you may consider them to be.

More Reading

An Economy for the Common Good and The Glos Community Project were not written in isolation and are part of a series of books that I began writing about three years ago in early 2022.

Each of the following list of Books is a variation on a theme, but works very much under the principle that it is not only possible but actually healthy to be able to understand, value and even hold different views or perspectives of the same situation or set of circumstances at the same time, whether that be in the Past, Present or Future tense.

Equally, it is also important to be able to consider different pathways for the future that sit beyond what many consider to be the obvious, simply because the obvious itself is usually inextricably linked with what has already been done and what sits in the past.

All of the following titles are available to purchase as complete eBooks for Kindle from Amazon using the links provided.

Where indicated, titles may also be available to download FREE as PDF Copies from my Blogsite in different forms, using the links provided.

If you would like to discuss any of the works listed, please get in touch.

Levelling Level (30 Mar 2022)

Amazon

From Here to There Through Now (3 Oct 2022)

Amazon

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government (3 Dec 2022)

Amazon

A Community Route (28 Mar 2023)

Amazon

The Grassroots Manifesto (18 Apr 2023)

Amazon

Officially None of the Above (18 May 2023)

Amazon

Actions Speak Louder than Digital Words (8 Jun 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

One Rule Changes Everything (23 Dec 2023)

Amazon

PDF Download

Food From Farms Guaranteed (3G) (15 Feb 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Days of Ends and New Beginnings (7 Apr 2024)

Amazon

The Basic Living Standard (14 Apr 2024)

Amazon

Our Local Future (18 Aug 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Who Controls Our Food Controls Our Future (14 Nov 2024)

Amazon

PDF Download

Your Beliefs Today create Everyone’s Experiences Tomorrow (11 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Manifesto for a Good Dictator (26 Jan 2025)

Amazon

Back Page

When we hear the word ‘economics’ or ‘economy’, what does it make us think?

Money, business, growth, commerce, profit, wealth, trade are all likely to be terms that will spring to mind.

But what if the way we think about economics and what an economy or the economy really are is completely wrong?

What if a genuine economy were not about money or any type of material gain and instead had people, community, the environment, living good happy lives and the common good at its heart?

An Economy for the Common Good opens the door to thinking differently about the role of money, finance and economics in our lives and provides examples of the steps that we could take at any time to begin the creation of a new localised economic system that will lead to us all having much better experiences of everything in our lives.

To download a FREE to read PDF copy of An Economy for the Common Good, please follow the link immediately below. If you would like to download a copy for Kindle for the price of £1.99 (UK – correct at time of publication), please follow the link to Amazon at the bottom.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government | Full Text

Introduction

It is reasonably safe to assume that if you have found your way to reading this page, you will be aware that we are facing massive societal and economic problems, locally, nationally and internationally too.

The chances are, however, that you will already have an idea or ideas of your own that anchor to what you have concluded yourself or that you agree with others to be the cause.

Common causes for problems like the Cost-of-Living Crisis, Inflation, National and Personal Debt, Energy Prices, Strikes and others too are identified as events such as Brexit, The Covid Pandemic, The War in Ukraine, or placed directly at the feet of The Government, a previous government, any one of The Political Parties or one or more of the Politicians involved.

However, it is not the events that the Country and the World has faced which are the cause of our problems themselves.

It is not the Political Party, the Group or Individual itself that can be identified as the cause.

Yes, the way that our Governments, Politicians and anyone with influence or responsibility for the response and measures taken to mitigate against or implement solutions to, or even see them through to conclusion, are certainly a more informed way to think about these events, rather than it being all about the events themselves.

But even the response or way that those with power have responded isn’t the real cause of our problems.

Our problems are caused by the way that we, and more importantly the way that our Politicians and anyone with influence or responsibility that can affect our lives in some way thinks, acts and behaves.

It is thoughts, actions and behaviour that cause everything. This is what really matters when it comes to the effects of every decision taken that affects Public Policy of any kind, and then finds its way to us.

The crisis that we face and the problems ahead were not deliberate. But they weren’t created by accident either

The UK and the world are sleepwalking towards disaster. Chaos that could have been avoided if the people who lead us – Our Politicians, had taken a very different approach to the way that they think, act and behave when it comes to the decisions they make.

Contrary to accepted thought or to any common or accepted narrative, the people who we currently elect to be Politicians are rarely the best fit to fulfil the role of being a public representative.

Poor Public Representatives make decisions subjectively, in an isolated or myopic way, and do so without due care and attention to the broad range of factors and considerations that the Public should be able to expect and already assume will inform the process of how objectively based Public Policy – which all of it should be – is made.

It is because we have been electing people who are not suitable to be Politicians for so long, that the negative impact from having poor decisions made repeatedly to solve that problems that previous poor decisions made by other unsuitable Politicians have created, that the effect on everything has been cumulative, getting steadily but unconsciously worse.

Bit by bit, ‘The System’ that we have has become increasingly skewed away from and in many ways proactively geared against balance, fairness and what we might call being just in about every conceivable sense possible, when it comes to the different life experiences that we all have.

What is ‘The System’?

For the purposes of making sense of Awakened Politics, ‘The System’ is the structure or framework that makes everything work (or not work) in the way that you and I experience life from the moment we look outside our inner being, live, interact with businesses, organisations, and basically everything beyond personal relationships that lie outside of ourselves and outside of our homes.

For many, indeed for most, ‘The System’ only touches life or the experience of life in a number of very specific ways.

The ways that ‘The System’ touches our lives specifically can be defined by location, lifestyle, career, demographic, education and just about everything that can be used to define or identify a difference of some kind between each of us and anyone else.

‘The System’, for us, is usually a lot of very different things that we have going on continually within our awareness – whether we are physically asleep or awake, added to an even greater list of things going on outside of our awareness that we may not even become or need to become aware of if we were to live a full life and exceed an age beyond 100 years old.

Whether we are aware of ‘The System’ or even parts of it or not, any system or what might be called an ecosystem has its own set of rules that make it work and keep it working.

The rules of ‘The System’ are defined, created, reviewed and maintained by a process that we understand as ‘Democracy’.

We elect Public Representatives or ‘Politicians’ to think about, research, consider and make all the decisions about ‘The System’ – which will ultimately affect us all, even when we are unaware that any or all of these decisions are affecting or touching our lives in some way.

The role of Politics in ‘The System’

To reach agreement, compromise and then conclusion on the rules of ‘The System’, a process of review, discussion, debate and regrettably even argument has historically taken place, based on alternative ideas, or sadly ‘whose idea is best’.

It is rarely, if not ever conducted on the basis of discussion to find agreement on what outcome will be best for everyone concerned.

This process of debate and everything that surrounds it is what we know as politics.

The people we elect as Politicians have responsibility for the rules that govern the thinking, the actions and the behaviour in everything beyond ourselves and our personal lives.

However, if the power entrusted to Politicians is misused or abused, rules can easily become law that mean the thinking, actions and behaviour of others can become unnecessarily, avoidably and unjustly detrimental towards us all. Whether it be us as individuals, as communities or even as a seemingly silent majority.

When we have entrusted Public Representatives to make decisions that are in the best interests of everyone, we are less likely to question the validity of those decisions because it immediately brings into question whether the decisions made by the majority in selecting them are actually sound.

We will not therefore easily accept that ‘The System’ and that The Electorate could be the victims of abuse.

Why do we need Politics?

Let’s start with a question: How do you know what you need at any moment or for any reason or any purpose?

When you’ve thought about it, your answer is likely to be ‘from experience’ or rather, what you have learned from experience so far.

So, what do we do when we don’t have the experience to provide that answer?

The chances are your answer will be to look for and to find the solution – probably by tapping a question into a search engine like Bing or Google, or rather to learn it in some other way.

But what happens when decisions need to be made concerning the services like schools and the NHS, or the infrastructure like parks and roads that are common to us all, that we share, but are not under our direct influence or control?

Whether they are ‘services’ in the strictest sense, or infrastructure that is managed by a service of some kind, all these things that exist for the common good – because we will all typically need them or need access to them at some point or for some reason in life – must be managed with decisions made for us all, on our behalf, for that same common good.

Politics, in its strictest sense, is the debate or discussion that surrounds the management of these ‘public services’ and the system or procedure of decision making that creates, reviews and oversees the implementation of the management strategy for all of these things.

It’s what happens beyond this basic need for the exchange of ideas and discourse – where decisions should always be made in a fair balanced and just way – where the problems really start to begin.

Why do we need Government?

For the purposes of understanding Awakened Politics, it is important to recognise that the terms ‘Government’, ‘Public Sector’ and ‘Public Services’ are all interchangeable terms.

They stand alone as terms to different people, depending on the perspective or experience of the individual.

In some ways they are arguably the same thing and in others they are very different. They are not in any way mutually exclusive.

In relation to Awakened Politics, Government itself is the decision-making body or if you like, the board of directors. It is the top of the management structure that makes the strategic decisions that the executive managers, administrative and technical staff (that make up the Public Sector and provide Public Services) then carry out.

We need and should be able to rely on government to ensure that decisions on our behalf are taken when they should be, and that their implementation into delivery and material form are then completed or continued in the way that they should be.

Who is The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government for?

Awakened Politics has been written with the UK Political, Government and Electoral Systems primarily in mind.

Whilst The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is the fourth book in a series following ‘Levelling Level’, ‘The Basic Living Standard’ and ‘From Here to There Through Now’ that were also written and published in 2022, it could just as easily be the unexpected or unanticipated prequal, building on the way of thinking or methodology that was presented in the 2018 book ‘How to Get Elected’ too.

The fundamental basis of the idea or proposal made here is built upon an alternative ‘grassroots up’ system to the outwardly 4-Tier system of Government that we currently have in the UK.

However, the model of constructing Government or rather the way of selecting and appointing Politicians or Public Representatives suggested later could be applied to and implemented within different existing political spaces, if it were collectively decided to pursue The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government within the constituency or constituencies involved.

If you are reading this book, the chances are that you will either a) wish to see a system embracing Awakened Politics fully implemented where you are located, or b) Will be resistant to any process that will deliver it and a system of government or governance that will reflect it.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government has been written for people who are awakened to the need for all decisions on Public Policy to be made by others who are fully conscious or awakened to the realities of how life works.

Awakened Politics can only genuinely exist if we have Public Representatives who not only can but will translate and legislate in a way which makes sense of that understanding – and most importantly the realities of human nature – to ensure that we have governance that works responsively and proactively in a balanced, fair and just way for all.

Awakened Politics is for everyone and everything.

Part 1: Where we are today

Problems always begin with the way that we think

You may only be aware that there is something wrong with the world beyond our doors.

If the problems outside haven’t walked directly into your life and touched you yet, the chances are that your experience will tell you that whatever might be wrong, those kinds of problems will always get sorted out. That everything will ultimately be fine, and things as you know them, or what you have consider to be normal, will just carry on as they always have before.

It is certainly true that the UK and the World has been in a mess many times before. However, what we face now is likely to be different to anything that anyone has experienced in living memory. It has the potential to be far worse than anything that the history books that we have seen can tell us. We are now in the first stages of what will be inevitable change.

Contrary to the accepted or common view, the reasons for this change and the combination of problems that will lead to and be part of it, are not the events that happen that cause the real problems.

It is the way that we think, act and behave – and more importantly the way that our decision makers think, act and behave towards all events that have an impact upon all or a number of us, that really count.

Poor thinking, actions and behaviour in decision making leads to poor experiences of life.

Today’s Politicians are unconscious, unaware and asleep at the wheel. This means everything is out of control

The problems that we are facing today have been created little by little and step by step over a very long period of time.

Yes, you will read and hear many well-known public figures and people such as journalists attributing blame for everything to an existing Political Party like The Conservatives, Liberal Democrats or Labour; to events such as Brexit, The Covid Pandemic or even The War in Ukraine.

But the reality underpinning all of the problems that we have, the way that these Political Parties behave and the way that events such as Brexit, Covid and Ukraine have been dealt with too, is it has been the thinking, mindset, values, motives, integrity and understanding of the decision makers – The Politicians – when each and every decision has been made, that has led the UK and the World to be where we all are today.

Believe it or not, the pivot point between Politicians making good decisions on Public Policy or making poor decisions on our behalf comes down to their understanding of the difference between what’s right for them subjectively and what’s right for everyone objectively.

The problem with Politicians today is they either don’t understand the difference between what’s right for them vs what’s right for everyone, or they deliberately fail to discern between the two.

Either way, the result is very much the same. In the most basic of terms: Politicians are not making decisions based upon being fully aware and in full consideration of everything that is relevant to each decision.

Politicians make poor decisions and continue to make poor decisions because they believe that the methods of thinking, acting and behaving they have adopted culturally are acceptable, proper and therefore ok.

Politics will not change or even deviate away from this until Politicians change the way that they think, or we change the way that we think and elect Politicians who think differently.

Because decisions are not being made in the best interests of everyone, Politicians have and are still creating life experiences for increasing numbers of people – and potentially for us all – that are out of control.

Real people, living real lives and having real life experiences just like you and I are on the sharp end of this right now.

Politicians are unaware of the impact of the decisions they make, because they have no understanding of the lives that the majority of the population live

The reality of how the UK Political System and how British Politics is broken, can be more than adequately explained in the difference between having Politicians who are effectively unconscious or ‘asleep at the wheel’ as they are today, and the very distinct alternative of having Politicians who are fully conscious of the reasons for and the implications of everything they do.

It cannot be emphasised strongly enough, just how real the different consequences are and will be between what we already have and what we could have and should have in terms of decision making in the best interests of everyone and everything.

These differences will continue to exist for as long as we fail to embrace the necessary process of change, rather than continue to seek what look like easy alternatives.

All of the Public Policy decisions being made today and the decisions that have been made for decades have been made with highly subjective aims.

The aims or desired outcomes that led to these decisions may have been to appeal to the Voters who typically support the Political Party in or seeking power. They may have been to keep the Banks, The Markets and Big Business happy. They may have been to maintain or gain favour with the EU or the Government of a Country such as the USA. They may have been based upon what the government of the day decided that ‘they’ could afford (£).

Whatever the motives or drivers behind the decisions may have been, those motives have become preferential influences or biases.

This means that the decisions have been made without consideration of all the facts, impacts and consequences in mind – as they always should be.

Poor decisions made by Politicians, influenced by biases or fears that favour one thing or the aims or wants of certain people always disadvantage something else or other people in some way.

There is no in-between – irrespective of whether the result is publicly seen or unseen.

The impact of poor politics, poor Politicians & poor decisions in all areas of Public Policy: We have inequality, imbalance, injustice and unfairness creating winners and losers in life

The impact of Poor Politics or poor decision making, undertaken without due care and consideration of all the facts, consequences and what is balanced, fair and just, is what you see and experience when you look outward into the world in any way today.

If your own life and experience has not been touched in a way that is discernable to you personally so far, please do be grateful.

If your eyes are open to see beyond the narratives, you will witness problems, pain and suffering being visited upon innocent people and entire communities.

If you really want to see how Unconscious Politics and the Unconscious System of Government and Governance that we have is affecting people, you will not need to look very far.

The majority of the problems that people, communities and entire Countries face are unnecessary and could be avoided.

The UK ‘System’ of Governance and Public Services is now broken beyond repair

As is the case with most money-based or money-obsessed systems and their countries around the world, the UK ‘System’ is now broken beyond repair.

Along with the USA, the UK may soon prove to be just a little further ahead in the race towards the bottom and a final collapse.

But in real terms, the reality of having every government across the world led by sleepwalking Politicians and with Unconscious Politics will soon add up to the same thing. What we will personally experience in the form of massive change and a period of painful challenges lies ominously ahead.

Whilst the downward line of trajectory that successive UK Governments have subjected the UK to has been the same since the FIAT monetary system and unhindered globalism was arguably fully embraced in 1971, there have been many, if not countless opportunities when Politicians could have taken steps to lead and run ‘The System’ in a very different way.

As the thinking that the money-based order that the UK sits within has successfully reached everyone and everything, the belief in money as a thing, rather than money being just a means of exchange has moved the emphasis of modern life away from humanity and values to measuring and qualifying everything in terms of what you earn, what you can accumulate and what you can own.

We have now reached a point where the prioritisation of money, greed and the accumulation of wealth with easy living is so obsessive and the sickness about money and the role it plays in life so profound, we have reached and passed the point where ‘The System’ itself as we know it could be repaired.

Accepting second best and compromise as the only alternative to the Politicians we have today doesn’t work: It’s what we’ve tried doing for decades already

The giant step or quantum leap on the path of voluntary change is reaching the understanding and the acceptance that what we genuinely need from our Politicians and from Government now and for a better future will not simply be offered up to us on a plate.

There are plenty of wannabe politicians as well as existing politicians who can appeal to many of us as an alternative to what we already have right now.

Those who covet public roles, just like the Politicians in control today did so before they assumed power, will use words, use the media, use social media platforms and even look a certain way that sounds like or gives the appearance that once elected they would be different, do different things and take governance of our Country in a very different and beneficial way.

Regrettably, the majority of these people are or would be no different to the Unconscious Politicians that we have already got and would deliver Public Policy with the same biases and being subject to the same kinds of self-serving motivations and influences as Politicians we see sat as Conservatives, Greens, Liberal Democrats, Labour and the SNP already are.

For example, as I write this in late November 2022, the Political Party or Group known as ‘Reform UK’ which doesn’t currently have any seats in the UK or Westminster Parliament, is promoting itself as an alternative to the current government on the basis that it says it will stop illegal immigration via France across the English Channel – simply by ‘stopping the boats’.

Single issues are by their very nature single issues. That’s not what General Elections are about.

The existing Political Parties and the Politicians who appear to have credible policies that suggest they will solve the widest number of problems win General Elections, because their approach touches most areas of Public Policy.

However, the Parties that we have – even the ones we haven’t elected yet – do so Unconsciously.

The Political Parties and the Politicians we have, whether elected or not, do not understand, consider, make allowance for or think about the consequences of everything they touch for everyone who can be touched by what they do.

They are false prophets. With messages that appeal because something or some part of it looks or sounds great to enough of us in some way.

The reality is that they are Unconscious and have no appreciation of what their piecemeal involvement in Public Policy and legislating will really do.

There is no meaningful exception to this rule.

Noise isn’t action. Just because a problem is talked about, it doesn’t mean anything is being done

Because of the way that media, social media, the internet and the dissemination of information works today, our attention is all too easily distracted and diverted away from many of the things that we should really have much greater care for.

Meanwhile, the way that we have become conditioned to interact with the flow of information coming at us from the world outside of us or outside of our life bubbles also has the ability to add additional weight to events and to the influence of celebrity and people with public platforms in a disproportionate and therefore highly misleading way.

Regrettably, this has become an ingrained cultural problem to the point where many people believe that it is normal.

In respect of the issues that we really should be considering as important to us personally as well as communally, the result is that unless we are actually looking properly and not taking everything as read or at face value, we are missing the news, or when it reaches us, it comes with a wrapping of opinion that far exceeds its genuine value.

Unfortunately, we easily fall into the trap of believing that what we don’t hear about or what we don’t see doesn’t matter, and take for granted that when we do hear about anything, the fact that the information has come to us in some way means that solutions are already being found and that whatever is necessary is already being done.

Sadly, for all of us, this simply isn’t the case.

Money can only put the effects of problems on hold. It never addresses the cause

Because Political and Executive Decision Makers in the Public Realm either avoid or are ignorant of the complexity and interconnectedness of the issues and problems that they face on our behalf, it has become very easy to suggest and create the narrative that money and more of it is the answer to all things.

The problem with this approach isn’t only that money isn’t real – as we are all in the increasingly painful process of finding out.

It is that when the money lie is working, providing more of it just has the effect of putting the problems – or rather the causes of the problems – on hold.

Money itself never addresses the causes of problems, as even when money is apparently short, the question still remains ‘What was the cause of money being short?’

What is real, never changes in value.

Missing the point: The Devil is in the Detail

We are all guilty of having allowed ‘The System’ to degenerate and for things to have become as bad as they are. Because as a majority, we take it for granted that the way that everything works is as straightforward as we believe and think.

Politicians are the same as the majority of us. Before they are elected or appointed, the majority of them have been looking at and interacting with life in exactly the same ways.

There is nothing different about most of them that makes them better able to deal with Public Policy and managing the things that are important to all of us in any different way.

What Politicians, senior executives in the Civil Service and in Local Government fail to recognise, because they have no experience, acceptance nor understanding of the wider picture, is how the services, creation and running of infrastructure or anything to do with the Public Sector interconnects with not only so many other areas of Public Policy, but has a direct impact on so many different areas of life for so many different people, businesses and organisations too.

Public Policy is made today, as it has been for a very long time, based on dealing with the effects of issues or problems.

Decision makers are either unaware of or deliberately avoid dealing with the cause.

The complexities and interconnectedness of Public Policy & Governance require a way of thinking and an outlook on life that today’s Politicians just don’t have

Regrettably, the way that culture and society work today with the messages, narratives and programming that it provides, has left or is encouraging everyone not only to believe that they know and understand everything, but that armed with this seemingly ubiquitous knowledge they are being told that they have, they can then do or be whatever they want, without fear of consequence and without any kind of cost.

Thinking is not ‘joined up’. There is no recognition of the relationship between work, effort, commitment and integrity.

The journey or process takes place from start to finish without any kind of meaning to the result for anyone and least of all the individual.

The ease with which things appear at the click of a link or push of a button compounds this lack of awareness into the failure to appreciate the complexity of the systems and the procedures that make everything work around us and just how many different roles or contributions can and are being made in order that what seem to be the most basic of products or services are accessible to us or reach us on what we have learned to regard as throw away terms.

Public Policy and the system of governance that we have is no different.

In fact, what we fail to realise and appreciate far beyond the complexity of the relationship between input and reward and ease of accessibility of all things, is everything that seems to be so easy has come to be taken for granted in these ways because decision makers are either blind to or are deliberately ignoring the real costs of living life unsustainably.

The self interest and greed that has influenced the decision makers is allowed to permeate the whole public narrative, because our decision makers believe that they will benefit even more if they acquiesce with an approach that apparently comes without any cost to them, but with every benefit too.

Few of us will willingly recognise or accept the costs of unsustainable living, until such time as those costs reach us directly or have an effect on us in some way where we accept that the perceived disadvantages outweigh the perceived benefits in a meaningful way.

There are consequences to every decision made in the Public Realm.

Each Public Policy affects other Public Policies, is or will be affected by other Public Polices in some way.

Public Policies that govern the way that businesses and organisations behave and conduct their business, as well as how each of us as individuals think, have the power to have either positive or very negative implications for us all.

Everything our Politicians do has a cost, implication or consequence in some way. Especially when they surrender the power that the Electorate or that Voters have given them, to people, to ideas or to 3rd party organisations that are or have their own agenda, and therefore subjectively influence them.

Our Politicians are making a mockery of the democratic system. Many of them are willfully blind to the consequences of their actions. But whether their actions are deliberate or borne of ignorance, the fact is that they have taken roles that require awareness of everything that Public Policy does and that it touches, and that when they fail one of us, they fail all of us just the same.

Can the problems we have with Government & Politics be solved?

Yes. All of the problems that we have with Government and with Politics can be solved.

The question really should be whether the majority of people want those problems to be solved or whether they will accept and where possible embrace the changes to everything that we know today that would allow for all of the problems that we collectively share to be solved.

Part 2: The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government

We can solve all shared problems if we have Good Government

A system of Awakened Politics, leading to the implementation and continuance of Good Government will allow for all societal or problems shared across the community, where The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is fully implemented and comprehensively or universally responsible to be solved.

However, it is important to understand that the solutions to today’s problems that The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government offers will not be to everyone’s liking.

Some, perhaps those we currently recognise as just the few, have much to gain from maintaining a system which continues to benefit only some at the expense of all others and mitigates this in very inhuman ways.

In terms of Awakened Politics and Good Government, what does Awakened mean?

In terms of Awakened Politics and Good Government, to be Awakened quite literally means to be fully aware, considerate of and making allowance for the impact and consequences of the choices or the decisions that are about to be made for everyone and not just those who appear to be the only ones that decision will affect.

It is important to understand that intelligence, education, position or anything else that ‘defines’ anyone as being different does not make anyone ‘Awake’, fully ‘Conscious’, or enlightened, and this is particularly so in the case of the Politicians we have today.

How is Awakened or Conscious Politics different when we are all awake or conscious anyway?

Medically or physiologically speaking, yes, if you are reading this page, you are ‘conscious’. Also, in these same ‘literal’ terms, you are likely to be physically ‘awake’ too.

What some people may not realise, or indeed, what many of the people around them may not realise is that what they currently understand to be conscious or to be awake is only partially so.

In terms of absolutes, people may not be ‘Conscious’ or ‘Awake’ at all, if there are things going on in the world around them or that are contributing to the experience that they are having that they are neither conscious of or aware of in any way.

That absence or lack of awareness most often exists in terms of peoples understanding of themselves. Why they feel the way they do about things. Why they react the way that they do. Why they are motivated in the way that they are. And how experiences they have themselves affect and influence them in their future – usually without them giving the matter any thought.

If a person is not fully aware of or can make consideration of, or allowance for everything that is going on in a situation over which they are making some kind of judgement or a decision, they are not ‘Awake’ to or ‘Conscious’ of everything that is going on. They will therefore be making that decision or judgement unconsciously.

Politicians are not and have not been making decisions consciously. If they were and had been, the world today and the experience that we are all having of it would be very different in just about every conceivable way.

What is Awakened Politics?

Awakened Politics is the assessment, creation, proposal and pursuit of new and improved Public Policy and Community or Social solutions that are based upon, built and evolved from the point of decision-making taking place under a condition of full awareness and consideration for all factors involved, driven by the unequivocal pursuit of fairness, balance and justice, and what is in the best interests of all members of the relevant constituency involved.

As a minimum, the attributes, experience and qualities of any Awakened Politician will include their ability, commitment and will (and in no order of prioritisation):

  • To be fully self-aware.
  • To be human and to prioritise humanity, conscious thinking, actions, behaviour and life above all ‘things’.
  • To treat all other human beings as equals, in thought, in word and in deed.
  • To be able to see, understand and value all sides of an argument or dispute and undertake to always access all the information necessary and from enough sources to make a fully reasoned judgement, even when circumstances are fraught or pressurised.
  • To take all decisions on Public Policy based upon what is known to be at that moment, not on the basis of what could be, what might be or what if?
  • To make decisions that run contrary to public and media opinion or subjective narratives, even when they might appear to reflect the zeitgeist or common view.
  • To recognise and discern the needs, impacts upon of the person or upon persons they are least likely to identify with and treat them the same as if they were themselves that same person and have nothing in life to support them beyond the person that they are.
  • To not be intimidated by the perceived power and the different circumstances of any other.
  • To be able and willing to ask questions which lead to understanding of impact, motives, circumstances and likely outcome from all perspectives.
  • To understand and respect the realities of human nature in all things and in all circumstances.
  • To see, volunteer for, promote and live the role of being a Public Representative as a calling or as a vocation. Not as a job or a career.
  • To recognise the role of money, currency and all systems of payment as a method only and not as being a ‘thing’ in any sense.
  • To be the voice and reasoning of the third parties who are not present or represented, or are not ‘in the room’.
  • To be able to empathise without being emotionally compromised or without becoming emotionally entrenched, or to recognise and act accordingly when they are.
  • To have a rudimentary understanding of how business, organisations, economics and the regulations and regulatory system that governs the activities of them all work.
  • To have practical experience of working with and leading a range of different people in different working environments and circumstances.
  • Understand, question and asses the motives for something being proposed
  • To uphold the correct decision, even when it may not be popular to do so.
  • Understand and make allowances for their own biases, aims and desires
  • Understand the practical implications in terms of desired outcome (advantages) and the undesired outcomes (disadvantages)
  • Be able and prepared to reject proposals and solutions that create imbalances that are not essential for the greater good
  • To see their role through impartially at all times, particularly when under pressure from subjective influences that seek to compromise the objective nature of any decision-making process
  • To practice the Principle of Charity in every conceivable and valid way.
  • To be able to be a leader, even when being led.
  • To understand or make allowances for the positive and negative behavioural effects of a decision
  • To understand the impact of circumstance and relativity to conditions for people in all circumstances and situations.
  • To be able to consider and visualise the impact and consequences of Public Policy decisions up to as many times removed as necessary, upon people, upon businesses, upon orgnisations, upon existing Public Policies and upon the relationship between us all and with all others.
  • To be able to make arguments based upon being constructive, improving proposals or suggestions already made, or making clear the flaws in such proposals or suggestions that may not be apparent to whoever initially made them
  • To be able to determine exhaustively the difference between wrong and right based on the freedom of the individual to be, in relation to the freedom of all others to be, set against the needs of the community to provide public services and support that is accessible to everyone in the same way, when required, on a universal basis and no more.
  • To be able to assess and understand the process of conditioning that creates innate or unconscious prejudices as well as those which the person is aware of, and how these influence behaviour and impact society when that person has an influential role. They will be particularly aware and conscious of any such prejudices within themselves.
  • To be able to look beyond the detrimental behaviour of any individual group and consider their needs impartially, as they would do any other individual or group
  • To be committed to localisation, deglobalisation and the priority of the community, our communities and our Country, from the grassroots up.
  • To be committed to working collaboratively with all other nation states for reason of mutual benefit without relinquishing or surrendering political control to any person, organisation or government of any type that would have the ability to create, impose or police governance of any kind upon people, businesses, organisations or public bodies of any kind that they themselves are responsible to and have been elected to represent.
  • To see and treat Government, Governance and The Public Sector as tools of facilitation to be used on behalf of The Public for the Public and Greater Good, and that they are not and should not ever be treated or considered to be an entity that can prioritise itself or its existence in any way or at any time.
  • To never surrender the power to decide on behalf of the relevant constituency that has been entrusted to them to any Political Party, Ideology, Social or Demographic Group, subjective interest or bias of any kind, for the full period of their elected or appointed term, or until the moment they have chosen to relinquish that responsibility and formally stepped down.

And more.

What is Good Government?

Good Government is the creation, implementation and review of governance systems and public policy with impartiality, balance, fairness and consideration to the implications for all, from the creation of strategy to individual policy and ongoing at the point of operational delivery.

The approach of those working as Public Servants (Civil Servants, Local Government Officers, Public Sector Workers) of every kind as a part of Good Government will always as a minimum include:

  • Treating every Member of the Public as an equal and value them as being exactly the same when it comes to the service, solutions and outcomes that they offer or provide.
  • Being minded that the function of Government and the Public Sector is to serve the best interests of the Public and the relevant community above all things
  • Being minded that the organisation, department, or service that they are employed by is not an entity in its own right and that the priorities of that organisation, department, service or of their own, must never be placed before the best interests of the public and the communities they serve.
  • Being self-aware enough to know and to step away from prioritising their own needs, fears, desires or aims in relation to the role that they have, when they have the ability or function that will allow them to do otherwise

The reform of The Public Sector and of Public Services that was already necessary before we entered the current period of crisis MUST begin with the reform of Public Policy via Awakened Politics. Then and only then can the structure, working practices and cultural models of what will constitute Good Government and the delivery of Public Services in the most appropriate and relevant ways be able to begin.

How does Good Government work?

Good Government requires that all policy makers, legislators, executives and officers at every level and of every kind fulfill the requirements and expectations of their role and/or responsibility with awareness and understanding of the impact and consequences of their decisions and actions both directly and indirectly, no matter how many times removed.

The consideration given will always be reflective of the level of responsibility involved. For instance, an MP or government minister should always have fluency in understanding the impact of public policy on all end users, whether their role be personal, professionally representative or pecuniary in a practical and/or material sense.

Beliefs or emotional well being – which could also be considered to be taste or appearance is always specific and therefore subjective to the individual concerned, can only be addressed effectively at the individual level itself and Good Government will always therefore allow for catering for specific requirements at the one-to-one level, where decisions made by officers can and will only impact upon the individual concerned. 

It is the framework or overriding commonality of structural policy which is the most essential element of Good Government.

The whole principle of Good Government and its overlap with Awakened Politics is that it should never be argued for, created or delivered on the basis that someone is this or because someone is that.

Awakened Politics and Good Government succeeds by delivering on the basis that it treats everyone equally and exactly the same, or supports this same principle by excluding the circumstances where this principle can be compromised.

Any policy which does or could play to alternative thinking is self-serving in some way – even if it appears to positively discriminate in favour of a particular group.

Isn’t The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government just being idealistic?

No, Awakened Politics isn’t just being idealistic.

Although many people would argue that it is idealistic to think that everyone could think, act and behave ‘Consciously’ or in an ‘Awakened’ or enlightened manner all the time.

The thing to always bear in mind about The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government, is that it is the thoughts, actions and behaviour of decision makers, legislators, executives, administrators and technical staff of all kinds that will deliver a Fair, Balanced and Just system for all.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is not dependent upon each and every one of us thinking, acting and behaving in an Awakened, Conscious or enlightened manner all of the time.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government requires that those who have taken up a role that is publicly responsible on our behalf are not only able, but will think, act and behave Consciously and in an Awakened way in everything that they do when they are fulfilling the responsibilities of that publicly related role.

Can Awakened Politics exist within the current political system?

Yes, Awakened Politics can exist within the current Political System.

In fact, to a very small degree you can be sure that it does. Even now there are a few Politicians who really do think, act and behave as a fully Awakened Political system would require that each and every one of them would do so.

However, acting either alone or in isolation means that when any Public Policy is delivered and implemented in a way that genuinely ends up being for the genuine greater good, the outcome is down to pure luck, a lack of interest on the part of other Politicians, or because those other Politicians believe that to support such a Policy will help or enrich them or some subjective interest in some way.

The foundations of Awakened Politics are self-awareness, awareness of others, values, integrity and humanity

It seems incredible that the concept and existence of an alternative values-driven world to the one we currently live and believe in must be explained. But this is where the world is and where we really are today.

The fundamental basis of Awakened Politics and therefore Good Government, is always doing the right thing for everyone, even when they are not present and represented, or it would appear that they will not be affected by whatever our Politicians are about to do.

Awakened Politics and Good Government is about valuing People or the Person, and the experience they are having, more than what is outside all of us, or what we might know as ‘things’.

When we can care and understand about ourselves, we can care and understand about others – or choose not to do so, if that should be our own genuine choice.

Politics and Government by its very nature and purpose is the care, service to and consideration of all others and the governance of all things that are external to or outside of them.

This care, service and consideration must always be provided by people who are thinking, acting and behaving in a Fully Conscious way when taking or enacting that responsibility for others.

There is and can be no in between. Or somebody, somewhere will always be failed.

The Golden Rule: Good Government is a method of facilitation and delivery. It is not an entity in itself

One thing that will always be important to remember and bear in mind is that no matter how powerful any Council, Parliament, Assembly, Non-Government Organisation (NGO) or related Public Service Provider might be, that body, organisation or department is and only ever will be a tool, device or service for action and delivery on behalf of the Public for the genuine greater good.

These Public-serving organisations will never be an entity in their own right.

Public-serving bodies and organisations must never be allowed to be able to make their own policies or set strategies of any kind that prioritise their own existence or that of their staff or members above or before the interests of the Public and therefore the People they have been created to serve.

Whilst todays Politicians are either ignorant of, deliberately avoid or are therefore Unconscious of the truth, much of the problems with Public Services of all kinds today are reflective of this golden rule about the existence of Government and the services it provides to the Public in some way.

Good Government is a question of priorities

In the most basic of human terms, we can either prioritise what is inside of us or who we really are, or we can prioritise what is outside of us and what we appear to be or have means to everyone else.

Good Government will always prioritise the Person and humanity first and in all things.

It’s what a politician thinks of and does for the person they least identify with that really matters for Fairness, Balance and Justice in Government to exist

Diversity, alternative Political Philosophies and differences in Politics don’t promote or guarantee fairness and balance.

Anyone appointed to a position of influence and authority because of the physical, material or ideological difference they have with others is more likely to prioritise those who they most closely identify with – or for want of a better term, prioritise the interests of ‘those of their own kind’.

The benchmark of any system of government and the political system that facilitates or leads it being truly representative, Fair, Balanced and Just, is what the politician or political decision maker does on behalf of the person they know least about, have least in common with or are least likely to understand.

A system of government cannot and will not work in the best interests of all, if it doesn’t consider and treat fairly, justly and without bias of any kind, even the very people we might consider that we have every reason want excluded in some way or to despise.

If you have read this and immediately think of someone or some group of people that you feel to be undeserving of the same care and consideration that you for yourself would like, you can now use that feeling and emotion to understand how any system of governance and politics will quickly be undone.

Good Politicians MUST be Judged by the results of their actions. NOT by their words, what they appear to do, or how they might look

It is easy to see why Political Parties now fall over themselves to secure Candidates for Elections who already have a name, such as celebrities or people who have for some reason been publicly recognised as a champion of some specific cause or in some other way.

‘They are this’, ‘They are that’, are the words or the thinking that accompanies the thought processes of today’s Politicians and Political Parties when they select and appoint their Candidates – often for ‘Seats’ that they already consider to be theirs to allocate and that they therefore ‘Own’.

What the Political Parties today don’t think or worry about, is what the Politicians they effectively appoint would actually do, or indeed, what they have actually already done.

Words are just words. Whether spoken, written or even typed up or presented to the public through a screen, on a page or through a public meeting somewhere.

If we really want an idea of what any Politician can offer us or what they will bring, we must think differently about the way that they have been appointed, and the pathway that has delivered them into a publicly representative role.

What politicians have already done, rather than what it looks like what they have done or what they or someone else tell us they have done, is the best indication of what they will do.

Real research doesn’t stop at a title or at a headline. It takes time. But when one person must be trusted to think, behave and act Consciously for so many, it is essential that we too made that selection Consciously and being Conscious of all the facts and realities that underpin who they really are. Not how they or anyone else would like us to think.

People will always tell you who they are. They will also do so very quickly, as long as you make the effort to hear as well as listen.

Awakened Politics tackles today’s problems today and is mindful of the future. But it leaves the past behind

It may surprise many that most of the decisions made in Public Policy are based on what Politicians want the world to look like in the future using what’s already happened in the past as their guide.

Because the past triggers what we know as guilt, whilst the future triggers what we know as anxiety too, Politics and Politicians today are fueled by emotions.

When emotions are in charge of decision making, no form of Awakened, Conscious or Enlightened thinking and the genuine care that comes with it has any hope of shining through.

Yes, lip service can and will always be paid to ‘good thinking’ in a world where what everything looks like is firmly in control. But the end results will never turn out as anyone intended, simply by design.

Emotions don’t dwell in the moment itself. They are the sirens of another time and place, which is irrelevant to the moment in which we make the decision to act.

For Good Government to do its work beneficially for everyone, the decision making of Awakened Politics will always be conducted in the here and now.

Yes, there are those of us who will always respond to this by proclaiming ‘There has to be a plan!’. But it is because we have become so obsessed with ‘plans’ and trying to control the future, that we have completely lost control of what is happening around us and around the world right now.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government will solve our problems

When all Public Policy decisions are made impartiality, with integrity, with respect to the laws of cause and effect, and with what is in the best interests of everyone in mind, in the moment and without trying to second guess or prevent certain outcomes of any kind, those decisions will always be right.

Doing the right thing is not always easy, especially when there may appear to be simpler, more cost effective or even more reliable or proven ways. The cost of doing the right thing in everything never creates problems or comes at a price that isn’t just or is unfair, whilst failing to do so will always cost someone, somewhere and more often than not, that cost to others will become cumulative in many different (unforeseen) ways.

Just as one lie requires many more to cover its path, poor decisions in politics require many more to cover them up.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government would mean that everything will be done the right way at the right moment in time. Doing so shines light on what also needs to be changed for the better, rather than requiring more and unnecessary action to cover bad policy up.

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is a method, way or direction. It is not a manifesto, strategy or fixed agenda in itself

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is not and cannot be a political philosophy or a set of specific objectives or aims in itself.

Like being awake or being conscious in itself, The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is a way or state of being, or method that can and will be applied to Politics and Government in a comprehensive or universal sense.

Compromise isn’t necessary when everyone does the right thing for everyone

Perhaps the acid test or most accurate way to confirm if Public Policy is being created or revised through Awakened Politics by Awakened Politicians.

Anyone who has been active within Politics at any level or employed in any role or profession allied to Politics or Government of any kind, who believe the way that it all functions is ‘normal’, will certainly scoff at or ridicule the idea that compromise isn’t necessary in order for everything to work.

The point is being missed by them, and by anyone who believes that anything about ‘The System’ works as it should, that compromise is nothing more than ‘the middle ground’ and an agreement to disagree.

Any matter of Public Policy that is determined by Awakened Politicians would not require a middle way.

By its very nature, bias against the shared aims of Balance, Fairness and Justice for All, founded on the principle of humanity and life first, doesn’t exist. If and when it does, it indicates the presence of thinking and a way of being that functions in a different way.

Part 3: The bridges we must cross to reach Awakened Politics

The biggest obstacle on The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government is our own unconscious thinking

Changing from a system of government that doesn’t work in everyone’s best interests to one that does should be very easy. Don’t we all look after our own best interests after all?

However, without an external event or series of external events taking place that really forces the majority people to stop and think and awaken, a course of voluntary change will take a very long time.

People who see, experience and believe there is nothing bad about the unconscious System that we have will not willingly embrace an Awakened System of Governance that they will inevitably see as likely to cost them or create a loss for them in some material or money-based way.

People are so intoxicated with the current system that revolves around Money and self-interest, there is very little understanding, acceptance or appreciation of how the values set that we have culturally adopted hurts us all as individuals.

Awakened Politics & Good Government cannot exist where other influences are at work

For Politics and Government to be fully Awake, it is absolutely essential that the sanctity of the relationship between Voters and Public Representatives is uncorrupted and remains incorruptible.

The greatest travesty that exists within our so-called democracies today is the role and influence of Big Business, ‘The Markets’, Banks and ‘The Financial Sector’.

It has become very clear through the chronology of political events in the UK during the Autumn of 2022 alone, that our Politicians are actively prioritising ‘what the markets want’, above doing whatever is in the best interests of everyone else.

The reality that this action effectively rubbishes or gives the lie to The UK being a democratic Country aside, this evidence does in itself spell out that care and consideration for the impact of decisions are only being made on purely a financial or rather monetary policy basis.

Government decisions are not being made on a public policy basis. This means that issues created by the very real ‘cost of living crisis’ are being treated as nothing more than an afterthought at best, if they are really being thought about by Politicians in any meaningful way at all.

Awakened Politics isn’t fully Conscious or Enlightened if any bias or subjective influence is present or at work, either for the individual Politician, for any Political Group or Grouping to which they may belong, or indeed within the Council, Parliament or Assembly of whatever kind it might be, to which each and every elected Politician once elected belongs.

The relationship between Voter and Public Representative (Politician) will always be ultimately based upon trust. But that doesn’t mean we cannot or shouldn’t have a political and electoral system that reduces the instances where corruption of any kind cannot be limited to a point where it will not be easy to hide and where it can be readily detected or seen.

The UKs broken Political System: Straight to the top must stop

No, of course the Prime Minister of this Country doesn’t just end one day as a normal person and find themselves PM the next day. But the pool of politicians that every British Prime Minister is drawn from – that’s currently the 650 Constituency Members of Parliament (MPs) pretty much can.

MPs literally are at the top of the UKs political tree and its certainly not unknown for MPs to be elected in their 20’s, with very little experience of life and the only experience of working has been in organisations which are closely aligned or feed into the political system in the UK as it is and has for a long time been.

Age itself is certainly no guarantee of what any MP can offer and the very regrettable truth is that many older and supposedly better informed or experienced new MPs offer a very myopic or subjective view of life, are also driven by politics being ‘a career’, and have no real understanding or experience of life that has enabled them to ‘step into someone else’s shoes’, when it comes to making judgments over policy decisions which will inevitably have a profound impact on life for many people in a way they are simply unequipped to visualise, empathise with or even constructively think about.

You cannot provide Conscious Government or even have functioning Conscious Politics if the politicians or representatives involved in any public debate cannot or choose not to relate to the reality that people, communities and organisations already face and what they will face as a result of whatever decision that is about to be made.

Money related bribes are not the only kind corruption that exists

One of the flaws of the English Language and the way that it has evolved, is the manner in which we freely attribute different meanings to the same word. People then fall into the trap of failing to recognise the different uses and then see others as being wrong when they have used that word in what we see as an incorrect way, or more likely they have used that word in a way that their experience tells them is correct, but which ours then tells us is wrong.

There are many examples. The meaning of one word in particular that can create such a misunderstanding and become one of the barriers we face to understanding why we have an urgent need for Awakened Politics and Good Government, is corruption.

In the Western world, we generally consider the word corruption to equate to illegal or unofficial financial payments, backhanders, the exchange of brown envelopes or what we most commonly know as bribes; all using money or a resulting financial payment or pecuniary benefit of some kind.

Corruption isn’t just about money. In fact, any act which is undertaken by a decision maker or person with influence or responsibility of a public or legally recognisable kind, that aims to secure a result or outcome that favours themselves or the interests of someone or something they favour, is itself corrupt.

In terms of or in comparison to so-called Third World Countries, ‘banana republics’, other less ‘developed’ economies and even globally known group organisations where bribes using money are regrettably all too recognisably widespread, Western Countries and their governance may not outwardly appear to be in any way the same.

However, decision making that favours a specific group, a specific interest, a specific Political Party, a specific idea or indeed a specific or subjective outcome of any kind – right down to something such as career advancement or the job security of the individual, is arguably even worse.

This form of sanitized, prejudicial corruption is rampant throughout the Western world today. But its impact and ramifications are even less likely to be detected or openly seen – even though they are arguably often far worse. Beyond the obvious, prejudicial corruption creates injustice at the quality-of-life level for those on an honest path, that defy logic and sense.

Making others wrong, doesn’t make anyone right

Perhaps the biggest obstacle to Awakened Politics, beyond the cultural obsession with money itself, is the underlying and emotional need and driven desire on the part of so many people to make others wrong, in the misplaced belief that it somehow then makes them right.

Just because we can look better, sound better, communicate better, influence 3rd parties more effectively, or do anything that can ‘win’ the argument, it doesn’t necessarily follow that the argument, proposal or solution that we have made is right.

Winning an argument or debate in this way certainly doesn’t confirm that the outcome or consequences will be in the best interests of everyone that it then becomes the route that everyone involved then takes, or that it becomes the policy or agenda that is then adopted.

We are the sum of our experiences. And from the perspective of every individual, our view of the world is based on our past – whether we are Conscious of this or any part of this fact.

In the subjective environment of a debate, discussion or argument, we may well reach the conclusion or even agree that one of us is right. But that doesn’t make the other party wrong.

Objectively and to step into the way of Awakened Politics, Conscious Politics or even Enlightened Politics, each of us – and especially our Politicians, must be humble enough to accept that we do not know everything, no matter how confident of the credibility and value of the experience that we already have, and which has made us who we are.

There is nothing worse than people being so sure of what they do know, that they have no idea of what they don’t.

Power and influence doesn’t automatically make someone right either, even though it will certainly help those who do not value the responsibility they have to others that comes with that power and influence to convince many other that they most certainly are.

Why is Awakened Politics not active and flourishing as it should be within Government today?

Awakened Politics and Good Government doesn’t exist within ‘The System’ today, because ‘The System’ itself is skewed too far towards indulging and pandering to the biases of anyone or anything that is able to influence the leaders and Politicians that we currently have.

Yes, there are certainly a few Politicians around who ‘are in it’ for all the right reasons – i.e., they are thinking about and wish to fight for what is good and what is right for everyone. But Awakened Politicians are certainly few and far between, right now.

There is certainly a much greater number of people that arrive in the entrance hall of todays Political System with good intentions. They join the Political Parties and become Candidates in elections at all levels of Government.

Regrettably and more often than not, they discover the realities of just how broken and undemocratic ‘The System’ just as soon as they are elected and have experienced the very tip of the iceberg from within. They are all too easily corrupted by the realities that Politics today isn’t about achieving what’s best for all and that you have to submit to the unconscious and corrupt nature of ‘The System’ if you want to progress and fit in.

Sadly, the reality is that the rot and chaos caused by so much unconscious thinking within the decision making and governance processes over such a prolonged period of time, has made it seem or feel all but impossible for anyone who looks objectively at the problem, its causes and effects, to believe that life can be lived in any other way.

However, all that is wrong with ‘The System’ is based on just that – belief.

So, if belief and thinking can be changed or is changed and reaches a critical mass that transforms ‘The System’ so that it works and operates in a completely different way, the power of groupthink will certainly do its magic. Only this time, it will be for the good and benefit of us all.

Good Government vs what we have today = People & Life vs Money & self-interest

For as long as the majority of people unconsciously or without thinking believe that they continue to benefit from the way that the world works today, and that those benefits outweigh what they understand to be any disadvantages for them, we all remain condemned to a world and future that will be increasingly unfair, unjust, imbalanced and a champion of pain and hatred in places where such darkness has now natural right to be or to even be seen.

That is the world today. This is where we really are. And if you cannot feel, see or experience the unfairness yourself, that quite literally means that you continue to unconsciously believe that it is ok for someone else to be disadvantaged, for them to suffer, or for you to even store up disastrous consequences for yourself that are ‘out of sight and out of mind’.

Many of us neither see, nor realise that the way we have all been living for decades and beyond is not sustainable and never has been.

We have been living unsustainably without any apparent, perceptible cost for so long, that we have all fallen into the trap of thinking that this is normal, and this is how things will always be.

The current System, mindset and way of thinking is based on feeding a manufactured or created desire for pleasure. Not happiness.

The world System functions to keep as many of us as possible blinded to our reality by providing us with a constant flow of instant hits.

Yet the cost to us all, of this money and self-interest-based system or order has and will increasingly be the compromise and destruction of our physical, mental and spiritual health.

We are quite literally living and existing within lives which run completely contrary to who we are and who we should continually be striving to be, just because of our relationship with two things:

MONEY & SELF-INTEREST

If you are able, take a moment to reflect upon how money and its bedfellow’s wealth, greed, material gain and self-interest itself have an influence or an effect on just about everything in life that is outside or external to ourselves.

Then reflect on the reality, that this thinking touches everything outside of us in just about every way, and it does so and can only do so, because we have allowed our thinking to be taken over so that everything could become this way.

Yes, you, I and everyone else has surrendered their power to this material driven world and continue to do so each and every day in even the very smallest of ways.

But we have the ability to take that power back. We can reject the desire that we have for instant gratification or pleasure that is only touches us momentarily from outside, but is nonetheless used against us by the system that is supposed to serve us, but is in fact taking everything from us in every possible way.

Happiness is a state of being that cannot be influenced, created or installed by something that is outside of us. It is by being fully Conscious or self-aware of ourselves, that The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government will begin.

By being Conscious of ourselves, we then have the ability to be Conscious of the experience of life for others. We then have the ability to create and maintain a system of Awakened Politics and therefore Good Government too.

Good Government will work in the best possible way for everyone, because it will provide either the services, the rules & laws and the opportunities that everyone needs, rather than what each individual wants.

Could Awakened Politics work in the current structure?

Yes, Conscious Politics could work within the current political structure.

But for Politics to be fully Conscious, it would require everyone operating or functioning with the current political structure to change the way they think. To change the way they behave. To change the way they interact. To change their experience (and therefore step aside to allow people who are better suited to Conscious Politics to take over). To basically change everything that they are and currently do.

Existing Politicians and the Political Parties they are a part of will not step aside or change. They are unconscious of the impact of their presence and what the real cause of all the problems are that they are failing to address.

Wouldn’t politicians have to be ‘Spiritual’ for Awakened Politics to work?

The answer is NO.

Politicians do not need to be ‘Spiritual’ to be ‘Conscious’ and Good Public Representatives.

The term ‘Spiritual’ is massively overused. It is used inappropriately in many cases and within the circumstances to which and to the behaviour of those to whom it is applied.

Awakened Politicians cannot be qualified by the group they belong to, by their affiliations, by the qualifications or type of experience that they have.

Awakened Politics is not about what Politicians say. Awakened Politics is all about what Politicians actually do and how they do it too.

Being a good person in the most meaningful way is not something that is within the gift of any other person, group or organisation to qualify in another, in any way.

Being ‘Conscious’ or ‘Awakened’ is not about being better than anyone else. It’s about being the best we can be. About seeing everything as it really is and responding and then acting in the best ways that it is possible for us all to do so.

Nobody has to be part of anything or be qualified in some way by anybody or anything else to be the best that they can be in every possible sense.

Good Government can only be fully Conscious if it is both aware of and able to act upon every issue at the most local, community or individual level possible

We’ve all heard terms such as ‘Localism’ and ‘Devolution’ being used by todays Politicians.

Regrettably, the way that Politicians use these terms is misleading. The meaning Politicians use is intended to suggest that the Public Policies that they relate to are bringing Political Influence and Power back to local Communities, thereby giving people like you and I more of a say and therefore a bigger role.

What Localism and Devolution have really meant in reality, is the centralisation of power and influenced carved up differently or in an even less meaningful way than the attribution of Political Power and influence over the way that we are governed today, through the Government Tiers as they already are.

We don’t need Mayors, Police & Crime Commissioners or Regional Bodies or Boards of any kind. Especially not when the pretense suggests misleadingly that their presence somehow results in the Public, The Electorate or Voters being more involved or able to influence the decision-making process.

The Tiers of Government already exist in many areas across the UK that would be more than sufficient for power to be devolved in a very meaningful way. To a level where people could and would have a much greater level of influence and have a genuine say on day-to-day and real-life solutions to the issues that affect them.

The reason that Politicians in Westminster will not devolve power back towards the people using the existing framework of Government* is that everything they do is always about maintaining or increasing their level of control.

Awakened Politics and Good Government is based upon the decisions that affect us communally being made where it is best and most fitting for that decision making to be.

*There are currently up to four Tiers of Government in the UK. Beyond the Scottish Parliament and Welsh Assemblies in Mainland UK, these are Parish & Town Councils, District Level Authorities (Borough and District Councils), County Councils and Parliament.

Having Political Awareness, a Political Conscience, being Politically Conscious or Politically Aware is not Awakened Politics, Conscious Politics or Enlightened Politics

Because of the way that we regularly attribute different meanings to the same words, it is important to be clear about the differences between Awakened Politics, Conscious Politics, Enlightened Politics and what are arguably similar everyday terms such as to be ‘Politically Aware’ and have ‘Political Awareness’ or to be Politically Conscious or anything like that.

If you are ‘Politically Aware’ or ‘Politically Conscious’, you are thinking about, considering, observing and may even be involved in politics and are very likely to have your own ideas about what politics itself should achieve.

However, being ‘Politically Aware’ or Politically Conscious’ doesn’t mean that your involvement in Politics – in whatever way that might be or mean – is being conducted in an Awakened, fully Conscious or Enlightened way.

Wokeness and Woke Politics

Wokeness and being Woke in any related way is just being idealistic in a heightened or dangerously myopic way.

Woke idealism seeks to impose a specific and subjective value set on others unconsciously, as it pays no regard to alternative life experiences, practical reality and human nature in any meaningful way.

Wokeness is the promotion of the view that an idealistic narrative can be imposed upon everyone and then become the view accepted and ‘lived’ by everyone, making the objective the subjective and the subjective the objective for all.

Being Awakened, fully Conscious or Enlightened is knowing about, understanding, making allowance for and having a reasoned relationship with everything and everyone. It is not about excluding, erasing or destroying the things that make us uncomfortable or that we do not like.

Part 4: How do we make Awakened Politics a reality?

How do we make Politics truly representative of everyone?

If we really want Politics to be truly or genuinely representative of everyone, everyone must feel they are being represented genuinely and that their own truth is the place where the journey to the creation, review and change of public policy begins.

Anyone who pours scorn on the idea that you can or even should involve everyone in politics in some way beyond programming people or telling them what to do, is part of the problem we are moving away from.

They will not accept the validity or functionality of The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government as a worthy or legitimate cause.

For The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government to work effectively and as it should, it is essential that the people effected by decisions are able to access and interact with the people making the policy decisions.

In the limited cases where policy decisions being made affect people at an inter or intra community level (Regional, National etc.), those same people or others just like them should always have been directly involved in appointing the politicians upon whose shoulders that collective responsibility will be shoulders and the decisions made.

Cause & Effect: Awakened Politics leads to Good Government

If you require a very quick run through the technicalities and mechanics of why the majority of solutions to existing problems presented by politicians don’t work today, the mechanics of the travesty are quite simple.

Politicians today are not aware of, do not have a meaningful understanding of or are resistant in some way, to the relationship between cause and effect.

Everything Politicians do today is focused on dealing with the effects of a problem.

For example, when it comes to there being a shortage of people to fill low-paid jobs, some Politicians argue that the UK should allow more immigration of low skilled workers.

Yes, it sounds like a reasonable and sensible solution. But none of our Politicians outwardly ask the question or want to even begin dealing with the reality that there are already millions of people in the UK who could work, but are not working. People who might otherwise be able to fill some, if not all of these jobs.

We cannot and will not have solutions to the problems that we face together or communally – whether we are aware of them or not – if we do not have Politicians who not only understand the complex nature of creating and maintaining effective and balanced Public Policy, but are also prepared to have the difficult conversations and debates that will certainly offend those who would benefit from the current way of doing things to be maintained.

When the Political System itself becomes Conscious, it will lead to Good Government in every sense.

The process begins with us all being Conscious and making Conscious decisions about who Represents us Publicly and therefore is all about who we choose to elect.

How do we get from here to Good Government?

Good Government will come as a direct result of fully Awakened Politics.

Awakened Politics is only possible when the Politicians that we have can, will and do think, behave and act fully Consciously in everything that they think and do when they are representing others.

The most challenging obstacle to Awakened Politics today, isn’t changing the mind of individual politicians. Indeed, some ‘Awakened Politicians’ will already exist. But their number is very few.

The most challenging obstacle to Awakened Politics today is ‘The System’ itself.

‘The System’ is overwhelmingly focused and driven on the ‘money, wealth and self-interest’ motives.

When a system is so overwhelmingly skewed to work in such a twisted and selfish way, it literally means that everything within that system – whether it be procedures, rules, laws, cultural thinking or working practices – is built, created or has been adapted to promote that same way of thinking for everyone.

A skewed system makes it very difficult for anyone to operate or act differently, even if the thoughts of the individual are not aligned with the practice itself.

Whilst it is always possible that everyone within ‘The System’ could change their mind and approach at the very same moment in time and embrace Conscious Thinking, behaviour and actions in every meaningful sense from there onwards, the reality is that not everyone will change their mind about everything they share or experience with others communally, unless something has happened which changes everything for everyone and makes them of the same mind.

Awakened Politics & Good Government will not work for everyone until every public representative works for Awakened Politics & Good Government

For every one of us that changes our way of thinking about how the world works and then embraces that change in every way we possibly can, humanity has already taken a giant leap forward.

However, for a society to exist that is Fair, Balanced and Just in every sense possible, and that has a System of governance which reflects that, it is essential that we have a Political System that is fully ‘Conscious’.

For our Political System to be ‘Fully Awake’, it necessarily follows that all of the Public Representatives, decision makers, legislators or Politicians within it must think, act and behave Consciously and in an Awakened manner too.

What would a fully Awakened Electoral System look like?

It is or would be possible for the current electoral and political systems to function Consciously and for all of the Politicians and Political Parties within it to think, act and behave in an Awakened way.

However, Awakened Politics done properly would not require Political Parties or any kind of process based on competition – or what is in effect a race to decide whose ideas are best.

Equally, the existing Tiers within the UK Government System mean that it is quite literally the case that the people or Politicians making the most far-reaching or profound decisions that affect us all are likely to be the most difficult for us to reach, for us to know or for us to interact with.

For Awakened Politics and therefore Good Government to exist and then to work effectively, it is essential that none of our decision makers are insulated from different realities and the life experiences of the people they govern.

It is impossible for anyone make potentially life-changing decisions on behalf of The Public to be able to function or operate with a number of different people or levels of communication between them and Voters, effectively making them many times removed.

Awakened Politics is beyond any need for Political Parties

By its very nature the pursuit of a political, economic or other kind of ‘ideal’ or ‘philosophy’ by any group, whether political or not, is in the interests of that group or what they specifically share in common. It is not in the ‘best interests of all’, because it prioritises outcomes that are aligned with those beliefs, aims or the philosophies that are shared by that group, or that group and its affiliates alone.

Doing the right thing for everyone, and by necessity using the benchmark of care for the people a politician will have the least in common with, doesn’t require any ideal or philosophy other than doing the right thing by and on behalf of everyone in the most Balanced, Fair and Just way.

Awakened Politics supersedes the biases and innate prejudices that flourish and take over within politically motivated groups that see outcomes being all about the routes or journeys to get there, rather than the right result being the most important thing.

If Politics is undertaken Consciously, Political Parties are therefore no longer necessary.

Awakened Politicians do not need to leverage ideals or philosophies to ‘do the right thing’.

Wouldn’t we just be better off with a Dictator taking the decisions that affect us all?

In the situation the UK and many Countries around the world are facing, there will already be many who would find the idea of a ‘no messing around’ dictator or authoritarian character ‘who gets things done’, to be highly attractive.

Indeed, during periods of world history where similarities exist between different times and what we are now experiencing within our own, people have found themselves very receptive and open to the idea of charismatic leaders who deliver a strong and compelling message that suggests that they and only they have the magic formula and the ability to put everything right.

When life gets really shit for a lot of people – as things are very likely to do so for the majority of us all very soon, it can be very easy to fall into the trap of believing what’s right for them is right for us too – or rather what looks like a win-win, will actually turn out to be a win-lose

Is it possible to have a ‘Good Dictator’?

The idea of a good, benevolent dictator can be as intoxicating as the most compelling political messaging, soundbites and propaganda. Particularly when the process of looking closely at the problems with our broken Political System will quickly demonstrate that meaningful decisions rarely happen by design, because individual politicians and Political Parties are always putting their election hopes and other forms of self-interest first.

However, like most things in Politics, Government and life generally, the realities of decision making are multilayered and nuanced to say the least. I.e., just because you can streamline the process of decision making, it still doesn’t guarantee that the person or in this case, the dictator will be making Conscious decisions which are good for us all.

Whether we begin The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government via the ‘Voluntary’ or are compelled to do so via the ‘Sudden Impact’ route, the practical reality is that at least temporarily and for a period of time, somebody – either an individual, or a very small group of individuals, will have to make and oversee the implementation of all of the key Public Policies that will make Awakened Politics and Good Government work, as it should.

By necessity, this is likely to require that we place our trust in someone to do this all for us.

To do otherwise will take significantly longer and may open the door to alternative forms of leadership and societal control that we really will not want or enjoy in any way.

As with the selection of Awakened Politicians for the future, this selection or choice will all boil down to one thing; the question of who and what will really work.

It will be by necessity the case that alongside the prevailing question of who we can trust not only to do the right things and to see them through, that they will also hand over power, once their tenure has ended and the fundamental basis of a Good Government System in in place.

Part 5: WE ARE ALL RESPONSIBLE AND HAVE A ROLE TO PLAY. Awakened Politics and Good Government will only come from us – not someone else doing it for us

We ALL have a role to play in The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government

For Awakened Politics not only to work, but to keep working and for it to lead to Good Government too, it is essential that we all play a very conscious part in selecting and appointing the Public Representatives or Politicians who will make decisions on our collective behalf.

It doesn’t matter how any of us may be different or may even be perceived as being different to others.

For Awakened Politics to work and function fully and effectively, we must see everyone as being fundamentally the same and being equal where the role of Government, of Governance and of the Public Sector itself is concerned.

Whilst the people we select, appoint or elect to be Politicians may be relatively small, it is essential that we create and maintain a structure of Government and an Electoral Process that feeds into it that ensures that Public Representatives are not only in touch with real life, but that the real-life experiences of all that need to feed into Public Policy are heard and valued as they should be.

To be able to view the people we elect differently and in a fully conscious way, we must begin by being fully conscious of ourselves and think differently about the relationship we have with our communities too.

The personal benefits of Awakened, Conscious & Enlightened Thinking

Few of us understand that seeking a never-ending line of temporary hits from the pleasures that the world will give us in the form of ‘things’ and as experiences, comes at significant personal cost.

In exchange for fleeting, temporary and transitory pleasures, we are surrendering our thinking, our humanity and ourselves.

Moments of pleasure will never replace a constant state of happiness and the peace that we can and will attain, if and when we put humanity and life first.

When we have attained a relationship with everything and everyone outside of ourselves, based on what’s Fair, what’s Just, what’s Balanced and what’s basically good for everyone in the situation, because it’s how we would all like to be treated in that situation – whichever of the roles we might play, we will all have very good lives and live life in a very good way.

It may appear to be materially poor in some ways in comparison to what we take for granted and consider to come without cost right now. But it will be a life and way of being that is both mentally and spiritually enriched. It can and will provide a level of wellbeing that no form of material wealth will ever afford.

Self-Awareness leads to Awareness of others

Most of us at some point in life will fall into the trap of believing that everyone else thinks like us. That in the same circumstances, they would choose to do and then do exactly the same things that we would do too.

Nothing could be further from the truth.

We are the sum of our experiences. And if we have not understood and learned from all the things that we have experienced, we are very likely to repeat any mistakes or poor decisions that we have made over and perhaps over again.

Self-awareness is achieved by taking the time and making the effort to ask why things happen, how they happen, what role we played in making them happen and asking all the questions about events which feel meaningful or create an emotional response for us.

The process of becoming self-aware is the way in which we equip ourselves to reach a place of understanding of life around us that steps beyond the simple process of attributing blame.

It sounds like a lot of work. But like most skills we learn and assimilate as we grow, once we have mastered the basic process, it is a skill that can very quickly become akin to muscle memory and help us in the very smallest, yet the most significant of ways.

For us to live, experience life and to survive, the reality is that we don’t need to be fully conscious or self-aware in terms of our metal being.

Indeed, many people have lived entire lifetimes and good lives too, without thinking deeply about anything they experience and without feeling any need to do so.

There’s nothing wrong with living a life with limited self-awareness, if the individual concerned isn’t making decisions or isn’t taking responsibility for the lives, experience and wellbeing of others. Especially when those others are going through experiences in life that those who have accepted responsibility for them do not properly understand.

Self-Awareness & Critical Thinking

Once we have learned to be or have become ‘self-aware’, in the sense of learning to ask the ‘How’, ‘Why’, ‘Who’, ‘What’ type questions of ourselves and the experiences that we have had and that have made us who we really are, we become much better equipped or enabled to look on the world outside of us in a much healthier and productive way.

Being self-aware is much more than just being ‘present in the moment’, being ‘mindful’ or practicing ‘mindfulness’*.

Self-awareness is about understanding who we really are, why we are that way, how we function and operate, and what we need to do or to improve to be the best person that we can possibly be.

The reality is that as Voters, we don’t need to practice self-awareness for The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government to exist, work and be maintained. But we do have a responsibility to ourselves and to anyone that we care about to ensure that anyone and everyone who has influence over our lives is thinking, acting and behaving in the way that they should be.

For a Fair, Balanced and Just System to exist, we must all contribute to the process that ensures that the decisions that affect us all and therefore the people them on our behalf, are making from a place where they are fully self-aware and have the integrity, diligence and commitment that follows and goes with it to be able to make Public Policy decisions that are in touch with and considerate of all of our very different lives.

To be able to engage in this process in a fully Awakened way, we must be able to observe, accumulate information and think critically too, as this is the way that we filter the information that comes to us, and how we ensure that the gaps in our knowledge are filled, if for any reason we do not then fully understand.

* Like most things of the self-help genre that are usually far more complex and require practical experience that goes way beyond intellectual understanding today, mindfulness has been packaged and repackaged many times over, so that personal growth can be sold as being easy. In reality, it is anything but.

Critical Thinking

Critical Thinking is the process we undertake to decern between what information is genuinely helpful to us to know, and what is not.

We take for granted that the sources of news and information that we follow are providing us with facts, when in many cases – particularly in respect of what we believe to be legitimate or ‘mainstream’ sources, the information they provide is anything but.

When you are able to ask the ‘Who’, ‘How’, ‘What’, ‘When’ and ‘Why’ type questions of yourself, and see the benefits to yourself of why it is always good for us to do so, you can then apply this way of thinking to the process of filtering all the information that comes to you in a much more reliable way.

For example, try watching, listening to or reading the same news story from a number of sources and pay attention to what comes into your view. ‘What’ are they telling you; is it fact, opinion, subjective or objective? ‘Why’ are they telling you this; ‘Who’ will benefit from you accepting what they say without question? ‘Who’ and ‘What’ is hidden from view? ‘How does someone gain or how have they been incentivised by any of this’? ‘Who’ will be disadvantaged by this; ‘How’ and in ‘What’ way?

As you begin the process of repeatedly knocking on this same door, it is just as important to view the secondary and tertiary and however many sources of news and information that you visit in the same way, and that you do not simply trust a source like the government or an apparently reputable brand just because of who they are. It is regrettably the case that they expect the majority of us to be asleep and will often exploit that fact – which makes what they are doing even worse.

When we approach the selection and appointment of Public Representatives with self-awareness and think critically about the information that greets us within that process, it will be much easier to discern between false prophets and pretenders and those who once elected, will deliver decisions on our behalf for Public Policy which is Fair, Balanced, Just and always done right.

REMEMBER: We all have a vital role to play in our systems of governance

If we have not engaged with and contributed meaningfully to the process of selecting the People who become our Public Representatives and Politicians, we have no genuine right of regress when the decisions that these same people have taken, or the responsibilities they have to us are neglected, and everything goes wrong.

Part 6: How The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government will happen

We could change to a system of Conscious Politics and Conscious Government right now, IF everyone of us were to change how we think about life and our relationship with everything and everyone outside of ourselves, in what we see as the world.

As you’ve probably already realised by reading this far, that’s very unlikely, given the way that the world works today.

In a reality where even now, as ‘The System’ we know is in the process of collapsing, so many people are not awake to the reality of what is going on around them because it hasn’t directly affected them yet, there are only two pathways that could put us on The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government.

The First Pathway

The first or preferred pathway, is the voluntary or step-by-step route. This revolves around each and every one of us rejecting the legitimacy and benefit of ‘The System’. Then asking all of the right questions and doing all the right things that we either can or feel able to, to provide others with the opportunity to walk through this door voluntarily through a process of free will, and somewhat sooner than they might otherwise do so.

The Second Pathway

The second or unavoidable pathway, is the sudden impact route. It’s the process of being jump started from our slumber by an external event or changes to our circumstances that have the immediate impact of making us aware in a meaningful way. Basically, a shock that hits and tells us that the way everything has been working and the role that we have ourselves been playing within it, simply isn’t right.

The Voluntary Pathway to The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government

The good news for you if you are reading this, is that you are already on your way to Conscious Politics and Conscious Government – hopefully via a journey of exploration, rather than because events in the world have already created the emergency that will force the majority of us to look at life in a very different way.

The Voluntary Pathway is about discovering who we really are, how the world outside of us really works, what our relationship with the world outside of us really is and how the world influences all of us.

When we begin to understand all of this and the role that we personally must play to bring about change, we can also begin to understand how and why other people behave the way they do – even when they remain unconscious of the real reasons.

By waking up to ourselves – much in the same way as it has been said that you cannot love others if you do not love yourself first – we can then really begin to understand just how difficult and challenging the role of being a Public Representative should genuinely be.

In turn, we can then appreciate just how well equipped, experienced and motivated all of our Politicians need to be.

The Sudden Impact Pathway to The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government

We are fools to take for granted the apparent peace, security and seemingly good lives that we believe we have today.

Very few of us believe that our experiences of daily life will really change. Even though the majority of us lived through the Lockdowns of the Covid Pandemic (so far) and have recent memories of just how contrary our thinking vs reality can actually be.

We still don’t believe it possible that things could change completely from the way that they already are.

Through the books ‘Levelling Level’, ‘The People First Economy & The Basic Living Standard’ and ‘From Here to There Through Now’, which have all been published before ‘The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government’ during 2022, we have already talked about the position that the UK and the wider World is in today.

We have covered events and the process of events that are likely to unfold in the coming months and years. Events that are already unfolding in many ways that the reader may not currently be fully Aware of.

The upshot of this series of books is that things will change, whether we are Conscious of them or not.

For the majority of us who are not insulated from everything that happens in the world (in the way that very few could possibly still be), this change will require us not only to look deeply at ourselves, but to then change our way of thinking, our way of being and our way of living to then live and interact with each other and the world outside of us in very different ways to what our experience has been up until now.

The impact of national and world events may be very sudden. Perhaps a war, natural disaster or like event.

Or they may be cumulative. Perhaps the ongoing collapse of The Financial Markets, Currencies and The Money Based System itself. All as greed and ineptitude of those with power and influence steps further and further away from humanity, sense and control.

Ironically, the ‘Sudden Impact’ route and the ‘Voluntary Route’ not only have the outcome of The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government in common.

They also have a point of ‘critical mass’ or point of change, where the scales of balance literally tip from the existence of ‘The System’ to the next system in common too.

This critical mass will be much easier to define via the ‘Sudden Impact’ route. As the collapse of The System – in whichever way it might come, will ultimately affect the majority of us at the same time, and force our hand when it comes to changing our thinking and then embracing the changes that will equip and help us in what some call the ‘New Earth’ to come.

Part 7: Steps necessary for The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government

The solution to every problem begins with the selection and election of Politicians who are fully Awake and committed to Balance, Fairness and Justice for all

Anyone would be forgiven for having little interest or confidence in the Politicians that we have running the Country today.

However, there is a vicious circle at work.

We have poor Politicians making poor decisions that affect us all poorly, because we are collectively making poor decisions when we Vote to elect our Politicians.

Sometimes we are not even bothering to Vote at all.

It has been said that we get the Politicians that we deserve. And in this sense, it is arguably very true.

We don’t all need to live our lives consciously the whole time and there is no obligation for us to do so. If our way of living and the decisions that we are making don’t put others or anything else in harm’s way.

However, what we should all be taking very seriously and what we should all see as the role in Politics that each and every one of us are obliged to play, is in selecting people as Public Representatives or Politicians.

Our own meaningful engagement in the selection and election of our Politicians is the only way that they can be trusted and relied upon to engage in Awakened Politics and in a fully Conscious and Enlightened way, as Public Representatives, on behalf of us all.

Just like securing the best of everything that we can do for our families and the people we love to keep them happy, secure and safe, selecting the right Politicians to make the right decisions on behalf of us all is very much a process of engaging in and seeing through our responsibility to ourselves and to others in the same way.

How do we identify and select ‘Awakened Politicians’?

The only way that we can be sure that any Politician will act and behave Consciously and with the integrity that we should all be able to expect of them at the highest levels of government and Public Representation, is to require that they prove themselves at the level which is nearest and most transparent to the locality or the community first.

It stands to reason that Politicians who lead any system, should have a Conscious understanding of the way that the entire system works first. And that for us to rely on them thinking, acting and behaving Consciously in leadership of other Public Representatives, they should have demonstrated their ability beyond question as a Public Representative at all levels leading to that role first.

It is always better to have been offered than to have asked.

How do we maintain Conscious Government once we have it?

If we identify, select and continue to identify and select people who will be Awakened Politicians, and do so with an Electoral System that prioritises grassroots-up, the system and decision-making process will itself become self-governing.

It cannot therefore be emphasised strongly enough just how vital it now is that we all take the steps necessary to engage in The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government as individuals and as communities at the grassroots level, to ensure that every Public Representative is the right choice.

With Awakened Politics, the way we Vote doesn’t matter, as long as it allows genuine choice

Within the unconscious way that our Politicians, Political Parties and the Political System works now, the recognition that there is something wrong on goes so far as to encourage the misplaced belief that the problem lies within the way that The Electorate Votes.

The point that those Politicians and people with an interest and influence on Politics today are missing, is that it isn’t the way that people are asked to vote that matters, if the people who are then elected as Politicians and Public Representatives don’t think, act and behave in a fully Awakened way.

The ongoing debate over ‘First Past The Post’ and ‘Proportional Representation’ or any voting system like it is little more than a straw man argument or the promotion of an alternative system that is a white elephant.

Poor Government, Poor Governance and Poor Public Services are directly related to Poor Politics and the Poor Politicians that exist and masquerade as Public Representatives within it. Nothing else.

Why is there any need so many different politicians, if those at the top are fully Awake?

If all Public Policy decisions are or were always made on the basis of doing what is right, in the moment and without consideration for any ‘what ifs’ or ‘what could be’s’, we wouldn’t need masses of politicians, political groups or political parties in anything like or what we would recognise today.

However, human nature is such that any one of us can become unconscious of the biases that come from experiences of all kinds and the massive power of even the smallest and most passive of influences that can creep into our being.

It is therefore essential that there is always a Council, Assembly, Meeting or Parliament that is formed that consists of independent Conscious minds, that mean anything other than decision making conducted in the best interests of all is flagged, called out and no longer continue whether innocently or under the gaze of the willfully blind.

The New Electoral Process: The influence of the Voter must be and remain ongoing. It cannot just be meaningful on the day of an Election or Vote itself

The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government will require that every Voter is able to access and influence the Political process in a meaningful way, continually.

Under the current Government Tier and Electoral System that we have, this is simply not possible. It must change.

With The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government, Voters at the grassroots or most localised community level will always be able to vote for Public Representatives that they know, are able to get to know and who they know and understand all about.

Tier 1

These local representatives should then collectively make up grassroots or local community level councils, meetings or assemblies where all decisions that concern only that community will exclusively be made. This would be Tier 1.

Tier 2

The next level of decision making will be made at a level or Tier of community (perhaps what we might know as a region or Counties today) where the next level of collective decision making is most relevant and to where as much as possible has been devolved or decentralised away from what we today recognise as central government. This would be Tier 2.

The Public Representatives in Tier 2 would already be or have been Public Representatives in Tier 1 and therefore selected and elected by people or by communities at the grassroots level.

Tier 3

The next level – what might be Tier 3, might well be at the levels we recognise today as England, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Wales, or at Westminster or UK Parliament level, which of course could be Tier 4.

Again, Public Representatives at each and every Tier must be serving or have served in all the Tiers below and the emphasis on the whole system is that the responsibility for every decision is devolved exhaustively to the Tier which is nearest to the Voter and that it is practical and therefore possible for it to go.

The importance of the role of Young People in Awakened Politics

Whilst Awakened Politics indicates a grassroots-up restructuring of Government, of Governance and how the Public Sector is managed and run, it is easy to assume that even then, the voices and influences will focus on older people of all kinds and backgrounds, who have more experience of life. Thereby taking away value and consideration of the very relevant views and input that must be considered from the Young.

The inexperience of the idealistic young blinds them to practicality, whilst practicality blinds the old to aspiration and the pursuit of something better for all.

Better outcomes for all are encapsulated by the idealism and energy of the Young. That idealism must be moulded and redirected, but not stopped or prevented by the experience of the old.

The relationship between the direction of idealism and the practical journey that takes us there must be defined and formalised so that Young People who can offer better aims and objectives within the realm of Public Policy, Governance and how everything works can and will influence change where it is in the best interests of all to adopt.

The Young who are engaged should always have the benefit of a learning opportunity that goes way beyond ridicule or being told ‘you are wrong’, when there are genuinely good reasons – that can be explained – for those with more experience saying no to whatever the Young might want everyone to do.

It is certainly not impossible for Young People interested in Public Representation to be able to contribute a fully Awakened approach and understanding to Politics and Government. But they will regrettably be few.

We must embrace the process of looking carefully and considerately at idealism without allowing idealistic outcomes to be imposed in any way that can affect others, without care for practicality and human nature.

A way to do this will be to convene shadow local Councils, Assemblies or Meetings that all locally elected Public Representatives must attend. And that some way for such panels of Young People to influence the selection, appointment and election of Politicians at the most local level in a meaningful way should be a required part of that process.

The Helping Hand that we will need to engage everyone in The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government

It cannot be understated how challenging it will be for many to picture that way that we do Politics, Government and Governance any differently to how it is done now, given that to one degree or another, most of us still believe that we have an overwhelmingly beneficial interest in things continuing as they are.

It is certainly true that more and more people are Awakening to the deeper and unseen realities of the way that the world around us works, each day. Whether that understanding is based on a personal or spiritual type of revelation, or it is about waking up to how decisions that affect us all are really being made and who they are really being made for.

Even the most Awakened, Conscious or Enlightened amongst us do not know everything.

The danger we face as we set about the unenviable task of changing how the whole world thinks, is that change of this kind can and will only begin in the abstract, because of the way that the world works today.

To make a meaningful start, we need a practical foundation or jumpstart that makes sense of or provides an unyielding reference point that guides the transition between the money and material wealth obsessed earth that we are spinning around on today, and the people and life focused ‘new earth’ that we will find real happiness upon, if we refuse to let unconscious and unenlightened thinking, actions and behaviour in Politics and Government get in the way.

The Helping Hand is The Basic Living Standard, or cultural recognition that society has an obligation to create, monitor, maintain and implement such rules and regulations across government, the public sector, charities and business to ensure that the focus, motivation, aims and priorities are to observe the value and freedoms of each individual person first, and that as a minimum or benchmark, everyone can afford all of the basic essentials in life and to live in a sustainable, happy and healthy way, without need for support or intervention of any kind, whilst in receipt of the equivalent of the basic weekly wage or the equivalent thereof.

The Basic Living Standard is effectively the lighthouse that will guide people of every kind to think, act and behave differently in their interactions with the world around them.

Adopting what appears to be such a radically different baseline for our values set may seem difficult to imagine. But the reality is that with the focus flipped from material wealth to people and life, everything else and every problem that must be solved will begin the journey towards the best outcomes for everyone, with the right option becoming ever clearer to decision makers and to us all, as we collectively travel further along The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government.

You can download a FREE copy of the PDF Version of The Way of Awakened Politics for Good Government immediately below and copies of Adam’s other Books which are currently available to download FREE can be found HERE. The link to download the Book for Kindle version from Amazon (£1.99 UK Price at time of publishing) can be found at the bottom.